TENSES

I. Put the verb in the present simple or the present progressive:

1. He …………………..(live) in the French Alps near the Swiss border.
2. At present they ……………………….(live) in a very small flat.
3. They can’t see Tom now. He …………………..(have) a bath.
4. They …………………………..(like) film but they ………………(no go) to the cinema very often.
5. He……………………. (not jog) this week because it’s too hot outdoors.
6. Paul ……………………(have) a doughnut for breakfast every day.
7. Look! The sun …………………..……....(shine) really bright today.
8. The sun always ……………….(rise) behind those hills.
9. He usually……………… (drink) coffee but today he…………………. (drink) tea.
10. Sandra is tired. She……………….….. (want) to go home now.
11. What you…………………… (do) now? I ………………………….(watch) TV.
12. Wait a moment. I …………………..……..(listen) to the news.
13. They always …………..………….(come) here to borrow something.
14. What Susan ………………….(do) in the evenings? She often………………. (watch) TV and
sometimes she ……………………(listen) to music.
15. Listen! Somebody …………………….(shout). It’s Jack. He………………………. (continually
shout) at his children.
16. Angela regularly………………….. (take) the bus to school.
17. The kettle ………………………….(boil). Shall I make tea?
18. Water (boil) at 100 degrees centigrade.
19. I ………………………..(stay) with my grandmother while my mother goes away.
20. We………………………… (celebrate) Halloween every year on October 31.
II. Fill the blank spaces with the past simple or the past progressive of the verb:
1. The children ……………………(visit) their grandparents last Sunday.
2. Alex ……………………..(make) model aeroplanes from 4pm to midnight yesterday.
3. While I …………………….….(go) to school, I …………………………(meet) my friend, Kate.
4. Last night, while Jane…………………… (wash) dishes, her brother ……………………….(sweep)
the dining room.
5. My grandfather…………………. (plant) those trees over years ago.
6. When I…………….. (be) a child, I always………………….. (kick) my ball through the windows.
7. At 12 o’clock yesterday we …………………………(lie) on the beach.
8. Alex …………………….(wake) up late yesterday and (miss) the bus.
9. They ………………………….(watch) TV when the earthquake ……………………..(begin).
10. I was very tired because I ……………………(work) hard all day.
11. Christ often…………………… (go) fishing last summer.
12. As Ann …………………….(clean) her room, she…………………….. (find) her lost earrings.
13. When I…………………. (drop) my cup, the coffee …………………..…….(spill) on my shirt.
14. At this time last year we……………………………. (work) in Spain. We………………….(live)
there for five years before moving to England.
15. When I ………………..(study) an university, I ………………….(read) a lot of books.
16. Miss. Brown ………………….(teach) us last week because our teacher was ill.
17. He ……………………..(teach) at Harvard University in 1985.
18. My sister……………………… (always ask) silly questions when she was a child.
19. My sister and I ………………………..….(watch) the cartoons on TV every Saturday last year.
20. I………………….. (run) to class when I………………………. (fall) down the stairs.
III. Fill the blank spaces with the past simple or the present perfect of the verb:
1. We ………………………(live) here for over twenty years.
2. He ………………….(live) in London two years and then…………………. (go) to Edinburgh.
3. My brother ………………………………(write) several plays so far. He………………………. (just/
finish) his second tragedy.
4. Chopin ……………………….(compose) some of his music in Majorca.
5. Tom ………………………………(not buy) a new computer yet.
6. I…………………….. (play) football very often when I (be) younger.
7. Angela…………………………… (not see) Christ since 1998.
8. He ……………………….(lose) his job last month and since then he …………….(be) out of work.
9. Mike…………………….. (not go) to the cinema with us last Saturday.
10. We …………………..……(not meet) Mark since he…….…….. (leave) the town five years ago.
11. I …………………………(never/ hear) ―The who‖ playing, but I’d like to.
12. You …………………….(finish) that work yet?
13. He……………………………………. (already/ pack)his suitcase.
14. You……………………….. (meet) Jane recently?
15. I……………………. (meet) my aunt two years ago.
16. your father………………………. (ever/ fly) a plane before?
17. We………………………. (eat) in this restaurant several times.
18. Jane ………………………………(ride) a horse last holiday?
19. It’s the first time she …………………………(ride) a horse.
20. She……………………. (play) a lot of tennis since she………………… (get) her new tennis racket.
IV. Fill the blank spaces with the present perfect simple or the present perfect progressive of the verb:
1. I………………..…………….….. (clean) the house all day so I fell tired.
2. She…………………………………………… (not buy) any clothes for years.
3. My hands are dirty because I ……………….……………………….(garden).
4. We…………………………................... (wait) for hours but she (not arrive) yet.
5. Since Christmas she…………………………………….. (write) to me twice.
6. The………………………….……(live) in Ho Chi Minh City since 1970.
7. You can’t talk to John because he……………………….……………….. (go) out.
8. Mr. Robinson……………………………….……. (teach) in this school for fifteen years.
9. My hand is tired because I ……………………………….(write) letters all morning.
10. They ……………………………..(see) that film before so they don’t want to see it again.
11. How long you………………………………. (know) Mike? I ………………………………..(know)
him since we were in secondary school.
12. They ………………………(build) the house next door for months but it is not finished yet.
13. You ……………………………(study) for five years straight hours. Why don’t you take a break?
14. Mark ……………………………………(run) very fast and is out of breath now.
15. He ……………………………………….(play) for the school team in 25 matches so far.
V. Fill the blank spaces with the past simple or the past perfect of the verb:
1. Lien …………………….(go) out after she …………………….(do) her homework.
2. Yesterday some little boys …………………..(ring) the bell and ……………………..(run) away.
3. After the boy (break) the window, they (run) away.
4. We were good friends. We ……………………………(know) each other for years.
5. When I……………………… (arrive) at the party, Lucy ………………………(already/ go) home.
6. When I saw the girl I was sure I ………………………(meet) her before.
7. I…………………………….. (not hear) the news until I (read) the newspaper.
8. When we ……………………………(see) Rachel, she………………………….. (wave) to us.
9. The light didn’t work because someone………………………… (take) the bulb.
10. The teacher……………………………….. (already/ give) a quiz by the time I ……………….(get) to
class.
VI. Use the present simple, the present progressive, be going to or will with the verb in brackets:
1. We ………………………..…..(go) to the theatre tonight. We’ve got tickets.
2. Mum I promise I …………………………………..(keep) my room clean.
3. We………………….………..…. (tidy) our house next Sunday.
4. I’m sure Matthew……………………………. (feel) better tomorrow.
5. What you…………………….……………… (do) tomorrow evening? Nothing. I’m free.
6. Do you……………………………… (thing) Sarah (pass) the exam?
7. Sally……………………………. (leave) her job. She told me last week.
8. Look at that rain. I………………………….. (lend) you my umbrella.
9. There’s is good film on TV tonight. I…………………………… (watch) it.
10. It’s her birthday. She …………………………………(have) meal with her friends tonight.
11. I think it…………………………….. (rain). Look at those black clouds.
12. Would you like tea or coffee? I ……………………………………(have) coffee, please?
13. They…………………………… (buy) Alex a computer game for his birthday.
14. Probably Ann ………………………….(drive) to the party by herself.
15. These shoes are very well-made. They ……………………….…………….(last) a long time.
16. The train ……………………………..(arrive) in London at 8.15 in the morning.
17. We…………………………………….. (fly) to New York at the beginning of September.
18. Her grandmother …………………………….(be) ninety next week.
19. The summer term………………………………… (star) on April 10th.
20. Look out! We ……………………………………..(crash)!
VII. Fill in the blanks with the correct form of the verb:
1. I …………………………..(make) a cake when the light went out.
2. Ann usually……………………..………… (do) the shopping, but I …………………….(do) today as
she isn’t well.
3. The plane ……………………….(leave) at 8.15 next Thursday.
4. I just open the letter when the wind …………………..(blow) it out of my hand.
5. Where’s Paul? In the kitchen. He………………………… (cook) something.
6. Peter ………………………….(break) his leg in a skiing accident last year.
7. How long you………………………….. (wear) glasses?
8. She ……………………(not speak) to me since the last meeting.
9. The weather tomorrow ………………………(be) warm and sunny.
10. My best friend ………………………….(come) to stay with me next weekend.
11. Look out! That dog…………………………….. (bite) you. He’s very angry.
12. As soon as he …………………………..(see) me, he……………………….(wave) .
13. I didn’t like him. He……………………………………………… (continually/ borrow) money.
14. While Peter ………………………(watch) the football match last night his sister
………………………..(repair) her bike.
15. He ………………………….(work) as a cashier for twenty years before his retirement.
16. My father…………………….……… (work) for the company for years.
17. I only ……………………………(hear) from him twice since he (go) away.
18. We ……………………….(walk) to school when we (see) the accident.
19. My parents…………………….. (live) in London. They ………………………..(live) there all their
lives.
20. We……………………. (go) to the movie tonight. The film (begin) at 7.30.
21. When he ………………(return) tomorrow, I ………………………..(give) him the keys.
22. It …………(be) three years since I last ……………………….(see) you.
23. You…………………… (ever/ go) to the zoo? Yes, my father often……………………… (take) me
to the zoo when I was a child.
24. Oh no! We’re too late. The train………………………………….. (already/ leave).
25. The phone is ring. Ok. I ………………………….(answer) it.
 wish
I. Rewrite the following using a wish construction.
1. I’m sorry I haven’t got a washing machine.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. It’s a pity I don’t live near my work.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I’m sorry our garden doesn’t get any sun.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. I’m sorry I called him a liar.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. It’s a pity I don’t know French.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. I’m sorry I didn’t book a seat.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. I’m sorry I can’t drive.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. I’d like Tom to drive more slowly.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. I’d like you to keep quite.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. It’s a pity he didn’t work harder during the term.
..................................................................................................................................................................
11. I’m sorry you aren’t coming with us.
..................................................................................................................................................................
12. I’d like it to stop raining.
..................................................................................................................................................................
13. I’m sorry I can’t swim.
..................................................................................................................................................................
14. I’d like you to wait for me.
..................................................................................................................................................................
15. I’m sorry I can’t help you now.
..................................................................................................................................................................
II. Put the verb into the correct form:
1. I wish I (know) how to dance.
2. Jane wishes she (go) to bed earlier last night.
3. I wish my friend (lend) me his car for my date tomorrow night.
4. Jimmy wishes he (be) old enough to drive a car.
5. I wish we (spend) our last vacation in Hawaii.
6. I wish I (lie) on the beach in Hawaii now.
7. It would be nice to stay here longer. I wish we ( not have) to leave now.
8. I’m fed up with this rain. I wish it (stop) .
9. Do you wish you (live) near the sea?
10. Sarah wishes she (can speak) every language in the world.
11. Khalid wishes he (visit) Big Ben when he was in London.
12. We all wish our team (play) better next time.
13. I wish I (can go) to the moon for a vacation.
14. I wish you (not complain) all the time.
15. I often wish I (be) really wealthy
III. Use the correct form of the verbs
1. They wished they ……………………………(know) what to do yesterday.
2. I wish you ………………….(drive) more carefully in the future.
3. I wish they ……………………(pay) attention to my explaination last week.
4. I wish I…………………….. (have) more money now to lend you.
5. She wishes it …………………….(be) better tomorrow.
6. She wishes her brother…………………. (be) here now to help her dig the hole.
7. I wish it……………………….. (rain) tomorrow in order to cool the air a little.
8. It's raining heavily now. I wish it ………………….(stop) raining immediately.
9. I wish I ……………………..(study) Japanese when I was in Japan.
10. Mary wishes she……………………… (understand) what you are saying.
11. We wish we……………………………… (not, tell) the truth. We're sorry!
12. I wish I………………..…………. (have) a job now. I have been unemployed for two months.
13. I wish I………………….……… (find) a better job next week.
14. We wish we ……………….……………(pass) the exam. We will try our best to study harder.
15. I wish I …………………………(speak) Chinese fluently now.
16. My toothache is getting worse. I wish I …………………..(see) my doctor yesterday.
17. My parents haven't visited me for years. I wish they…………………………. (visit) me next month.
18. I feel cold. I wish it………………………. (be) warmer.
19. They can't play football. They wish they………………………… (play) football in the future.
20. I don't know where she lives now. I wish I ………………………(know) she lives now.
21. I wish I ……………………….(apply) for the job on time. It's too late to do now.
22. I can't do the test. It's too difficult. I wish you ………………………….(help) me with the test now.
23. I don't have enough money to travel by plane. I wish I……………..………(have) enough money to
travel by plane.
24. Travelling by bus is uninteresting. I wish I ……………………..(have) a motor now.
25. I wish the storm ……………………………(not, appear) last night.
26. They wish the weather ……………………..(be) fine next week.
27. We wish she ………………….(not, make) up the story. We all angry with her now.
28. It's cold now. We wish we ……………………….(have) a warm coat.
29. I wish I ………………………(meet) Ms. Ngan before.
30. I wish I …………………………..(know) about this matter several weeks ago.
IV. Rewrite the sentences
1. I don't know him.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
2. She isn't there.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
3. I haven't any pens.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
4. I live in the city, but I don't like it.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
5. I didn't visit her last year.
She wishes ................................................................................................................................................
6. She has eaten too much and now she feels sick.
She wishes ................................................................................................................................................
7. I love her, but she doesn't love me.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
8. They destroyed the house to build the park.
I wish the ..................................................................................................................................................
9. This is the first time I have visited this city. I would like to go to the museum but I didn't bring a map.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
10. The heavy rain prevented us from running.
I wish they ................................................................................................................................................
11. They didn't give me any books.
I wish the ..................................................................................................................................................
12. I am very busy now. I can't help you.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
13. You should write more carefully in the future.
I wish you ................................................................................................................................................
14. I can't attend your class tomorrow.
 I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
15. They didn't invite her to the party.
They wish .................................................................................................................................................
16. He failed the examination again.
He wishes ................................................................................................................................................
17. If I knew her address, I would tell you.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
18. If it rains tomorrow, the air will be cool.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
19. If I had arrived at the station on time, I wouldn't have missed the train.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
20. I'm sure, she can't be free tomorrow.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
21. I don't want to meet you, because you are a liar.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
22. I want to be in Hanoi Capital now.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
23. I can't meet you tomorrow. I have to work all day.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
24. It is very hot. I hate hot weather.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
25. If I were you, I wouldn't buy this shirt.
I wish .......................................................................................................................................................
26. I am ill, but I have to work tomorrow.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
27. Why did you decide to get there?
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
28. Everybody doesn't like eating this food.
Everybody ................................................................................................................................................
29. I am not rich enough to have a more beautiful house.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
30. I don't know your telephone number, so I couldn't phone you.
I wish .......................................................................................................................................................
31. There are too many cars in the city, so it is polluted.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
32. We are suffering from the air pollution because of the smoke from the factory.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
33. He'd like to give up smoking, but he can't.
He wishes .................................................................................................................................................
34. I would like to have my house repaired.
I wish .......................................................................................................................................................
35. I didn't wear a warm coat, so I had a flu.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
36. She has no time for me.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
37. I'm sorry, I asked her to say like that.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
38. I couldn't afford to buy the new car.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
39. I didn't have breakfast, so I feel very hungry now.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
40. It is a pity they didn't write the letter.
They wish .................................................................................................................................................
41. We bought the bicycle yesterday, but there are something wrong with it now.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
42. I regret having telling her about that matter.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
43. I regret not taking part in the social activity.
 I wish .......................................................................................................................................................
44. We asked them to repeat what they had said, but they refused.
We wish ....................................................................................................................................................
45. If I were you, I would ask her to do this work.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
46. I can't watch the football match this afternoon.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
47. You look different. You have changed so much.*
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
48. There is no a taxi. We must walk to the school.
We wish ....................................................................................................................................................
49. We tried our best, but nothing was done.
We wish ....................................................................................................................................................
50. I like swimming, but I can't swim.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
51. The tree died because of the shortage of water.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
52. If only he hadn't invited me to his party.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
53. I don't want to be a woman.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
54. The sea is too cold for us to swim.
We wish ...................................................................................................................................................
55. I would like to live in Da Lat City now.
I wish .......................................................................................................................................................
56. We are very hungry, but the meal hasn't been ready yet.
We wish ...................................................................................................................................................
57. I haven't got any letter from you for ages.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
58. This book is too expensive for us to buy.
We wish ....................................................................................................................................................
59. Why didn't you phone me?
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
60. She didn't send the letter.
She wishes ................................................................................................................................................
61. If only I were rich.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
62. If I had been studious, I wouldn't have had bad marks.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
63. Unless it rains now, we won't have water to use.
We wish ....................................................................................................................................................
64. She advised me to go there immediately, but I didn't.
She wishes ................................................................................................................................................
65. Although we tried to open the door, we didn't succeed.
We wish ....................................................................................................................................................
66. He speaks English badly.
He wishes .................................................................................................................................................
67. My application for the job was turned down because I am not good at English.
I wish .......................................................................................................................................................
68. It’s no use to buy this garden.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
69. There’s no point persuading her accept this letter
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
70. If only they had given me some advice in advance.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
 passive voice
I. Put the sentences into the passive voice:
1. It was blowing the leaves all over the pavement.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. We are painting our house at the moment.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Does the hotel provide clean towels?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. An ambulance took the sick man to hospital.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Visitors must leave umbrellas and sticks in the cloakroom.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. They make these artificial flowers of silk.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. You should pack such items carefully in tea chest.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. Has someone post the letters?
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. They used to start these engines by hand.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. People speak Spanish differently in Spain and in Colombia.
..................................................................................................................................................................
11. The police will ask you several questions.
..................................................................................................................................................................
12. Why didn’t they mend the roof before it fell in.
..................................................................................................................................................................
13. My little brother has drunk all the milk in the fridge.
..................................................................................................................................................................
14. Someone will serve refreshments soon.
..................................................................................................................................................................
15. We are going to hold our wedding feast in New World.
..................................................................................................................................................................
16. People are spending a lot of money on food now.
..................................................................................................................................................................
17. Jessica’s friends gave her a present.
..................................................................................................................................................................
18. Nobody swept this street yesterday.
..................................................................................................................................................................
19. She was driving the children to school when the accident happened.
..................................................................................................................................................................
20. Someone has already told him the whole truth.
..................................................................................................................................................................
II. Complete the second sentence so that it has the same meaning to the first one:
1. The lawyer gave him the details of his father’s will.
The details ................................................................................................................................................
2. He expected us to offer him the job.
He expected ..............................................................................................................................................
3. People know that he is armed.
He .............................................................................................................................................................
4. Someone saw him pick up the gun.
He .............................................................................................................................................................
5. Her husband offered her a bunch of flowers on her birthday.
She ............................................................................................................................................................
6. They has stopped the traffic going into the crowded streets.
The traffic .................................................................................................................................................
7. Do you wish me to serve dinner now?
Do you wish dinner ..................................................................................................................................
8. I prefer you to call me by first name.
I prefer ......................................................................................................................................................
9. Why don’t you get an optician to test your eyes?
Why don’t you get your eyes....................................................................................................................
10. They make the children do a lot of housework.
The children..............................................................................................................................................
11. We heard him shouting at his children.
He .............................................................................................................................................................
12. People believe that he was killed by terrorists.
He .............................................................................................................................................................
13. You don’t need to wind this watch.
This watch ................................................................................................................................................
14. David is going to have the dentist fill his tooth.
David is going to have his tooth ...............................................................................................................
15. People say that she is a talented actress.
She ............................................................................................................................................................
16. They suggested making the tests easier. (Use should)
They suggested that ..................................................................................................................................
17. We never heard him say ―thank you‖ in his life.
He .............................................................................................................................................................
18. Nobody has used this room for ages.
This room .................................................................................................................................................
19. My brother helped me do my homework.
I.................................................................................................................................................................
20. He likes people to call him by his first name.
He likes .....................................................................................................................................................
III. Put the correct form or tense of the verb in brackets:
1. Paper ……………….……..(make) in China centuries ago.
2. Three tests ……………….………(take) since last month.
3. The Statue of Liberty ……………………….(visit) by millions of people each year.
4. The bridge over the river ………………………………..(paint) at the moment.
5. You ………………………(give) a present when you go to the party next Sunday.
6. Medicine …………………….……(must/ keep) out of the reach of children
7. While the furniture ………………………..(move), I went into the room.
8. When we got to the stadium we found that the game …………………..(cancel).
9. A lot of trees ……………….(blow) down in the storm last night.
10. The reader ……………………….(publish) in Germany in 1995.
11. The Da Vinci Code ………..…………….(translate) into 44 languages so far.
12. The lion is said………………….. (escape) from its cage last night.
13. John must have his tooth……………………………. (take) out soon.
14. When are you going to get the roof……………….. (repair)?
15. We were made ……………..(wait) for three hours at the airport.
16. Steve hates…………………… (keep) waiting long.
17. She is said……………… (be) a woman of property.
18. Jane hopes her paintings ………..……………….(show) at the National Gallery.
19. Mary has her car …………………..(wash) every week.
20. He dislikes ………………..(tell) what to do.
EXERCISE 1
1. They drink coffee every morning.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. The man delivers letters every day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. We study English instead of Japanese.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. He reads two books a week.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. We need much more water to produce the products.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. He drives his car to the town on Sunday.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. They build hundreds of beautiful buildings every year.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. He usually does his house work after school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. They feed the lions at 5:00 p.m
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. They always finish their homework before going to bed.
..................................................................................................................................................................
11. Do you like pop music?
..................................................................................................................................................................
12. They wear the uniform when they go to school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
13. She looks after the children very carefully.
..................................................................................................................................................................
14. We eat vegetables every day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
15. We don’t accept your application.
..................................................................................................................................................................
16. Air pollution causes a lot of serious diseases.
..................................................................................................................................................................
17. They help her with her homework every day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
18. We use the second hand computer carefully.
..................................................................................................................................................................
19. They don’t say anything when they meet me.
..................................................................................................................................................................
20. They design three houses each year.
..................................................................................................................................................................
21. They usually help the tourists how to enter the cave.
..................................................................................................................................................................
22. The grow roses in the garden.
..................................................................................................................................................................
23. They often test weapon in the area.
..................................................................................................................................................................
24. She never forgets to turn off the light before going out.
..................................................................................................................................................................
25. They divide the book into three chapters.
..................................................................................................................................................................
26. They open the shop at 6:00 AM every day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
27. What do they do to help the poor?
..................................................................................................................................................................
28. What do you call the new hotel?
..................................................................................................................................................................
29. They visit the old church every two years.
..................................................................................................................................................................
30. She spends a lot of money on shopping.
..................................................................................................................................................................
31. She makes us laugh a lot by making up jokes.
..................................................................................................................................................................
32. We use milk to make cheese.
..................................................................................................................................................................
33. Why don't you close your book?
..................................................................................................................................................................
34. She reads two pages every morning.
..................................................................................................................................................................
35. She call me at night.
..................................................................................................................................................................
36. Sad stories make me cry.
..................................................................................................................................................................
37. He smokes twenty cigarettes a day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
38. We usually watch films on TV after dinner.
..................................................................................................................................................................
39. If you finish typing the letter before lunch time, I won’t punish you.
..................................................................................................................................................................
40. She takes a taxi to the office every morning.
..................................................................................................................................................................
41. They protect the forests by planning a lot of trees.
..................................................................................................................................................................
42. No one helps me do the housework.
..................................................................................................................................................................
43. They spend two hours solving the problem.
..................................................................................................................................................................
44. My father take s me to the zoo every night.
..................................................................................................................................................................
45. Unless you use this bicycle carefully, I won’t let you it any more.
..................................................................................................................................................................
46. They don’t play football in the park.
..................................................................................................................................................................
47. Peter’s father sends Mary to the school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
48. My wife always prepares dinner before I came back home from office.
..................................................................................................................................................................
49. She encourages me to overcome difficulties.
..................................................................................................................................................................
50. They focus on the difficult exercises.
..................................................................................................................................................................
EXERCISE 2
1. They didn't take me to the party last night.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. My father introduced me to the director.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. How many books did you buy yesterday-evening?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. The teachers made their students happy.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. She invited a lot of old friends to her wedding....................................................................................... t.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Why didn't you visit your parents?
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. When I was ten years old, they didn't allow me to read this book
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. We didn't lend the car to the man.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. They had to arrange the appointment again.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
10. The earthquake destroyed this city last month.
..................................................................................................................................................................
11. When did you recognize them?
..................................................................................................................................................................
12. The police stopped our car when we went home
..................................................................................................................................................................
13. They said nothing before they turn off the computer.
..................................................................................................................................................................
14. How did you translate the sentences into Vietnamese?
..................................................................................................................................................................
15. They couldn’t find the key anywhere.
..................................................................................................................................................................
16. What did you say to the man?
..................................................................................................................................................................
17. They couldn’t read the book without glasses.
..................................................................................................................................................................
18. I used to teach them English
..................................................................................................................................................................
19. She didn’t use the solution to the problem.
..................................................................................................................................................................
20. The president made an interesting speech last week.
..................................................................................................................................................................
21. The exercise was too difficult for the boy to do.
..................................................................................................................................................................
22. They picked up me at the airport
..................................................................................................................................................................
23. They kept me waiting for them.
..................................................................................................................................................................
24. We received your latter this morning.
..................................................................................................................................................................
25. My father asked me to tell the truth.
..................................................................................................................................................................
26. They sold the ld car when I was 20 years old.
..................................................................................................................................................................
27. They showed me the way to Da Nang Airport. ..................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................
28. I wish you met me at the rail station.
..................................................................................................................................................................
29. Someone broke into the house last night.
..................................................................................................................................................................
30. When did the men put out the fire?
..................................................................................................................................................................
31. How did you spend the amount of money?
..................................................................................................................................................................
32. If they knew your new address, they would visit you.
..................................................................................................................................................................
33. They ordered the boy to stand up immediately.
..................................................................................................................................................................
34. Didn't she tell you to be here by five o'clock?
..................................................................................................................................................................
35. Who wrote this letter?
..................................................................................................................................................................
36. Did they build this five - star - hotel in 2007?
..................................................................................................................................................................
37. In order to buy this house, we had to save much money in five years.
..................................................................................................................................................................
38. They taught me how to pronounce the word.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
39. No one expected that they would be here.
..................................................................................................................................................................
40. Her husband left her a lot of money before he died
..................................................................................................................................................................
41. They booked me tickets in advance.
..................................................................................................................................................................
42. I and Mr. Cuong didn't know what happened.
..................................................................................................................................................................
43. Did your parents teach you how to behave in public?
..................................................................................................................................................................
44. Why did they change the date of the meeting?
..................................................................................................................................................................
45. It was too dark for us to see the picture.
..................................................................................................................................................................
46. They carried the luggage.
..................................................................................................................................................................
47. How did she break the vases?
..................................................................................................................................................................
48. How many books did you read in 2008?
..................................................................................................................................................................
49. They sang the song beautifully last night.
..................................................................................................................................................................
50. We couldn't see the top of the hill from the hotel.
..................................................................................................................................................................
EXERCISE 3
1. I haven't seen them since I moved to the city.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. How long have you lived in this house?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. They have repaired the restaurant recently.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. We have just finished our duty.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Have you ever read such an interesting book?
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. I have never heard about the news.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. The men have made much progress since January.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. Now that they have built this road, it will take you only five minutes to get there.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. No one has found the answer since you entered the room
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. Have they studied English since last year?
..................................................................................................................................................................
11. The students have done a research on animal.
..................................................................................................................................................................
12. This is the first time I have ever encountered a difficult situation.
..................................................................................................................................................................
13. I haven't attended the important meeting since 9:00 A.M.
..................................................................................................................................................................
14. How long have they tested the weapon?
..................................................................................................................................................................
15. We have visited Hanoi many times since we lived in the village.
..................................................................................................................................................................
16. They have spoken English more fluently since you appeared.
..................................................................................................................................................................
17. They have sold that house for 3 years.
..................................................................................................................................................................
18. How long have you prepared the meal?
..................................................................................................................................................................
19. I have worked on my English assignment since Monday.
..................................................................................................................................................................
20. The car has used much fuel recently.
..................................................................................................................................................................
21. We haven't received the confirm from the hotel so far.
..................................................................................................................................................................
22. We have corrected the sentences for 3 days.
..................................................................................................................................................................
23. Have you ever made a speech in public?
..................................................................................................................................................................
24. They have never seen the Statue of Liberty.
..................................................................................................................................................................
25. We have tried to give up smoking several times.
..................................................................................................................................................................
26. Mr. Fred has been here since you painted the wall.
..................................................................................................................................................................
27. Nobody has found the missing file already.
..................................................................................................................................................................
28. They have divided the country into 3 parts since 1909.
..................................................................................................................................................................
29. They have built the museum for 5 years. They will finish building it next year.
..................................................................................................................................................................
30. We haven't seen the television programs since lunchtime.
..................................................................................................................................................................
31. They have made a decision
..................................................................................................................................................................
32. They haven't finished their exercise since they went to school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
33. Have you ever cut the grass?
..................................................................................................................................................................
34. The engineer has designed the tower since January.
..................................................................................................................................................................
35. I haven't heard from my aunt so far.
..................................................................................................................................................................
36. They have taken me to the palace many times.
..................................................................................................................................................................
37. They have written the letter for 20 minutes.
..................................................................................................................................................................
38. My uncles have brought up me for twenty years.
..................................................................................................................................................................
39. They have published many English books since 2008.
..................................................................................................................................................................
40. I have ever met your president several times.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 reported speech
I. Put the following sentences into reported speech:
1. ―I bought a new computer today,‖ said Clare.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. ―Cleo will become a dentist next year,‖ said Adam.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. ―The children are doing a test now,‖ said Ms Brown.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. ―I understand what you’re saying,‖ said Eve to Anne.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. ―We were driving home at 9.00 last night,‖ said Irene.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. ―Georgia has already heard this news,‖ said Barbara to Anthony.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. ―We can go shopping tomorrow,‖ said Cathy.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. ―Christine flew to Florida two days ago,‖ said Gerry.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. ―I must work harder next year,‖ Thomas said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. ―The sun always rises in the east,‖ said our teacher.
..................................................................................................................................................................
II. Write reported questions for the sentences:
1. ―Do you like doing gymnastics?‖ asked Adam.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. ―Are you coming tomorrow?‖ said Bill to Sandra.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. ―What country do you come from?‖ said Bill to Olga.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. ―Have you seen the library?‖ asked Ann.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. ―When will you come and see me again?‖ asked Sammy.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. ―How long did you wait for the doctor?‖ Lisa asked Chris.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. ―Can parents visit the school at any time?‖ Mr Jones asked.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. ―Is New York the biggest city in America?‖ Nick asked his father.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. ―How many students are there in your class, Mike?‖ asked Dora.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. ―What are you going to study?‖ asked Ann.
..................................................................................................................................................................
III. Write the reported speech for these commands or requests. Use the reported verbs tell or ask:
1. ―Don’t eat all that chocolate,‖ said Jenny to her sister.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. ―Please lend me your pen for a moment,‖ I said to Marry.
..................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. ―Hide in here and be quite,‖ said the policeman.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
4. ―Don’t throw your rubbish in the street,‖ said our teacher.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. ―Please help me across the road,‖ said the old lady.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. ―Don’t drink any milk today,‖ said the doctor to Jenny.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. ―Get out of my way,‖ he said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. ―Please pay at the desk,‖ said the assistant to the customer.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. ―Don’t lie on my bed,‖ said my brother.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. ―Open your bag, please,‖ said the store detective to the girl.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Put the following into reported speech. Use the past tense of the reporting verbs brackets.
1. ―Would you like to have lunch with me on Sunday?‖ he said to me. (invite)
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. ―Would you like a cup of tea?‖ Jane said to John. (offer)
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. ―Will you help me, please?‖ she said to me. (ask)
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. ―If I were you I wouldn’t buy that coat,‖ Angela said. (advise)
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. ―Why don’t we discuss it over a coffee?‖ Tom said. (suggest)
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. ―I’ll lend you some money,‖ Debbie said. (promise)
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. ―Remember to switch off the lights,‖ my mother said. (remind)
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. ―Take these letters to the post, will you?‖ said the boss to his secretary. (tell)
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. ―Don’t touch that wire, Mary!‖ I said. (warn)
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. ―Would you mind moving your car?‖ he said. (ask)
..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Put the following into reported speech.
1. I knew Don twenty years ago, said Peter.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Carmen hasn’t been here recently, said Iris to Marian.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. ―Are you going to visit your aunt tomorrow?‖ asked Basil.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Listen to me and don’t make a noise, said Mr Robinson to his students.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. ―Where are you going for your holiday?‖ Mai askd us.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. I’m tired of eating fish this summer, said Mary to Helen.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. Please make your beds every morning, said Mrs brown to her children.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. ―What shall we do to improve the situation?‖ asked Julia.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. ―Shall we go out for dinner?‖ John said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. I can’t see you now because I’ll be at work, said Jane to Tom.
..................................................................................................................................................................
11. ―Are these shoes too small for you?‖the assistant asked Helen.
..................................................................................................................................................................
12. ―Must you go to the doctor now? Paul asked his sister.
..................................................................................................................................................................
13. ―Would you like to go to the circus next Saturday, Bill?‖ asked Nancy.
..................................................................................................................................................................
14. ―Don’t sit on the table,‖ said Mum to Ken.
..................................................................................................................................................................
15. There isn’t much rain in the south of the country, said Harry.
..................................................................................................................................................................
16. ―If it rains this afternoon it will be too wet to play the match,‖ they said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
17. Ann got her license last Tuesday, he said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
18. If I had any money I’d buy you a drink, Jane said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
19. ―Who teaches you Spanish, Greg?‖ Vicky asked.
..................................................................................................................................................................
20. ―Should I put the cupboard here?‖ Mike asked.
..................................................................................................................................................................
VI. Put the following into reported speech.
1. They said: "We will go to see the doctor tomorrow."
They said that ...........................................................................................................................................
2. "He can swim very well," they said.
They said that ...........................................................................................................................................
3. "My mother likes doing housework," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
4. "The date of the meeting will have to be changed again," she said.
She said that .............................................................................................................................................
5. ―We like Vietnamese food very much‖ they said.
They said that ...........................................................................................................................................
6. "They didn't see the man last night," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
7. "This book is written in Japanese," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
8. "I will do the work to help you," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
9. "They have just finished writing this book," he said.
He said ......................................................................................................................................................
10. "We are listening to radio now," she said.
She said that..............................................................................................................................................
11. "These books were bought last week," they said.
They said that ...........................................................................................................................................
12. "She has changed so much recently," they said.
They said that ...........................................................................................................................................
13. "They were cooking at 4 o'clock yesterday evening," she said.
She said that .............................................................................................................................................
14. "We had done homework before we met them," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
15. "It is raining heavily," they said.
They said that ...........................................................................................................................................
16. "We have met him many times," he said.
He said ......................................................................................................................................................
17. "I will have finished my English course at the end of this month," she said.
She said that..............................................................................................................................................
18. "She hopes you will come here as soon as possible," he said.
He said that ..............................................................................................................................................
19. "They could drive carefully," she said.
She said that .............................................................................................................................................
20. "She doesn't like traveling by train," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
21. "We hadn't had hair cut," they said.
They said that ...........................................................................................................................................
22. "We haven't heard from him since he left for Ha Noi Capital," said she.
She said that..............................................................................................................................................
23. "I don't know why she hasn't been here yet," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
24. "He drives carefully so that he won't have any accident," they said.
They said that ...........................................................................................................................................
25. "You needn't study until late at night," she said to me.
She told me that ........................................................................................................................................
26. "I didn't see her three years ago," he said to them.
He told them that ......................................................................................................................................
27. "I am going to visit the museum tonight," she said.
She said that..............................................................................................................................................
28. "You must wear the uniform," she said to me.
She told me that ........................................................................................................................................
29. "They promised to help me but they didn't come," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
30. "We have been close friends for years," she said.
She said that..............................................................................................................................................
31. "If I were you, I wouldn't fly to Ha Noi Capital," she said to me.
She said that..............................................................................................................................................
32. "If you hadn't come here last night, they wouldn't have gone home early," said she.
She said that..............................................................................................................................................
33. "They didn't tell the truth last week," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
34. "I have been here since she worked as a doctor," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
35. "We are reading a book now," the children said to me.
The children told me that..........................................................................................................................
36. "I can't carry this heavy case," Mary said.
Mary said that ...........................................................................................................................................
37. "He failed theTin1 test because he was very lazy," she said.
She said that..............................................................................................................................................
38. "I didn't help my father repair the roof," she said.
She said that..............................................................................................................................................
39. "They don't know my name," she said to him.
She told him that.......................................................................................................................................
40. "He prevented me from driving fast," she said.
She said that..............................................................................................................................................
41. "The storm destroyed the city last night," they said.
They said that ..........................................................................................................................................
42. "I don't know where she lives now," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
43. "She spoke slowly so that they could understand what she said," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
44. "I will travel around the world tomorrow," she said.
She said that..............................................................................................................................................
45. "They built this bridge four years ago," she said.
She said that..............................................................................................................................................
46. "You needn't stand here until I come back," he said to me.
He told me that .........................................................................................................................................
47. "You must obey your parents," he said to the children.
He told the children that ...........................................................................................................................
48. "It took us two hours to solve this problem," they said.
They said that ...........................................................................................................................................
49. "We haven't enjoyed ourselves for ages," they said.
They said that ...........................................................................................................................................
50. "If I study English, I will find a job easily," he said.
He said that ...............................................................................................................................................
VII. Reported Speech with “Wh-questions”
1. "What are you doing now?" he asked.
He asked me ............................................................................................................................................
2. "How old are they?" she asked me.
She asked me ..........................................................................................................................................
3. "Where did you go last night?" she said.
She asked ................................................................................................................................................
4. "How do you translate this sentence into Vietnamese?" she asked.
She asked me ..........................................................................................................................................
5. "Who are you waiting for?" he asked.
He asked me ............................................................................................................................................
6. "When did you last see them?" he asked.
He asked me ............................................................................................................................................
7. "What's her name?" he asked me.
He asked me ............................................................................................................................................
8. "What did you buy for dinner, Mary?" he asked.
He asked Mary ........................................................................................................................................
9. "When did you come back your hometown?" he asked.
He asked me ............................................................................................................................................
10. "What are you talking about?" they asked us.
They asked ..............................................................................................................................................
11. "How can I use this computer?" she asked.
She asked ................................................................................................................................................
12. "Where did you see her last week?" they asked.
They asked ..............................................................................................................................................
13. "Why are you crying?" she asked.
She asked ................................................................................................................................................
14. "How much are these books?" she asked.
She asked ................................................................................................................................................
15. "Where is he from?" they asked.
They asked ..............................................................................................................................................
16. "How do you like my shirt?" she asked.
She asked me ..........................................................................................................................................
17. "What will you do tomorrow?" he asked.
He asked..................................................................................................................................................
18. "How many people did you invite to your party?" he asked.
He asked me ............................................................................................................................................
19. "What do you think about the matter?" they asked.
They asked ..............................................................................................................................................
20. "Why did she go here?" he asked.
He asked..................................................................................................................................................
21. "How many countries have you visited?" she asked.
She asked me ..........................................................................................................................................
22. "How did they operate this machine?" she asked me.
She asked me ..........................................................................................................................................
23. "Where did you go when we came?" they asked.
They asked me........................................................................ ................................................................
24. "What would you do if you were her?" they asked.
They asked me ........................................................................................................................................
25. "Why are they laughing?" she asked me.
She asked me ..........................................................................................................................................
26. "How do you call the training course?" they asked.
They asked ..............................................................................................................................................
27. "What did they say last night?" she asked.
She asked ................................................................................................................................................
28. "Who 'did they speak to two days ago?" she asked.
She asked ................................................................................................................................................
29. "How did she answer your questions?" they asked.
They asked me ........................................................................................................................................
30. "How did the man break into this house?" the policeman asked me.
The policeman asked me.........................................................................................................................
31. "How much money have you got?" she asked.
She asked ................................................................................................................................................
32. "What were you doing when the accident happened?" they asked.
They asked ..............................................................................................................................................
33. "How many cigarettes did you smoke a day?" he asked.
He asked..................................................................................................................................................
34. "What will you do if you win the lottery?" he asked.
He asked..................................................................................................................................................
35. "How long have you been here?" they asked.
They asked ..............................................................................................................................................
36. "Why are you tired?" my father asked.
My father asked ......................................................................................................................................
37. "Why was your application for the job turned down?" he asked.
He asked..................................................................................................................................................
38. "When did the people move to the place?" they asked.
They asked........................................................................... ...................................................................
39. "What did Sally's parents give her for her birthday?" he asked.
He asked..................................................................................................................................................
40. "What had you done when they took the victim to the hospital?" she asked.
She asked ................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Reported Speech with “Yes-No Questions”
1. "Do you love her?" he asked.
He asked me .............................................................................................................................................
2. "Can you speak English fluently?" they asked.
They asked ...............................................................................................................................................
3. "Have you been here before?" he asked.
He asked me .............................................................................................................................................
4. "Does she like living in Hue?" they asked.
They asked................................................................................................................................................
5. "Will you help her do the housework?" the man asked.
The man asked ..........................................................................................................................................
6. "Did they give you this message?" she asked.
She asked ..................................................................................................................................................
7. "Do your parents work for his computer?" she asked.
She asked ..................................................................................................................................................
8. "Do you want to be a translator?" she asked.
She asked ..................................................................................................................................................
9. "Is Miss Thao a tourist guide?" he asked.
He asked ...................................................................................................................................................
10. "Are these doctors working at Hue Central Hospital?" he asked.
He asked ...................................................................................................................................................
11. "Has Mr. Steve been learning Vietnamese since 1999?" she asked.
She asked ..................................................................................................................................................
12. "Does your father work on this farm?" they asked.
They asked................................................................................................................................................
13. "Had they gone out when you came?" they asked.
They asked me ..........................................................................................................................................
14. "Will you answer the phone if you hear us?" they asked Mary.
They asked Mary ......................................................................................................................................
15. "Do you like this school?" I asked Peter.
I asked ......................................................................................................................................................
16. "Are you watching TV now?" they asked.
They asked................................................................................................................................................
17. "Did she agree with you on the matter?" he asked Mai.
He asked Mai ............................................................................................................................................
18. "Is this book written in English?" they asked me.
They asked me ..........................................................................................................................................
19. "Do you love your job?" she asked me.
She asked me ............................................................................................................................................
20. "Have you finished your work?" she asked.
She asked ..................................................................................................................................................
21. "Do your parents like this kind of music?" he asked me.
He asked me .............................................................................................................................................
22. "Are they working in the garden?" she asked.
She asked ..................................................................................................................................................
23. "Can you cook for your children if you read this book?" she asked.
She asked ..................................................................................................................................................
24. "Were they cleaning the floor when you saw them?" she asked.
She asked ..................................................................................................................................................
25. "Did they agree with you on that matter?" the man asked.
The man asked me ....................................................................................................................................
26. "Did he spend the whole week climbing the high mountain?" she asked.
She asked ..................................................................................................................................................
27. "Have they sold that old house?" he asked.
He asked ...................................................................................................................................................
28. "Are you interested in buying a new computer now?" they asked.
They asked me ..........................................................................................................................................
29. "Is environment one of the most serious problems facing mankind today?" they asked.
They asked................................................................................................................................................
30. "Was the house so expensive that you didn't buy it?" they asked.
They asked me ..........................................................................................................................................
31. "Is it far from your house to the hospital?" she asked.
She asked me ............................................................................................................................................
32. "Had the house been broken into before you saw the man?" she asked.
She asked me ............................................................................................................................................
33. "Have you never seen such a beautiful picture before?" he asked.
He asked me .............................................................................................................................................
34. "Is the coffee too hot for you to drink, Minh?" she asked
She asked Minh ........................................................................................................................................
35. "Do you know what to buy for dinner?" she asked.
She asked ..................................................................................................................................................
36. "Did Mary have enough time to finish her homework?" he asked.
He asked ...................................................................................................................................................
37. "Was the weather very hot yesterday, Tam?" I asked.
I asked.......................................................................................................................................................
38. "Will the date of the meeting be changed again?" they asked.
They asked................................................................................................................................................
39. "Did you stay with them during your holiday last [Link]?" she asked.
She asked me ............................................................................................................................................
40. "Does she always listen to you carefully?" they asked.
They asked me ..........................................................................................................................................
IX. Reported Speech with commands, requests, advices…
1. "Open the window," they said to the boy. (told)
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. "Keep silent!" she said to the boy. (told)
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. "Don't make noise," the teacher said to the students. (told)
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. "Stop your car!" the policeman said to the man. (ordered)
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. "Give me your wallet or I will kill you," the robber said to the woman. (threatened)
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. "Remember to send the letter for me," my father said to me. (reminded)
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. "Don't sit on the chair," I said to him. (told)
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. "Don't drive carelessly," I said to him. (told)
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. "Don't work late at night," he said to me. (told)
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. "Move your car to another place," they said to him. (ordered)
..................................................................................................................................................................
11. "Don't discuss the topic now," they said to her. (told)
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
12. "Turn off the light and go out of the room," said she to the boy. (ordered)
..................................................................................................................................................................
13. "Don't believe in what he says," she said to me. (told)
..................................................................................................................................................................
14. "Clean the blackboard, Mary," said the teacher. (told)
..................................................................................................................................................................
15. "Study harder or you will fail the exams," she said to Peter. (told)
..................................................................................................................................................................
16. "Don't make so much noise," the teacher said to him. (told)
The teacher ...............................................................................................................................................
17. "Turn the record player down a little," he said to me. (asked)
He asked me .............................................................................................................................................
18. "Don't put these shoes on the table," my mother said. (ordered)
My mother ................................................................................................................................................
19. "Don't park here," he said to me. (requested)
He .............................................................................................................................................................
20. "Stand up and put your book on the table," the teacher said to me. (asked)
The teacher ...............................................................................................................................................
21. "Stand up. Give me the ruler," he said to me. (requested)
He .............................................................................................................................................................
22. "Open your book. Read the text slowly," my teacher said. (told)
My teacher ................................................................................................................................................
23. "Don't touch this oven," the mother said to the boy. (told)
The mother ...............................................................................................................................................
24. "Don't forget to send the letter," the man said to me. (reminded)
The man ....................................................................................................................................................
25. "Stop your car. Give me your driving license," the policeman said. (ordered)
The policeman ..........................................................................................................................................
26. "Don't let her know my address," he said to me. (told)
He ............................................................................................................................................................
27. "Move your car to another place," they said. (asked)
They ..........................................................................................................................................................
28. "Don't be lazy," my father said to me. (told)
My father ..................................................................................................................................................
29. "Repair the roof tomorrow, will you?" he said to me. (asked)
He .............................................................................................................................................................
30. "Don't move until they come back," she said to the boy. (asked)
She ............................................................................................................................................................
31. "Don't step on the grass," they said. (ordered)
They ..........................................................................................................................................................
32. "Tell me how you opened the door," the man said to me. (asked)
The man ....................................................................................................................................................
33. "Take care of yourself when I am away from home," my mother said to me. (reminded)
My mother ...............................................................................................................................................
34. "Don't make up a story like that again," I said to her. (told)
I.................................................................................................................................................................
35. "Don't do this test carelessly," the teacher said to us. (reminded)
The teacher ...............................................................................................................................................
36. "Would you like a cup of tea?" he said to me. (invited)
..................................................................................................................................................................
37. "If I were you, I would buy the car," said he. (advise
............................................................................................................................................................... d)
38. "I am sorry. I was late," she said to me. (apologized)
..................................................................................................................................................................
39. "I didn't steal your computer," said he. (denied)
..................................................................................................................................................................
40. "You had better save your money in the bank." (advised)
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
41. "How about going for a walk?" said she. (suggested)
..................................................................................................................................................................
42. "Why don't you go to Hanoi Capital on Monday?" said he. (advised)
..................................................................................................................................................................
43. "You shouldn't read a book without glasses," said she. (advised)
..................................................................................................................................................................
44. "Remember to close the door before going out," said she to them. (reminded)
..................................................................................................................................................................
45. ―It was wrong of me to say so,‖ he said. (admitted)
..................................................................................................................................................................
46. "Why don't we take a short rest?" they said. (suggested)
..................................................................................................................................................................
47. "If you don't water the plant every day, it will die," they said to me. (advised)
..................................................................................................................................................................
48. "I shouldn't have bought the second-hand car," said he. (regretted)
..................................................................................................................................................................
49. "I should have seen you yesterday," said she. (regretted
..................................................................................................................................................................
50. "I will help you with your homework," said he. (promised)
..................................................................................................................................................................
51. "Why don't you have your room redecorated?" said he. (advised)
He .............................................................................................................................................................
52. "I would like to go for a ride in your car," she said. (suggested)
She ............................................................................................................................................................
53. "I don't know if they will come or not," he said. (wondered)
..................................................................................................................................................................
54. "You should do morning exercise every day," the doctor said. (advised)
The doctor.................................................................................................................................................
55. "I think you should go by bus," I said to my mother. (advised)
I.................................................................................................................................................................
56. "Would you like to have dinner with me?" he said to me. (invited)
He .............................................................................................................................................................
57. "If only I hadn't made the mistake," Mary said. (regretted)
Mary .........................................................................................................................................................
58. "I'm sorry. I can't help you with the exercise," I said to her. (denied)
I.................................................................................................................................................................
59. "Remember to feed the dog at 3:00 p.m," they said to me. (reminded)
They ..........................................................................................................................................................
60. "Let's give her a hand," they said. (suggested)
They ..........................................................................................................................................................
61. "If I were him, I would take more exercise," she said. (advised)
She ............................................................................................................................................................
62. "You stole that car," I said to him. (accused)
I.................................................................................................................................................................
63. "I would rather you didn't make a wrong sentence again," said she. (reminded)
She ............................................................................................................................................................
64. "Be careful or you will give a wrong answer," I said to them. (reminded)
I ................................................................................................................................................................
65. "Drinking a glass of milk everyday is good for you," she said. (advised)
She ............................................................................................................................................................
 tag questions
1. Bill has breakfast at 7 o’clock, ?
2. Ann will be at the meeting tomorrow, ?
3. I am the best student, ?
4. They caught lots of fish last summer, ?
5. You haven’t eaten dinner yet, ?
6. Alex used to eat at home very often, ?
7. There wasn’t anyone there, ?
8. Those aren’t Jane’s books, ?
9. Bill is studying hard, ?
10. You didn’t go to Italy last year, ?
11. Mary and Jane seldom see each other, ?
12. Nobody liked the play, ?
13. Don’t forget to do your home work, ?
14. Let’s go out for dinner, ?
15. It’s hardly rained at all this summer, ?
16. Everything is ok, ?
17. Everyone can learn how to swim, ?
18. The student have to wear uniforms at school, ?
19. Your sister wouldn’t like a puppy, ?
20. That’s the postman, ?
21. Your grandparents live in Boston, ?
22. She’s never gone skiing, ?
23. I should give her a ring, ?
24. You won’t tell anyone else, ?
25. Wait here for a minute, ?
EXERCISE 1: Add suitable Tag questions to these sentences.
1. The traffic is very bad these days, isn't it?
2. Mark and John are good friends of yours, ?
3. The bus leaves every twenty minutes, ?
4. You can communicate by e-mail, ?
5. This TV show has become very popular, ?
6. Emma gave you the information, ?
7. You would like to hear the latest news, ?
8. These magazines were published last week, ?
9. There are some risks of using the Internet, ?
10. Janet has to get more information for her articles, ?
11. Computer viruses could be spread through email, ?
12. You'll read this article today,
13. People have used the Internet for various purposes, ?
14. There'll be a lot of fun at the party, ?
15. John spent several hours surfing the Net yesterday, ?
16. You don't know the password to get into this system, ?
17. The traffic wasn't heavy this morning, ?
18. I must key in the password to log on, ?
19. It isn't very difficult to use the computer, ?
20. You cannot get access to these files, ?
21. Mr. Alexander won't be back until lunchtime, ?
22. Beth and Helen didn't come to the meeting, ?
23. People shouldn't drive so fast on this road, ?
24. We never tell our password to anyone, ?
25. No one could answer the teacher's question, ?
26. There wasn't any useful information in the paper, ?
27. The bus doesn't stop at this corner, ?
28. They wouldn't tell you the password, ?
29. Nobody has known the latest news, ?
30. The children aren't going to travel with you, ?
31. Today is Friday, ?
32. You weren't there yesterday, ?
33. Both of their daughters look very much alike, ?
34. Mr. Norris never goes on holiday with his wife, ?
35. Mary has never gotten in touch with you, ?
36. Let's spend more time practicing English, ?
37. The students made fewer mistakes in pronunciation, ?
38. Don't forget to key in the password, ?
39. You don't think the Internet is dangerous for children, ?
40. Someone will email me the documents, ?
41. I'm here to help you, ?
42. You didn't have any difficulty solving the Math problem, ?
43. You should practice your English more, ?
44. Everybody has been working hard, ?
45. Miss Mai isn't very hard on her students, ?
 verb forms
I. Fill in the blanks with the gerund, infinitive with to or infinitive without to of the verb:
1. John was surprised ……………………….(get) Ann’s letter.
2. Eva isn’t interested in ………………………..(teach) young children.
3. The sea wasn’t warm enough……………………… (swim) in.
4. Our teacher let us ……………………………(talk) for the last ten minutes of the lesson.
5. I enjoy ……………………………(talk) to intelligent people.
6. I think you waste too much time…………………………… (watch) television.
7. Mathew denied …………………………….(steal) the money.
8. I’d rather …………………………(read) a true story than a silly love story.
9. My father has finished……………………………. (mend) the car.
10. Our teacher made me…………………………. (answer) all the questions.
11. It’s worth………………………. (go) to see that new film.
12. Archie is too fat ……………………..(climb) the tall tree.
13. David refused………………………… (eat) all his potatoes.
14. Jane decided ……………………………(tell) George everything.
15. We are looking forward to ………………….(read) your new book.
16. Would you like………………………… (go) to Cindy’s house next Saturday?
17. Would you mind……………………….. (shut) the window? I hate (sit) in a draught.
18. I can’t bear…………………………. (do) homework on Saturdays.
19. It’s no use…………………………. (take) the exam if you haven’t studied.
20. If you can’t ……………………….(remember) his number you’d better (look) it up.
21. Why do you keep…………………………………. (ask) me the same question over and over again?
22. I wish you would consider ……………………(accept) my proposal.
23. Janet intends ………………………….(fix) her bicycle herself.
24. Will you help me …………………………..(move) the bookcase?
25. I love ……………………………(walk) on the beach during a light rain.
II. Choose and circle the correct verb:
1. I must remember (inviting/ to invite) George to my party.
2. Henry tried (eating/ to eat) salt with his apple but it tasted horrible.
3. I regret (telling/ to tell) you that I won’t be able to come. May 0be next time.
4. Joe forgot (locking/ to lock_ the door last night.
5. They stopped (singing/ to sing_ to listen the news broadcast.
6. That house looks awful. It needs (painting/ to paint_.
7. They don’t allow (parking/ to park_ in front of the building.
8. Susan remember (meeting/ to meet_ Ben at the lift because they were both late.
9. Ann tried (climbing/ to climb_ the tree but she couldn’t.
10. As I was going home, I stopped (having/ to have_ a look in a shop window.
11. You’ll never regret (doing/ to do) a kind action.
12. Sorry – I didn’t mean (interrupting/ to interrupt) you.
13. I’ll never forget (meeting/ to meet) the Queen.
14. I’m in a difficult position. What do you advise me (doing/ to do)?
15. I saw Mary crossing/ cross the road and (disappearing/ disappear) into the post office.
16. Please go on (writing/ to write); I don’t mind (waiting/ to wait).
17. I need a change. I need (going/ to go) away for a while.
18. She stopped (talking/ to talk) about that and went on describing/ to describe her other problem.
19. I looked out of the window and saw Kien (riding/ ride) his bike along the road.
20. I heard the bomb (exploding/ explode).
21. Can you smell something (burning/ burn)?
22. As I passed his house I heard him (practicing/ practice) the piano.
23. Dad allowed Dora (going/ to go) to the party.
24. We listened to the old man (saying/ say) his story from the beginning to end.
25. The doctor advised Carmen (talking/ to talk more exercise.
III. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct form:
1. Don’t forget……………………….. (lock) the door before ………………………….(go) to bed.
2. I tried ……………………(explain) but he refused …………………….(listen) and went
on…………………… (complain).
3. Your windows need……………….. (clean); would you like me……………… (do) them for you?
4. He heard the clock……………….………… (strike) six and knew that it was time for
him……………….. (get) up.
5. After walking for three hours we stopped ………………………..(let) the others………………….
(catch) up with us.
6. His doctor advised him………………………… (give up) ……………………..(jog).
7. I didn’t feel like …………..…………(work) so I suggested ………………….......(spend) the day in
the garden.
8. Most people prefer (spend) money to ……………………….(earn) it.
9. Do you remember ………………………….(read) about it? No, at that time I was too young
………………(read) newspaper.
10. Please stop……………….. (cry). I hate …………………(see) a woman……………….. (cry).
11. I catch him ………………………(climb) over my wall. I asked him …………………..(explain) but
he refused …………............(say) anything.
12. Do you expect …………………..….(pass) this course? If so, you’d better…………………………..
(work) harder.
13. You don’t need …………………..(ask) his permission every time you want ………………… (leave)
the room.
14. Before he let us ………………(go) he made us…………………………………………. (promise)
(not tell) anybody what happened.
15. Try………………..………. (avoid) (be) late. He hates being kept (wait).
16. We considered…………………… (drive) to New York, but at last we decided ……………….(fly).
17. They agreed………………………. (spend) $10.000………………………. (rebuild) the hall.
18. I don’t mind……………………….. (stay) home, but I’d rather…………………… (go) out tonight.
19. They begin…………………….. (encourage) younger people …………………………………..
(quite) (smoke).
20. After……………….. (play) with his toys for about half an hour, the boy started……………………
(cry) loudly.
 practice 1
I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other words.
1. A. corridor B. correspond C. worship D. borrow
2. A. crush B. business C. drum D. button
3. A. imagine B. another C. man D. language
4. A. who B. we C. wear D. walk
5. A. tool B. moon C. soon D. cook
6. A. friendly B. religion C. tent D. correct
7. A. comprise B. realize C. promise D. smile
8. A. chemistry B. champ C. church D. champion
9. A. beaches B. goes C. fishes D. kisses
10. A. population B. hope C. compose D. control
II. Complete the sentences with an appropriate form of the words in brackets.
1. We were most ...........................................by the quality of his work. (impress)
2. It isn' t very ......................................of' you to slam the door in his thee. (friendliness)
3. The two countries live together in ........................................ .(peacefull)
4. Vietnam has a .....................................climate. (tropic)
5. Football is like a ..................................................lbr Bill. (religious)
6. I’ve been .....................................invited to the wedding. (offlcial)
7. Is military service .................................................in your country? (compulsion)
8. We should read the ..............................................first. (instruct)
III. Fill in each gap with an appropriate preposition.
1. We are waiting .............................the rain to stop.
2. It's easy to tell the difference .........................butter and magarine.
3. The children were divided ......................small groups.
4. It's known .....................the most dangerous part of the city.
5. The committee consists ..........................ten members.
6. He saw him walk .....................the park 2 hours ago.
7. I live very far .............................school, so I have to take a bus to school every day.
8. I didn't have enough time to prepare .......................the party.
9. When I arrived .......................the station. I saw a crowd .....................people there.
10. I studied French ........................3 months last year.
11. Are you enjoying your staying ....................Hanoi?
12. .................my way .................school this morning, I saw a car accident.
IV. Choose the most suitable tense.
1. I (don’t go/ didn’t go) school yesterday.
2. I don't know where she lives now. I wish I (know / knew) her address.
3. I wish I (am / were) a doctor now.
4. What (do you do / did you do) last night?
5. When I first (sign /signed) my name as a child. I (am / was) very careful about it..
6. I've heard from Mary. Her letter (arrives / arrived) yesterday.
7. I always (get up / got up) earlly last year.
8. I (didn't see / haven't seen) her for six month's. I last (see / saw) her six nioiiths ago.
V. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.
1. I’m sorry my father isn't here now.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
2. As a child, I liked chocolate very much.
When I ......................................................................................................................................................
3. What a pity! I can't speak English well.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
4. I'm sorry I'm busy now.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
5. After cleaning the house, Julia fell asleep on the sofa.
Julia cleaned the house and .....................................................................................................................
6. I've studied English for 2 years.
I began ......................................................................................................................................................
VI. Read the passage carefully and then decide if each of the statements is true (T) or false (F).
Chiang Mai is 'a city in Thailand that has a wonderful night market. In the evening, the main
street is lined with small stands and shops that sell almost anything you can imagine. Some stands sell
jewelry or clothing, others sell traditional Thai cralls. and still others sell fresh fruit and spices. It's easy to
spend an entire evening just looking at everything. If you decide to buy something, you won’t be
disappointed. The prices are very reasonable. There are a lot of wonderful attractions in Chiang Mai, but
the night market is a favorite for many people.
1. There is a wonderful night market in Chiang Mai.
2. You can see a lot of stands and shops in the main streets of Chiang Mai.
3. You can look at everything in Chiang Mai easily within a day.
4. The night market is one of the attractions in Chiang Mai.
VII. Write into each blank with a suitable place from the box.
the art gallery a beautiful temple the old market
the science museum the aquarium the botanical garden
1. …………....................is so quiet and peaceful. It's right in the middle of town. You should certainly
try to see it while you're here.
2. .....................................is nothing special. I've seen much better ones in other cities. I wouldn't bother
going there.
3. You have to visit ....................................It's full of interesting shops and historical sites.
4. ................................has got mostly works by local artists. I don't think the collection is very good.
5. ..................................is excellent. All the flowers are in bloom now. It's really beautiful.
6. You should certainly see ................................. It's got some very unusual exhibits.
VIII. Complete the sentences by using the simple past of the given verbs.
stay, buy, arrive, break, bring, study, come, watch
1. ...................................................you the football match on TV last night?
2. I dropped my favorite vase. It fell on the floor and ...................................... into a hundred pieces.
3. We......................................home after a nice flight last night.
4. Alex ....................................his book to class with him. He didn't forget it.
5. Wheni went shopping yesterday, I ..........................some light bulbs and a cooking pot.
6. I................................with my aunt in the suburb last year.
7. I ..............................French when I was at secondary school.
8. My brother and his wife ..........................to our apartment for dinner last night.
IX. Make questions for the underlined words or phrases
1. I watched a football match on TV last night.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. No. it isn't. (It isn't different from Hanoi.)
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I saw him on Saturday afternoon.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. There are 2 religions in Malaysia.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Islam is Malaysia's official religion.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Hanoi people are very active and friendly.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
7. Maryam and Lan have been pen pals for over 2 years.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. I used to go fishing when I was a child.
..................................................................................................................................................................
X. Write wishes you want to make in these situations.
1. You are not very tall.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. You don't have a bicycle.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. You cant speak English well.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. You can't draw well.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. You aren't very good at Maths.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. There aren't any parks in your hometown.
..................................................................................................................................................................
XI. Fill in each gap with one suitable word.
BRUNEI
the – because – carry – is – in – to – which/ that - richest
Brunei is one of the smallest (0) ……………in the world. Its population (1) ..............only
250,000 and most of them live (2) .................. Bandar Seri Begawan (the capital city with (3)
.................longest name in the world!). It is also the (4) ...................country in Asia and maybe the richest
country in the world (5) ....................it has a lot of oil and gas (6) .................... it exports to Japan. Every
week huge tankers (7) ....................oil and gas from,the oil-fields of Brunei (8) ................ Japan.
1. ............................................. 5. .............................................
2. ............................................. 6. .............................................
3. ............................................. 7. .............................................
4. ............................................. 8. .............................................
XII. Read the passage carefully and, [Link] questions below it.
Hanoi is a really interesting city. There are many things that a tourist can do there. There are
several museums which tourists can visit. .The History museum is on Phan Ngu Lao Street and the War
museum is on Dien Bien Phu Street. Tourists can see stories about Vietnam's past in both museums. The
War museum is full of old weapons and tourists can take photos of them.
It is also possible to organize a tour and tourists can hire a small bus or a taxi and go to several
villages nearby. There is a village where you can see people, making noodles and another where they
make silk. Lastly there is Snake Village, where tourists can see live snakes.
Questions:
1. Are there many museums in Hanoi?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Where can tourists see stories about Vietnam's past?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. What can they see in the War museums?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Is there anything special in Snake village? If yes, what is it?
 practice 2
I. Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences.
1. She ................refused his invitation yesterday evening.
A. polite B. politely C. politeness D. impolite
2. They have been pen pals for over two years and they .............at least once every two weeks.
A. take B. speak C. talk D. correspond
3. The children were divided ................four groups.
A. into B. out C. from D. in
4. Is Kuala Lumpur different .............Hanoi?
A. with B. from C. in D. at
5. English is a compulsory .............language in Malaysia.
A. first B. second C. national D. official
6. He was very .............by the efficiency of the staff.
A. interest B. moved C. impressed D. corresponded
7. We didn't .............at the station in time to catch the train.
A. reach B. get C. make D. arrive
8. Churches and pagodas are places of ..............
A. visit B. interest C. worship D. entertainment
9. He went to see a movie ..............Hamlet.
A. calling B. called C. is calling D. was called
10. Lan enjoyed the peaceful atmosphere while Maryam ..............
A. praying B. is praying C. was praying D. prayed
11. I wish I ..............better at Math.
A. was B. were C. would D. will be
12. We……………..good friends for ages.
A. are B. have been C. were D. will be
13. Nga ..............breakfast when I arrived.
A. is having B. had C. was having D. has had
14. I wish my best friend ..............never leave me alone like this.
A. will B. would C. can D. could
15. Their friendliness makes a deep ..............on tourists.
A. correspondence B. beauty C. impression D. recreation
16. My son is old enough to live ...............
A. dependently B. dependent C. independently D. independent
17. The ..............religion in Malaysia is Islam.
A. biggest B. official C. popular D. first
18. Students must pay...............fee when they attend university.
A. learning B. study C. cost D. tuition
19. W must learn English at school. It's a(n)……………… subject.
A. primary B. compulsory C. national D. optional
20. I haven't seen Sally ..............my birthday party.
A. since B. for C. during D at
II. Use the correct form of the words
1. Is Kuala Lumpur .............................................from Hanoi? (DIFFER)
2. English is a ...............................................second language in Malaysia. (COMPEL)
3. I don't have time to take you to visit places of ...........................................because I'm so busy.
(INTERESTING)
4. Tourists were impressed by the ...........................................of the local people. (FRIEND)
5. Everyone there was very ..............................................to me. (FRIEND)
6. Their warm welcome made him feel ..........................................(HAPPINESS)
7. Hoa is looking forward to ..............................................her new pen pal. (MEET)
8. The sights of the city never fail to .........................................tourists. (IMPRESSION)
9. English, Tamil and Chinese are .............................spoken in Malaysia. (WIDE)
III. Make meaninnful sentences from the following cues
1. It / difficult / her / trip abroad / now.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I wish / more time / take / friends / beauty spots / hometown.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. school / English / compulsory subject/ while / French / optional.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Although / we / away / each other / keep / touch.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. S. Lan / wish / spend / vacation / Singapore / some day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Malaysia / divide / two regions / know / West Malaysia / East Malaysia.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Rewrite the sentences
1. Nobody has seen him for ages.
He .............................................................................................................................................................
2. " What 's your new friend like?" he asked.
He asked ...................................................................................................................................................
3. I'm sorry, I can't speak English fluently.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
5. When I was a child, I often followed my mother to the market.
I used ........................................................................................................................................................
4. Study harder or you will fail the final exam.
If ...............................................................................................................................................................
 practice 3
I. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined pronounced differently from the rest.
1. A. mention B. option C. federation D. question
2. A. ghost B. office C. long D. modem
3. A. climate B. comprise C. notice D. divide
4. A. rather B. ethnic C. although D. without
5. A. region B. group C. dialogue D. guitar
II. Give the correct form of each verb in brackets.
1. What you (do)………………………..last weekend? I (go)……………to the theater with my family.
2. John and I (be) …………………………….. pen pals for nearly three years.
3. We used (write) …………….…………to each other every month when we (be)……………..…at
secondary school.
4. Minh (know) ………………..a little English, so she (wish)……….…..she (can)………….....speak it
fluently.
5. Maryam (stay) ………………….with us at the moment. She (be)……………….my sister's friend.
III. Complete the sentences by filling in each blank with the correct form of the word
1. We're very impressed by the………………………… of your town's people. FRIEND
2. Liverpool is an……………………………..city in the north of England. INDUSTRY
3. Is Buddhism the country's………………………..…… religion of Thailand? OFFICE
4. Should English be a………………………………. foreign language in Viet Nam? COMPEL
5. This handbook gives us…………………………. information about ASEAN countries. ADD
IV. Read the passage and choose the correct answer for each sentence below.
I'm Nguyen Viet Hung. I'm now twenty-five years old, and I’ll tell you a story about my pen pal.
Last year I had a most enjoyable experience when I met somebody I had been writing to for over nine
years. When I was about fifteen, my teacher of English asked if anyone wanted to have an English pen
pal. I had known some English and as I was finding it rather difficult I thought this might help me. A few
weeks later the teacher gave me the address of a boy who lived in Leeds. We began to write to each other
straight away and usually exchanged letters about twice a month. We often wrote that we would like to
meet but, unfortunately, this was never possible. However, last year I was sent on a two-week course in
London by my firm. There was a great deal of work to do and I did not have much time free but on the
second weekend my friend came to see me. I wondered if we would really like each other when we met.
Fortunately, there was absolutely nothing to worry about; we had been writing for so long that it was like
meeting an old friend. We had a meal together and spent the whole day talking about our shared interests.
I hope we will be able to meet again soon.
1. Mr. hung started to have a pen pal when……………..
A. he was a student in primary school B. he was a student at secondary school
C. he was a teacher at university D. he was a businessman
2. Mr. Flung wanted to have a pen pal because…………
A. it might help him improve his English B. he liked writing letters
C. he could have chance to go abroad D. his teacher made him do it
3. His pen pal was from…………….
A. America B. Malaysia C. Singapore D. Britain
4. How often did Mr. Hung and his pen pal exchange letters?
A. once a week B. twice a week
C. once every two weeks D. once every three weeks
5. Last year Mr. Hung went to London mainly…………..
A. on business B. on holiday
C. to visit his relatives D. to meet his pen pal
V. Choose the best answer in the brackets to complete each of the following sentences.
1. My father gets used to (read/ reading) newspapers in the morning.
2. Do you ever wish you (can / could) fly?
3. We have written to each other (since /for) last Christmas.
4. Can you divide this cake into /among,) four equal pieces?
5. When I first arrived (at / in) New York, I didn't know anyone.
6. We really enjoyed (to have /having) local food.
7. I wish you (to stay/ stayed) here longer.
8. We're having a party (at the end/ in the end) of this week.
9. Mr. Zhang isn't a Buddhist, and his wife isn't, (too /either).
10. I feel very (alone /lonely), so I wish I knew many people.
VI. Read the text below and complete it with the verbs in the box. Use "used to" or the present
simple (e.g. he lives, they live, etc.).
call – drive – wear – wear – live – be – hunt – go – take – have - hate
The lives of the Inuit people of North America have changed a lot in 50 years. First, their name:
people (0) used to call them Eskimos, but now they are called Inuits, which means "the people". They
(1)……….in igloos in the winter but today, many of them live in houses in small towns. They
(2)……….seals they ate the meat and made clothes from the fur. Many of the people still (3)…………….
seal-skin clothes today because they are very warm. Remember, the weather is extremely cold for many
months of the year. To move over the snow, they (4) ……………special snowshoes on their feet, but
today many Inuits (5)……………snowmobiles. These machines can travel long distances in a short time.
In the past it (6) ……….them days or weeks to travel the same distance. Inuit children never (7)
………… to school - they learnt everything from their parents. But now, like all North Americans, they
(8)……………about 10 years of school education. Life is not as hard as it (9)………but many of the
older Inuits (10) …………town life and want to go back to the old days.
VII. Write sentences beginning with "I wish".
E.g I can't play the guitar (I want I can).
I wish I could play the guitar.
1. I don't know Paul's phone number (and I regret it).
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I don't have a computer (and I need one).
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. It's cold (and I hate cold weather).
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. I live in a big city (and I don't like it).
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Mary isn't here (and I need to see her).
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. I can't go to the party (and I'd like to).
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. There are many people here (and it's very crowded).
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. I have to work tomorrow (but I'd like to stay at home).
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. Pm not lying on a beautiful sunny beach (and that's a pity).
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. I don't have anything to eat (I'm very hungry).
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 4
I. Rewrite sentences beginning with "S + wish...".
1. I speak English badly.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
2. He can't swim as well as his friends.
He wishes .................................................................................................................................................
3. She has to work on Saturday every week.
She wishes ................................................................................................................................................
4. I want to meet you now.
I wish .......................................................................................................................................................
5. They are afraid of ghosts and monsters.
They wish .................................................................................................................................................
6. I don't know much about him.
I wish .......................................................................................................................................................
7. We'd like to live in Ho Chi Minh City.
We wish ....................................................................................................................................................
8. I am sorry. I am not well now.
I wish .......................................................................................................................................................
II. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word given in capital.
1. Jogging can make your heart……………..…… HEALTH
2. There are many cultural.....................................between his country and mine. DIFFERENT
3. Islam is the...............................religion of Malaysia. OFFICE
4. My class is............................into three groups. DIVISION
5. I like my home village. It is a very .............................. village. PEACE
6. We all know the................................................of fresh air. IMPORTANT
7. Mathematics is a..........................................subject at school. COMPULSE
8. We are all impressed by their…………….……………. FRIEND
9. "Time of our lives" is the.........................................song of the World Cup 2006. OFFICE
10. He answered all my questions..…………………………….. LOGIC
11. She usually designs clothes for famous singers. She is a fashion……………………. DESIGN
III. Complete the following sentences with appropriate word.
compulsory divided ASEAN primary tropical
friendliness population correspond climate official
1. The...........................................of the world has been increasing faster and faster.
2. In Malaysia, English is a........................................second language.
3. This kind of plant only grows in a...........................................area.
4. English is a(n)………………..............language in 44 countries in the world.
5. How often do you and your close friend................................a month?
6. Foreigners are always impressed by the......................................of Vietnamese people.
7. When he was in....................................school he used to be an intelligent and active boy.
8. Vietnam has been a member country of. ................................. since 1995.
9. Our teacher...................................the class into four groups and asked us to work in groups within five
minutes.
10. Is the......................................of your country tropical?
IV. Rewrite the sentences using the words given
Eg: 0. How much is this book?
cost How much does................?
How much does this book cost?
1. The bread was too stale to eat.
fresh
 The bread ........................................................................................................................................ to eat.
2. I can't possibly work in all this noise.
impossible
It ............................................................................................................................. work in all this noise.
3. She likes to travel around the world but she doesn't have a lot of money.
wishes
She .......................................................................................... a lot of money to travel around the world.
4. I haven't met her for three months.
last
I..................................................................................................................................... three months ago.
5. Do you know whom the coat belongs to?
coat
Do you know ...................................................................................................................................... is?
V. Give the correct tense of the verbs in the brackets.
1. They often (sit)..............................next to each other when they were in secondary school.
2. We were making noise when the teacher (come)…………………….............
3. I didn't know that you were in hospital. I (not / visit)..................................................you.
5. I (see).......................................it on my own eyes. I believed it.
6. I wish my parents (stay)..........................................with me at the moment.
7. We stayed at home because it (rain) ........................................... Very heavily yesterday.
8. I remembered (post) ............................... to you two weeks ago.
9. He (not / realize) ............................................. that the traffic lights (be) ……........ red. He didn't stop.
10. Yesterday (not / be)..........................Sunday. Today (be).................Sunday.
11. Nice (meet)..........................you. Let me (introduce)...........................................myself. I'm Mary.
VI. Complete the following passage with a suitable word
hotel wishes because trip family interesting park sightseeing
Jane's (1)..............................decided to go to London last week (2).....................................they
wanted to make a (3)...................................tour. The sight in London was very (4)..............................and
she enjoyed this (5)...................................... very much. She and her father stayed in a very big
(6)..............................with two hundred rooms. From there, they can easily reach Hyde Park, a very big
(7)...............................in London. Behind the railing of the park, they can see a place where orators deliver
their lectures on Sunday afternoons. Jane (8).............................her sister could see and hear all sorts of
people speaking here.
VII. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find and correct it.
1. John wishes he was a good doctor to save people.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. The unit of currency is dollar in Malaysia.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Look! That man tried to open the door of your car.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. My grandmother had died ten years ago.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I wish I have more time to look after my family.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Yesterday was Lan's birthday. She went shopping, bought flowers, made a cake, painted a picture and
hang colour lamps.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. He didn't sent his email because his computer broke down.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. My father use to drink too much wine. I was very worried about that.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
9. Would you like coming and visit me next summer?
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. Mark Twain was an American writer. He writes "Tom Sawyer" and "Huckleberry Finn".
..................................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Read the passage and answer the questions below.
Today is the first day of the new school years. Behind school gate everything looks bright and
clean. The smell fresh paint greets hundreds of boys and girls in uniform. Most of them have already
known one another quite well. However, there are some newcomers. Some of the old students gather in
small groups and talk to one another. Some of the old ones are eager to help the newcomers. It's difficult
for newcomers to make friends and get into games in a new school. Sometimes, they do not know the new
regulations. All the students look eager to start the new school year.
1. How does everything look in the first day of the new school year?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Are all the students in uniform?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Why do newcomers sometimes talk or do things differently?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. How do all the students look when the new school year begin?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. How do you feel in the first day of the new school year?
..................................................................................................................................................................
IX. Choose the word underlined, bold part pronounced differently from the rest.
1. a. ghost b. notice c. nose d. cold
2. a. region b. regard c. logical d. energy
3. a. mosque b. novel c. soil d. comic
4. a. say b. pray c. may d. can
5. a. impress b. depend c. express d. separate
X. Put the correct tense of the verbs in the brackets.
1. I ……………………. just (visit)...................my hometown where I (grow)....................up.
2. I wish that I (know)...........................her address or her telephone number.
3. My son (do)..............................the homework now. Yesterday, his teacher (give).............................
him a lot of homework.
4. They usually (eat)..................out at weekend, but last weekend they (have)....................a party at
home.
5. Mary (be)………….....my pen pal. We (write).................................to each other for several years.
Last night, I (phone)..............................her to tell her about my summer vacation.
XI. Make all the changes and additions necessary to produce meaningful tences from the following
sets of words and phrases.
1. She / spend / lot / money / clothes.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. It/ a / month / since / I/ last / write / pen pal.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. They / wish / teacher/ go / camping / them / next week.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Her sister / buy/ new dress / last week.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I / used / go / bed / early / when / a boy.
 practice 5
I. Choose the underlined word pronounced differently from the rest.
1. a. how b. town c. power d. slow
2. a. new b. sew c. few d. nephew
3. a. stopped b. laughed c. walked d. stayed
4. a. son b. sure c. sun d. sort
5. a. televisions b. doors c. windows d. lights
II. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning.
1. She usually wore uniform when she was a student.
She used to ...............................................................................................................................................
2. There are many beautiful places in Ho Chi Minh City.
Ho Chi Minh City has ..............................................................................................................................
4. I don't have time to help you do this work.
I wish I .....................................................................................................................................................
3. This film is more interesting than the one I saw last week.
The film I saw last week was not .............................................................................................................
5. Lan used to walk pass the mosque on her way to primary school.
Lan usually ...............................................................................................................................................
III. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find and correct it.
1. She used to walking along this street to get to school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I wish I have more time to get to know your beautiful country better.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Hoa always keep in touch with her pen pal.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Malaysia is one of the country of the ASEAN.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I like to visit Vietnam because Vietnamese people are very friend.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Complete the following passage with a suitable word.
by – were – looking - family – whom - children in – attracted – while - used
When the (1)....................lived (2)...........................the city, Mr. Green (3)......................to take his
(4).........................to the circus. The children often enjoyed (5)………….............at cblorful posters on the
walls (6)........................their father got tickets from the ticketbooth. The shows (7)………..........always
good. The older children were (8) ................................ by the acrobats and the lion-tamers most of all,
while their younger brothers and sisters were fascinated (9)..............................the performing animals.
They kept talking about the lion-tamer (10)..........................they admired a great deal and about the
clowns who made them laugh a lot.
V. Put the correct form of the verbs in brackets
We have an old clock. It (1).......................(be) made of steel and iron and it (2).......................(be)
kept in the living room. It (3)............................(belong) to our family, since my father (4)..................(be) a
little boy.
It (5)..................(be) damaged some weeks ago. My younger sister (6).......................(try) to set
the alarm. She (7)...............................(wind) it so hard that the spring was broken. Now we
(8)..................................(not / be) allowed to touch it.
VI. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capital.
1. You should practise your English more.............................. REGULAR
2. The...............................of my mother in buying books helps me a lot. CHOOSE
3. This house is very......................................for children. CONVENIENCE
4. I admire him because of his..................................to everyone. KIND
5. The careful preparation has made the contest more.............................. ATTRACT
6. He often.........................his competitors to try to set new records. ADVICE
VII. Choose the best answers in the brackets to complete the sentences below.
1. The plane will (take off/ land / rise /fly) at 7.30 and you will arrive in Ho Chi Minh City at 9.15.
2. Three hours ago, he (phone /phones /phoned /phoned to) me.
3. The sky was (cloudy / cloudless / bright / clear). The weather was rather bad.
4. When I was a child, my father used to (takes / taking / take / taken) me to the theater.
5. The big match attracted more than 60.000 (players / referees / viewers / spectators) to the stadium.
6. It's 10 o'clock now. She (listens / is listening / listening / listen) to music in her room.
VIII. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find and correct it.
1. I wish I can help my sister with the housework.
2. Just look at Mary. She looks so beautifully today.
3. It seems difficult for us having a trip abroad at the moment.
4. His father is going to fix the ball for him last week.
5. She used to asked me for help.
IX. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning.
1. I'd like Tom to give up smoking.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
2. The story was boring so we turned off the light and went to bed.
The story was so .......................................................................................................................................
3. We spent a whole day looking for these old pictures.
It took .......................................................................................................................................................
4. Learning a foreign language is interesting.
It ...............................................................................................................................................................
5. Although Tom took a taxi, he was still late for the party.
In spite of ..................................................................................................................................................
6. It's a good idea for me to stay at home.
I'd rather....................................................................................................................................................
X. Read the following passage and then answer the questions below.
As a result of years of research, we know that too much animal fat is bad for our health. For
example, American eat a lot of meat and only a small amount of grains, fruit and vegetables. Because of
their diet, they have high rates of cancer and heart disease. In Japan, in contrast, people eat large amounts
of grains and very little meat. The Japanese also have low rates of cancer and heart disease. In fact the
Japanese live longer than anyone else in the world. Unfortunately, when people move to the US, the rates
of heart disease and cancer increase as their diet changes. Moreover, as hamburgers, ice-cream, and other
high fat food become popular in Japan, the rates of heart disease and cancer are increasing there as well.
People are also eating more meat and dairy products in other countries such as Cuba, Mauritius and
Hungary. Not surprisingly, the disease rates in these countries are increasing along with the change in
diet. Consequently, doctors everywhere advise people to eat more grains, fruit and vegetables and to eat
less meat and fewer dairy products.
1. As a result of years of research, what is bad for our health?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Why do Japanese have lower rates of cancer and heart disease?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. What happens when the Japanese people move to the US?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. In which countries are people also eating more meat and dairy products?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. What do doctors everywhere advise people?
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 6
I. Circle A, B, C or D to choose the different word from the rest in terms of meaning.
1. A. Buddhism B. Hinduism C. Christianism D. Criticism
2. A. mosque B. temple C. theatre D. pagoda
3. A. Frigit zone B. sub-tropical C. sub-equatorial D. hurricane
4. A. zone B. cathedral C. region D. area
5. A yen B. france C. rouble D coin
II. Circle A, B, C or D to choose the most suitable word or phrase
1. Vietnam has got a hot, wet and rainy............
A. weather B. climate C. nature D. weather forecast
2. When I visited Hue last summer, I visited the............of Tu Duc and Minh Mang, the two kings of the
Nguyen Dynasty.
A. graves B. tombs C. mausoleums D. monuments
3. The British Parliament............the House of Commons and the House of the Lords.
A. consists of B. comprises C. is composed of D. all A, B & C
4. The fertile..........in Lam Dong is good for the rubber trees and the coffee trees.
A. ground B. soil C. earth D. land
5. The delegates from 63 countries, who met in London in 1945, formed the World ………..of
Democratic Youth.
A. Federation B. Festival C. Committee D. Council
6. 'King Kong' is such an interesting............that I've seen it twice.
[Link] star B. movie C. concert D. story
7. English is the native or............language on one fifth of the land area of the world.
A. official B. second C. foreign D. primary
8. There's a special show at Thang Long............theatre tonight. Would you like to come?
A. doll B. puppet C. toy D. all A, B & C
9. Music and painting are............subjects at our school. Students don't have to learn them if they don't
like.
A. compulsory B. chosen C. optional D. free
10. The old women in my village go to pagoda twice a month to pray for their family. They all believe in
the power of their.............
A. prayer meeting B. prayers C. pray D. prayer book
III. Circle the best answer
1. The thieves seemed unsatisfied with the unfair............of their money.
A. division B. divided C. divider D. divisible
2. I . It's time you found a job and ended your…………on your parents.
A. dependence B. dependant C. dependable D. dependent
3. Vietnam has got 53............groups.
A. ethnology B. ethnic C. ethnologist D. ethnological
4. His collection of paintings is most ............
A. impression B. impressed C. impressionable D. impressive
5. ............ belief should be respected in every country.
A. Religion B. Religious C. Religiousness D. Religiously
6. ............ from his family and friends made him sad.
A. Separater B. Separated C. Separation D. Separable
7. You must give ............. of changes in the arrangements.
A. notice B. notify C. noticeable [Link]
8. We've............with each other for years but we've never actually met.
A. correspondent B. correspondence C. corresponded D. correspondences
9. Is military service ………….. in your country?
 A. compelled B. compulsory C. compulsion D. compulsive
10. There's a............match between Leeds United and Manchester United next week.
A. friendship B. friendless C. friendly D. friendliness
IV. Fill each blank with a suitable verb from the list to complete the following passage. Use the
correct form of the verbs.
decide – tell - lire - love - come - he - solve – close - grow - write
When people ask me where I'm from, I don't know whether to say England or Australia, because I
(1) ...................................... in both places when I was a kid. Although I was born in England, I
(2).................................up mostly in Australia. When I was about eight years old, my father lost his job
because his company (3)........................................down. He tried to get another job but it wasn't very easy
at that time, so he (4)……… ………...........to try his luck in Australia. We (5)..................................it
there, although my mother wasn't very happy because she didn't see her parents very often. My father
didn't want to come back to England because he had a good job, so there (6)...............................lots of
arguments. My older sister (7)...................................the problem because she (8)...................................to
our grandparents. She (9)..............................................them about the arguments, and so they
(10)..................................to live in Australia, too.
V. Fill each blank with one suitable word to complete the passage.
Last February I decided to go on holiday to the island of Madeira. In the morning 1 (1) ....................
England it was raining, but when I landed in Funchal, ihe capital of Madeira, the sun was shining and a
lovely warm breeze was blowing from the sea. I (2)....................a taxi to my hotel. As I was signing the
register, -someone tapped me on the shoulder. 1 (3)....................believe my eyes! It (4) ........... . ....... my
old girlfriend. She was staying at the same hotel. The next day
e (5)....................for a walk together in the hill and we (6)....................hundreds
I,f beautiful wild flowers. It was getting dark when we (7)....................to our hotel after a very interesting
day. We (8)...................the rest of the week together; it was very romantic. We (9)...................very sad
when the holiday (10).....................
VI. Use the correct form of the verbs in brackets and fill each blank with WHEN, WHILE,
DURING or FOR to complete each of the following sentences.
1. They (meet).....................................and (fall) ................................. in love with each
other...................... they were working together in Malaysia.
2. 2. They (get).................................married..........................the Second World War.
4. They (have)........................................their first son....................they were living in Hong Kong.
5. They (live).......................................in Hong Kong....................5 years.
6. They (had)..................................five more sons...................they (return)................................to Britain.
7. They (send)................................their sons to boarding school ..................... they were working abroad.
8. They (live).....................................in 6 different countries.....................their marriage.
9. They (he) ................................... happily married....................over 45 years.
10. He (die) ....................................... the summer of 1991.
11. My grandfather (becone) ....................................... ill .................... several times
VII. Rewrite the following sentences, keep their meaning unchanged.
1. It's a pity I can't borrow your car.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
2. Why do you have to complain all the time?
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
3. Why do you always come to class late?
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
4. John is sorry that he cannot speak French.
John wish .................................................................................................................................................
5. She wishes her daughter were working harder.
Her daughter .............................................................................................................................................
6. When is it going to stop raining?
He wishes .................................................................................................................................................
7. I wish the flight wouldn't be cancelled due to bad weather.
It's a pity that ............................................................................................................................................
8. I wish Tom would save money.
I know that Tom .......................................................................................................................................
9. If only you had told me the truth.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
10. Why didn't you wake me up to see the shooting star?
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Find and correct the mistake in each of the following sentences.
1. I wish I could have been at your party but I am busy I'm afraid.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I wish you did give the lecture instead of professor Brown!
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Do you ever wish you haven't come from this country?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. She wishes her brother will stop smoking in bed.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I wish my car could go so fast as yours.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. I wish you are going to a job where you could use your English.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. I wish you told me about him before.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. If only my sister can go camping with us tomorrow.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. I wish I could be able to go with you to the opera.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. I wish I didn't have got to work so late at 9.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IX. Circle A, B,C or D to choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete the sentences.
1. He (1)...............a speech (2)...............the problem of environment.
2. Last Tuesday, our class went (3)................a sight seeing tour (4)................the old city of Hoi An.
3. If the weather is fine, we'll (5)...............a visit to the Ethnology Museum.
4. South Africa is the world's biggest producer of gold and it (6)................. diamonds, too.
5. New York is a busy (7)................where people walk very fast.
6. In New Jersey, USA, you can do what you want so you learn to make (8)............ for yourself.
7. In England and Wales, children start (9)...............school when they are 5 years old.
8. No one was able to explain the (10)................of the old custom.
1. A. did B. took C. made D. told
2. A. to B. in C. on D. of
3. A. on B. for C. to D. by
4. A. to B. on C. in D. of
5. A. pay B. make C. hold D. organize
6. A. imports B. exports C. manufactures D. buys
7. A. country B. island C. city D. region
8. A. decisions B. dependence C. control D. mind
9. A. primary B. nursery C. secondary D. high
10. A. beginning B. origin C. starting point D. reason
X. Circle the correct answer
1. I (hope / wish) I will see you again soon.
2. I ( hope / wish) you didn't have to go.
3. I ( would rather / wish) you would try listening to me just for once!
4. I (hope / would like) you to spend more time with us.
5. I (hope / wish) nothing goes wrong.
6. 1 ( hope / wish) you won't get into trouble on my account.
7. I ( hope / wish) you didn't mind my phoning late.
8. I ( would rather / wish) you sat next to Susan, please.
9. I ( would like/ wish) you weren't leaving.
10. I (hope/ wish) I had a motorbike.
XI. Fill one suitable preposition in each blank to complete the following passage.
Hawaii, the fiftieth American state, is (1).................many ways, the most unusual one. It is the
only state which consists entirely of islands, being made (2)..................of eight main ones, together
(3)...............over a hundred smaller ones. These islands are the tops of ancient volcanoes.
Hawaii is famous all over the world (4)...............its stable climate. The temperature never changes
very much and ocean currents keep it cool, even though the area lies (5) ...............the tropics. The western
sides of the islands are dry, while further (6)............... the north, where the land is more mountainous,
there is a high level of rainfall, (7)...............some places higher than any where else in the world.
The stable climate and the fertile soil are the reasons (8)..................agriculture being an important
source (9)....................income. Pineapples and sugar are grown all year round. Tourism is also important,
although it is banned (10).......................a few of the islands.
Hawaii is covered (11)......................flowers the whole year round. There are more than 1700
species of flowering plants and trees and many of them have been imported (12)..................around the
world. You will never foget a visit (13)…………….this island paradise (14)...............the middle
(15)...............the Paciffic Ocean.
XII. Circle A, B, C or D to choose the most suitable word to complete the following passage.
We've just come back exhausted after a (1)...........holiday in France. We were really stupid; on the
last day we drove non-stop from Marseille to Calais - we should have (2)...........our journey in Lyon or
Paris. As if that wasn't enough, the sea was (3)...........rough in the English Channel that the (4)...........took
three hours instead of one and a half. Next year we've decided we're going on a cheap (5)............ holiday
to Italy. It sounds maverllous - the (6)...........of the flight, the hotel and all our meals are(7)...........in the
price. While we're in Rome we'll be going on a guided (8).........of the Colosseum. The last time I was in
Italy, I was on a business (9) ......... - I can't say! saw many of the famous tourist (10).........on that
occasion.
1. A. two-weeks B. two-week C. two-week's D. two-weeks'
2. A. stopped B. paused C. broken D. interrupted
3. A. too B. much C. so D. such
4. A. expedition B. crossing C. cruise D. passage
5. A. party B. package C. overall D. inclusive
6. A. charge B. cost C. fare D. tip
7. A. included B. involed C. contained D. combined
8. A. view B. tour C. sightseeing D. trip
9. A. trip B. journey C. excursion D. travel
10. A. views B. sights C. scenes D. visits
 practice 7
I. Make a cross on the correct answer A, B, C or D in the following sentences
1. The Sword Lake is set in beautiful……………..
A. situation B. views C. surroundings D. environment
2. They haven't seen each other, but they write to each other frequently. They are…………
A. pen pals B. writers C. co-writer D. paper pals
3. Churches, temples and pagodas are places of………………
A. gossip B. warship C. worship D. friendship
4. Their friendliness makes a deep …………..on tourists.
A. correspondence B. beauty C. recreation D. impression
5. The Singaporean………….. is Singapore dollars.
A. currency B. capital C. language D. climate
6. Children in this poor village are allowed to go to school without……….
A. education B. instruction C. tuition fee D. impression
7. Maryam is the one on the corner. She……………jeans.
A. is wearing B. wears C. has worn D. was wearing
8. Lan…….. the peaceful atmosphere while Maryam ……….in the pagoda.
A. enjoyed/ prayed B. was enjoying / prayed
C. enjoyed / was praying D. enjoys / was praying
9. English………… widely………… in this country nowadays.
A. is / speaking B. is / spoken C. was / spoken D. Is/ spoke
10. In Singapore education is free and compulsory…………children from 6 to 16.
A. to B. at C. between D. for
11. ………….English is their official language most of them can speak Chinese.
A. Although B. So C. Despite D. If
12. They cannot decide …………..place to visit first.
A. how B. where C. which D. what
13. My grandmother …………..the most beautiful girl in the village.
A. did use to being B. use to be C. used to being D. used to be
14. We are having a good time together. I wish you …………..here with us now.
A. are B. will be C. were D. would be
15. Hello. You must be Maryam. -……………
A. I must be B. I may be C. That's right; I am D. You are not Maryarn
II. WORD FORMS
1. They were impressed by the (friend) ……………………..…………of the local people.
2. They enjoy the (friend) ……………………..….atmosphere in the meeting.
3. The (friend)……………………………they make at school will last through their life.
4. (Beauty)…………………………..parks and lakes in Hanoi really attract tourists.
5. The little girl is dancing (beauty)………………………………..
6. The big garden helps (beauty) ……………………..………..the house.
7. The enjoyed every (peace)…………………………..…moment in the countryside.
8. She is too young, and so is (depend) ………………………..……….on her parents.
9. He is old enough to lead an (depend) …..…………………………….life.
10. They are old enough to be (depend)………………………………of their parents.
11. He is old enough to live (depend)………………..…………………
12. You can believe him. He is a (depend) ……………………………person.
13. Vietnam is an (agriculture)……...……………….……………country.
14. Nga is one of Hoa's good (class)………………………………..
15. We are very (interest)……………………………………in temples and museums in Hanoi.
16. The story the tour guide told us is really (interest)………………………….
17. Hanoi is a very (interest)…………………………..……..city.
18. Finding the film (interest)……………………………..they decided to turn off the TV to go to bed.
19. More (interest) ……………………………..my father and my friend's father used to be classmates.
20. English is the (office) …………………………………..……..language in Singapore.
21. Like Vietnam, Malaysia has (tropic)………………………………….dimate.
22. In some countries millitar/ service is (compel)……………………………..
23. Our (nation) ……………………………..flag is red and yellow.
24. Most (instruct) ………………………………..are written in English.
25. They go to church every Sunday. They are very (religion)…………………………………
26. There is a (friend)……………………………between Vietnam and Thailand on VTV at 7 tonight.
III. FILL IN EACH BLANK WITH THE CORRECT TENSE OF THE GIVEN VERBS
1. All of them (be).....................born in My The, but they (move) .....................to Ho Cni Minh city in
1980 to get good jobs. Since then, their lives.....................(improve).
2. Mr and [Link] usually (come) ................................to visit [Link] (come) ………………..to visit
us last night. This is the third time they (come)……………………………to visit us.
3. They usually (tell)………………..us about their plan. They (tell) ……………………….us about
their plan for a new house yesterday. This is the third time they (tell) ………….............................us
about it.
4. She usually (sit) .................................in the garden. The weather (be).........................nice
yesterday, so she (sit) ..................................in the garden with her dog! I never
(sit)...........................................in the garden with the dog once.
5. John always (throw) ........................his hat and coat in the living room. He (throw) .............. his coat
in my room yesterday. He never (put) ................................ his hat and coat in the right place. He
(throw) ......................................away many things so far.
6. The meeting usually (begin) ...........................late. It (begin) .....................................at 9pm last night.
The meeting today ....................................already (begin) ...........................................
7. He usually (write) .....................................something in the evening. He (stay) ..............................at
home last night and (write) ........................................several letters. He (write)
...................................... several leters so far.
8. I always (see) ......................................him in the morning. I (see).................................... him in
the street yesterday. I (see) ......................................................... him several times.
9. This book (cost) ......................................four dollars in most shops in the city. A book like this (cost)
......................................only one dollar last year.
10. I usually (have) ......................................lunch there. I (have) ................................a big lunch there
three days [Link] father (have) ......................................lunch there several times.
11. This man (not / drink) ......................................coffee in the evening. He (drink) ........... .......................
a lot of coffee last night. This is the first time he (drink) ……....................................coffee in the
evening.
12. When I (be) .......................young, my parents (not/ give) ........................................... me any money
when I (go) ......................................to school. Yesterday my parents (give) ......................................me
a new bicycle. They (give) ...........................................me three bicycles since I (start)........................
riding to school.
13. William (sell) ........................his car yesterday. This is the first time he (sell) .....................................
the most expensive thing in their family.
14. I (hear) ........................the president make a speech on TV yesterday. You ever
(hear)..........................................him say anything on TV?
15. My father (know) .............................Mr. Nam for a big time but he (not / know) ..................................
his wife. My mother said she (know) ........................her.
16. Helen (feel) ...........................very well yesterday but today she (feel) ....................... sick again.
17. He (go) ...................to the park yesterday and (get) ..................wet when it (rain) ................................
He (not /be) ..........................at home now. He (go) .....................................to the park!
18. She usually (read) ..............................newspapers when she (have) ........................... free time.
She(read) ......................................that novel several years ago. You (read)
.............................................. that novel yet?
19. He always (come) .................................on time but this morning he (come) ......................just a few
minutes before the class (be) ......................................over!
20. He usually (tell) ..............................the truth but yesterday he (tell)…………………..me that he saw a
dog with three ears. This is the funniest lie he (tell)…………………….
21. We don’t like dog me. We (not/ eat) ......................................dog meat. Yesterday my brother (eat)
dog meat. My father (eat) ......................................dog meat before. He says it delicious.
22. My brother (not/ speak) ................................ English well. He (speak) ..........................English with a
foreigner yesterday. I (not / speak) ......................................English with a foreigner before. My sister
(speak) ......................................Englh with several foreigners.
23. My mother usually (teach) ...................................me how to cook some favourite dishes. She
(teach)………………………me how to cook Spring Roll last week. She………………just (teach)
...........................me a new dish.
24. Lan never (break) ...........................anything but her brother John
(break)………………………….several glasses since I (know) ................................him. Yesterday he
(break) .................................my favourite glass.
25. Planes usually (leave) .............................the airport at daytime. Some planes
(leave)…………………the airport at midnight last night. Several planes
(leave)………………………the airport so late since the war (break) ................................ out.
26. Helen often (bring) ........................her friend to the party. She (bring).............................her cousin to
the wedding party yesterday. This is the first time she (bring) ……………………………….her
relative to a party.
27. I (lose) .......................my dictionary yesterday. I (lose) ...............................three dictionaries so far.
My brother is a careful person. He never (lose)………………………....anything. He
(find)............................. two secondhand dictionaries since he (come)……………………..here.
28. The telephone (ring) ..........................twice yesterday but nobody (answer)……………….it It always
(ring) ....................................at this time. It (ring) …………………. for a few minutes but nobody
(want) ..............................to answer it.
29. 29. They already (buy) ..............................................three houses. Last week they
(buy).......................... another new house. They often (buy) .......................................expensive
property.
30. 30. People often (sell) ..............................fresh vegetables in this market. They
(sell)................................ me very fresh tomatoes yesterday. They
(sell)…………………………me excellent farm products so far.
31. Last night she (give) ..............................her son 2 million dong. She often (give)…………….him a lot
of money. Up to now, she (give)……………………………….. him 10 million dong.
32. The girl (do) ........................ a lot of homework last night, so she (be).................... very tired now, She
always (do) ........................homework in the evening. She just (do) ........................................research
on the bad effects of smoking.
33. We (stand) .....................................here since 7 o'clock. We usually (stand)………………….in the
corner to wait for her, We (stand) …………………at the same place last night.
34. The Smiths usually (take) .................................their childdren to the theatre with them. They (take)
..........................their children to The Hoa Binh Theatre last night. I (not /
take).................................my children anywhere recently.
35. He goes fishing but he often (catch) .........................old boots and rubbish! He (catch) a very big fish
yesterday. This is the first time he (catch)………………….. a real fish.
36. He always (keep) .........................old photographs. This is the first time he (keep) …………………..
old maps.
37. The wife said to the husband "You always (forget) ......................................my birthday, You (forget)
......................................my age yesterday! You (forget) …………………………….my name, I'm
afraid"
38. You always (make) .................................mistakes. You (make) .............................. several mistakes
since yesterday. You (make) ......................................a very bad impression last night.
39. She often (spend) ........................a lot of money. She (spend) .....................three five thousand dong
on a new skirt last week. She (spend) ......................................a lot of money since I (know)
.......................... her.
40. He does not like beer. He only (drink) ........................Pepsi. Yesterday he (drink) ……………wine.
This is the first time he (drink) ......................................wine.
IV. REWRITE SENTENCES USING "WISH"
1. Their house is not near West Lake.
They wish .................................................................................................................................................
2. Lan cannot visit her pen pal in Malaysia.
Lan wish ...................................................................................................................................................
3. Hanoi is not as modern as Kuala Lumpur.
We wish ....................................................................................................................................................
4. Nga cannot introduce herself in English.
Nga wishes ...............................................................................................................................................
5. She doesn't know the way to the mosque in Hang Bun street.
She wishes ................................................................................................................................................
6. Maryarn cannot stay here until Perfume Pagoda Festival.
We wish ....................................................................................................................................................
7. The girl from Perth, Australia cannot join us.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
8. This problem seems difficult for me
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
9. Vietnam doesn't have MRT system like Malaysia.
Vietnamese students wish.........................................................................................................................
10. Uncle Ho's Mausoleum doesn't open today.
Most tourists wish ....................................................................................................................................
V. BUILD COMPLETE SENTENCES
1. Where/ you go / your last vacation?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Who / you go with?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. you / have good time?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. What/ you / visit?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. you / take many photographs?
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Which language / you speak / the trip?
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. you / meet anyone interesting?
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. How long / you stay there?
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. What/ the weather like?
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. you buy / souvenirs?
..................................................................................................................................................................
VI. Fill in each of the blanks with ONE suitable word.
many – means – share – more – each – last – be - from
The mutual understanding between two friends (1)……………..both of them have similar ideas
and trust (2)…………………other. Otherwise,it is impossible to help each other and to make their
friendship (3) ………………..long. However, it is advisable to have as (4) …………..good friends as we
can. A good firend can always (5)…………………..a good teacher to us. The more friends we have, the
(6)……………..help we can expect (7)……….…….them, the more pleasure we can (8)……………with
them and the more beautiful a life we will live.
 practice 8
I. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
1. Malaysia is divided ................two regions.
A. to B. on C. in D. into
2. She often goes to the .............to pray because her religion is Islam.
A. church B. pagoda C. temple D. mosque
3. Mary was really ................by the beauty of Hanoi.
A. impress B. impression C. impressive D. impressed
4. The United States has a ....................of around 250 million.
A. population B. separation C. addition D. introduction
5. Mathematics and Literature are ................subjects in high schools.
A. adding B. compulsory C. optional D. religious
6. It's very kind ...................you to say so!
A. in B. to C. for D. of
7. Can you tell me how many chapters this book consists ................?
A. of B. to C. with D. in
8. Don't forget to add sugar to the mixture. This ...............is important.
A. add B. addition C. additional D. additionally
9. Vietnamese people are very .................and hospitable.
A. friend B. friendless C. friendly D. friendship
10. They were welcomed by friendly .....................in Vietnam.
A. air B. matter C. impression D. atmosphere
II. Match each word or phrase in column A to its definition in column B.
A B
1. climate a. an area of land that belongs to a country
2. compulsory b. to stop being together, divide
3. territory c. that must be done by law, rules
4. friendliness d. showing kindness and pleasantness
5. separate e. that you can choose or not choose
6. comprise f. the normal weather conditions of a particular region
7. impress g. to consist of
8. optional h. to make somebody feel admiration and respect
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
III. Supply the correct word form.
1. She was really .................................................by the beauty of the city. (impress)
2. She made a deep .................................................on the members of her class. (impress)
3. Their ................................................made me happy. (friendly)
4. Many ....................................come to Ho Chi Minh's Mausoleum every day. (visit)
5. We enjoyed the ................................................atmosphere in Hanoi. (peace)
6. Hanoi is not ...........................................from Kuala Lumpur. (difference)
7. The girls went to see ................................................places in HCMC. (fame)
8. The ..........................................language in Malaysia is Bahasa Malaysia. (nation)
9. In Malaysia ……………........................ is free. (educate)
10. What is the main language of..............................................at that school? (instruct)
IV. Fill in each gap with a suitable preposition.
1. Maryam was really impressed ................the beauty of Hue.
2. It seems difficult ................me to meet her now.
3. He doesn't depend ................his parents.
4. If you have any trouble, ask ................help.
5. This guidebook is full ..................useful information.
6. We still keep in touch ..................each other although we live away ……………..each other.
7. He will go to China ..............the end ..............this week.
8. She went out .................saying a word.
9. What do you often do ................the weekends?
10. She was born ...............September 151h
V. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
1. I wish Susan .................harder for her examination.
A. will work B. worked C. has worked D. works
2. What were you doing when he .................?
A. comes B. to come C. came D. coming
3. A good letter needs perfect .....................
A. introduce B. introduction C. introducing D. introductory
4. It seems difficult for us .................... abroad at the moment.
A. go B. to go C. went D. gone
5. There used ............a movie theater here, but it closed a long time ago.
A. be B. to be C. being D. been
6. I come from Vietnam so I am not used to .................. on the left.
A. drive B. drove C. driven D. driving
7. Although we are far away from each other, we still ......................
A. keep in touch B. say hello C. keep together D. keep on
8. Music and painting are .................... subjects.
A. option B. optional C. optionally D. optioning
9. The children are playing ....................in the schoolyard.
A. happy B. happily C. happiner D. happiness
10. I wish they ....................here tomorrow.
A. will come B. would come C. come D. came
VI. Use "used to" or "be used to".
1. They are used to / used to go to Dalat in summer.
2. They are used to / used to playing soccer in the park.
3. I am used to / used to getting up early.
4. Tom is used to / used to do his homework in the evening.
5. Lan is used to / used to writing to Maryam.
6. He is used to / used to work at night.
7. Do they use to / Are they used to watching T.V?
8. Is she used to / Did she use to playing badminton?
9. My father is used to / used to come home late.
10. She is used to/ used to go swimming in the afternoon.
VIII. Put the verbs in brackets in the correct form.
1. They used to .........................swimming in the afternoon. (go)
2. He wishes he .......................a doctor. (be)
3. Is Lan used to .......................to Maryam? (write)
4. They ........................their work yet. (not finish)
5. I wish they .......................here tomorrow. (be)
6. I [Link] you ........................the test well. (do)
7. It's time we ..........................the bus. (catch)
8. Is Lan used to ..........................to Maryam? (write)
9. I wish they ..........................here next time. (be)
10. It's time we .....................(go)
IX. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
 SINGAPORE
Singapore is an island city of about three million people. It's a beautiful (1) ............with lots of
parks and open spaces. It's also a very (2)………….. city.
Most of the people (3) .............in [Link] flats in different parts of ft island. The business district
is very modern with (4) ............of high new office buildings. Singapore also has some nice older sections.
In China town. there (5) ..............rows of old shop houses. The Government buildings in Singapore are
very (6) .............and date from the colonial days.
Singapore is famous (7).............its shops and restaurants.. There are many good shopping centers.
Most of the (8) .............are duty free. Singapore's restaurants (9) .............Chinese, Indian, Malay and
European food, and the (10) .................are quite reasonable.
1. A. district B. town C. city D. village
2. A. large B. dirty C. small D. clean
3. A. live B. lives C. are living D. lived
4. A. lot B. lots C. many D. much
5. A. is B. will be C. were D. are
6. A. beauty B. beautiful C. beautify D. beautifully
7. A. in B. on C. at D. for
8. A. good B. goods C. goodness D. goody
9. A. sells B. selling C. sell D. sold
10. A. priced B. price C. prices D. pricer
X. Read the passage carefully and complete the following sentences.
GLASGOW
Glasgow is the third largest city in Great Britain. It lies on the river Clyde in Scotland. Glasgow is
a very old city. The University of Glasgow was founded in 1450. The famous English writer Daniel
Defoe said that Glasgow was the cleanest and most beautiful city in Great Britain. James Watt studied at
Glasgow University. He became a famous engineer and constructed a steam engine. Scotland is rich in
coal and iron, so Glasgow grows into a large city. There are big engineering plants and textile factories in
the city.
1. Glasgow is ..............
a. a small city in Great Britain.
b. the third largest city in Canada.
c. the largest city in UK. (Great Britain)
d. the third largest city in UK. (Great Britain)
2. The university of Glasgow .............................
a. was founded in the 14th century.
b. was named by James Watt in 1450.
c. was born in the 15th century.
d. was founded by a famous writer.
3. Glasgow grows into a large city because
a. Scottish is very rich.
b. Scotland has lots of coals and irons.
c. Scotland is very friendly and hospitable.
d. Scotland is a beautiful city.
XI. Fill in each gap in the following text with ONE suitable word.
industries -population -pleased – shopping - university - bridges - important - countryside
I was born in Newcastle, a city in the northeast of England. Newcastle is on the bank the River
Tyne. It is quite big, with a (1)..................................of about 200,000 people. There is a cathedral and a
(2)………………….There are five (3) ..................................over the River Tyne, which link Newcastle to
the next town Gateshead, where there is one of the biggest (4) ............................... centers in the world,
the Metro Center.
 A few years ago, the main (5) .....................................were ship building and coal mining, but
now the chemical and soap industries are more (6)....................................I moved from Newcastle ten
years ago, but I often return. I miss the people who are so warm and friendly, and I miss the wild,
beautiful (7) ..................................... new the city. where there are so many hills and streams.
People who are born near the River Tyne have a special name. They are called "Geordies". I am very (8)
..................................to be a "Geordie"!
XII. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same.
1. John smoked a lot a year ago, but now he doesn't smoke any more.
John used .................................................................................................................................................
2. It's time for you to go to school.
It's time you ..............................................................................................................................................
3. How long is it since you saw Tom?
When .......................................................................................................................................................
4. Please keep silent in the classroom.
I’d rather you ............................................................................................................................................
5. He can't pass the examination.
He wishes .................................................................................................................................................
6. We can't go out because of heavy rain.
We wish ....................................................................................................................................................
7. I don't like you to come to class late.
I'd rather you.............................................................................................................................................
8. What a pity! He can't come here.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
9. They often went to Vung Tau at weekends.
They used ................................................................................................................................................
10. I'm sorry, I can't help you.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
XIII. Make a complete letter.
1. I / arrive / Hanoi / 5 o'clock yesterday morning.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I / staying / nice hotel / not far / city center.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I / already see / Uncle Ho's Mausoleum / some places of interest here.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Tomorrow / going on a trip / Ha Long Bay.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I/nerver been there before/ I’m excited/ trip/ not sleep.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. I/ be home/ Sunday, Nov 10th
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. I/ tell you/ more/ trip/ when/ be in Hue.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. I/ hope/ you well.
..................................................................................................................................................................
Dear Mum and Dad,
 T vocabulary 1
NOUN VERB ADJECTIVE ADVERB
Beauty: vẻ đẹp Beautify: làm đẹp Beautiful: xinh đẹp Beautifully: xinh đẹp,
hay
Correspondence: thư tín, Correspond: viết thư, Corresponding: Correspondingly: tương
việc trao đổi thư tín tương ứng với tương ứng với ứng
Corresponden: người viết
thư, phóng viên
Friend: bạn Friendly: thân thiện Friendlily: một cách thân
Friendliness: sự thân thiện thiện
Friendshhip: tình bạn
Impression: ấn tượng Impress: gây ấn tượng Impressive: gây ấn Impressively: đầy ấn
tượng tượng
Peace: hòa bình Pacify: lập lại hòa bình Peaceful: thanh bình, Peacefully: thanh bình,
yên tĩnh yên tĩnh
Prayer: lời cầu nguyện Pray: cầu nguyện

I. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word:

1. The landmarks of Hanoi were very . Ba was really impressed by them. (impress)
2. My English teacher is young and dressed. (beauty)
3. We were surprises at the atmosphere of the temple. (peace)
4. When I first met them, they gave me an impression of warmth and . (friend)
5. My mother always says before going to bed. (pray)
6. Mai’s trip to Hanoi made a strong on her. (impress)
7. Mary was cooking while her baby was sleeping in his cradle. (peace)
8. Tam and Nam are good friends. Their has lasted for years. (friend)
9. The tourists admired the of the Temple of Literature. (beautiful)
10. Lan and Mai have been in for over two years. (correspond)
II. Complete the sentences with the words given:
on his way/ compulsory/ at least/ comprises/ currency/ in addition/ in touch/ at the end/
however/anyway
1. I don’t think we’ll make it, but let’s try anyway.
2. My father usually gets his newspaper to the office.
3. We go to our hometown and visit our grandparents once a month.
4. Tom was feeling bad. He went to school, , and tried to concentrate.
5. During the years he was in the army, they kept by letter.
6. We always have an important examination of each semester.
7. What is the of many European countries now? The Euro
8. Lan’s brother is an electronis engineer for a big company. he has a TV repair shop
of his own.
9. Math and Vietnamese are subjects at all schools in Vietnam.
10. The students are divided into four groups; each ten students.
III. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in
each group:
1. A. pray B. prayer C. day D. pay
2. A. correspond B. modern C. mosque D. coming
3. A. must B. touch C. put D. such
4. A. pal B. call C. hall D. small
5. A. visited B. enjoyed C. depended D. waited
 practice 9
I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other words.
1. A. jean B. wear C. cheap D. meat
2. A. fashion B. generation C. situation D. occasion
3. A. convenient B. together C. today D. modern
4. A. colour B. choice C. school D. clothing
5. A. argument B. artist C. arrow D. article
6. A. proud B. about C. around D. would,
7. A. women B. wool C. wonder D. wood
8. A. world B. worm C. worn D. worst
9. A. machine B. chair C. check D. child
10. A. cough B. though C. rough D. tough
II. Read the definitions or explanations of the words and try to guess what the words are.
1. a pattern of lines or shapes that decorate st: d
2. a substance that can be used for making or doing st: m
3. the style of dressing: f
4. hanging loosely on the body: b
5. to become lighter in color or less strong or fresh: f
6. all one color; without a pattern: p
7. the set of clothes worn at school by students: a
8. to provide clothes for someone: c
III. Complete each sentence with a following word
modern - designers – proud – material – labels – silk – uniforms - traditiotial
1. .................................made different styles of jeans to match the latest fashions.
2. Vietnamese women today often prefer to wear ......................................clothing at work.
3. The ..................................áo dài is frequently made from ..................................
4. .............................encourage students to be ..............................of being students. of their school.
5. The word ―jean" comes from a kind of ......................................that was made in Europe.
6. Nowadays, students of each school have to wear the uniforms wih…………………….. bearing their
school’s name.
IV. Put each verb of the sentences into the passive form.
1. We have invited all the students in the school.
All the students .........................................................................................................................................
2. They send two million books to America every year.
Two million books....................................................................................................................................
3. We check every car enegine carefully.
Every car enegine .....................................................................................................................................
4. I’ll turn the book to you tomorrow.
The book ...................................................................................................................................................
5. No one has seen Peter since the day of the party.
Peter ..........................................................................................................................................................
6. The machine wraps the bread automatically.
The bread ..................................................................................................................................................
7. Mary and Tom invited three hundred people to the wedding.
Three hundred people ...............................................................................................................................
8. I have told the children about the party.
The children..............................................................................................................................................
V. Rewrite the sentences
1. It’s two years since I had a holiday.
I.................................................................................................................................................................
2. This is my first visit to Scotland.
I.................................................................................................................................................................
3. The last time he came to the cinema was two months ago.
He .............................................................................................................................................................
4. You’re late again. You’re already been late once this week.
It’s the second time...................................................................................................................................
5. The car has broken down. It has already broken twice this month.
It’s.............................................................................................................................................................
6. I started the job 6 years ago.
I.................................................................................................................................................................
7. I haven’t been to the cinema for three months.
The last time .............................................................................................................................................
8. It’s five years since we last met each other.
We ............................................................................................................................................................
9. The last time I saw him was in June.
I.................................................................................................................................................................
10. You must do this exercise carefully.
This exercise .............................................................................................................................................
11. Has any body told you what to do?
Have you...................................................................................................................................................
12. There has been a considerable improvement in industry recently.
A considerable improvement ...................................................................................................................
13. Tom is still working.
Tom hasn’t................................................................................................................................................
14. They haven't decided the exact time of' the match yet.
The exact time .........................................................................................................................................
VI. Make meaningful sentences from the given words.
1. ao dai/ traditional dress / Vietnamese women
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. convenient / women / wear./ modern clothing / work.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. jean cloth / make / completely / cotton.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. wear / uniforms help / students / feel / equal / many ways
..................................................................................................................................................................
11. more and more people / start/ wear /jeans / because / became / cheaper.
..................................................................................................................................................................
12. students/ rights / choose / sizes, colors, and fashions / clothes / love.
..................................................................................................................................................................
13. some / designers / modernized / ao dai/ print / lines / poetry / it.
..................................................................................................................................................................
14. ao dai / he / subject/ poems / novels / songs.
..................................................................................................................................................................
VII. Fill in each gap with ONE suitable word.
windows – kind – suits – fashion – apart – clothes – size - fits
Are you one of the thousands of people who eagerly follow every new (1) ............that appears?
Or are you one of those who go to the shops and just buy whatever they can find in their (2) ................that
(3) ............ them? Or perhaps you order from a mail-order catalogue, and then have to send everything
back because nothing (4) ................? Whatever (5) ............. of shopper you are, one thing is certain.
Everyone finds (6) ................ important. According to a recent survey, people spend more time either
buying clothes. or thinking about buying them, or look them in shop (7)…………than they do on most
other products, (8) ..................from food.
1. ............................................. 5. .............................................
2. ............................................. 6. .............................................
3. ............................................. 7. .............................................
4. ............................................. 8. .............................................
VIII. Match a word in A with its meaning or definition in B.
A B
1. stripe a. the smaller number or part
2. fashionable b. a piece of loose clothing without sleeves that is like a dress
3. minority c.a long narrow band of colour
4. modernize d. trousers made of strong cotton cloth
5. unique e. to make St suitable for what is needed today
6. tunic f. a person whose job is to make drawings showing how st will be made
7. jeans g. being the only one of its type
8. designer h. following the latest popular style
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
IX. Choose the most suitable word in italics.
1. How long have you known him? - I've known him (since /for/ in) last month.
2. Have you finished the test (already /yet / just) ?
3. We left school a year ago, and we haven't met each other ever (since / yet/ for).
4. I've felt a little better (just / after/ since) I came here.
5. Let's go out for breakfast! - Sorry, I've (yet / already) had.
6. Where's Jane? - She's (yet / just) gone. She went some time (ago / last).
7. She hasn't phoned (already / yet/ just).
8. I've (still/ yet / already) told her several times that I can't come.
X. Complete each sentence with a word formed from the words in capitals.
1. Lucy .................................quickly and got into the warm bath. DRESS
2. Neil decided to buy a ..................................shirt. STRIPE
3. This blouse is lovely, and very ............................................ FASHION
4. Don't wear that dress. It isn't ......................................for a funeral. SUIT
5. 5; It's very hot. Why don’t you ....................................your collar? BUTTON
6. That jacket is very ..............................................You should buy a new one. WEAR
7. Fashion .............................................want to change the traditional 60 dal. DESGIN
8. Jean is the material which was .........................................after sailors from Genoa in Italy. NAME
XI. Supply the correct tense for the verbs in brackets.
Jane is a tennis player. She is only 15 years, but she (1. win) ............. many tournaments in her
life. She (2. start) ................. playing tennis with her father when she was three years old. Two years ago
she (3. go)…………... to America to a famous tennis school in California.
Jane and her father (4. travel) ………….to many countries. Last month they (5. go) .............to a
tournament in Australia. Jane (6 play)………… well. but she (7. win) .............. She (8. play) ................at
Wimbledon yet. but she hopes to play there next year.
1. ............................................. 5. .............................................
2. ............................................. 6. .............................................
3. ............................................. 7. .............................................
4. ............................................. 8. .............................................
XII. Fill in each gap with one suitable word.
because – wear – design – traditional – worn – from – mentioned - occasions
For centuries poets, writers and musicians have (1) ...........the ao dai in poems, novels and songs.
The ao dai is the (2) ...................dress. of Vietnamese women, It consists of a long silk tunic that is slit on
the sides and (3) ..................over loose pants. Traditionally, it was frequently worn by men and women.
The (4) ..................and material used for men were diferent (5) ..................those, used for women.
Nowadays, women usually (6) ..................it, especially on special (7) ................ However, many
Vietnamese women today often prefer to wear modern clothing at work. (8) ..................it is more
convenient.
 practice 10
I. Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences.
1. Designers have taken ................from many things in life.
A. inspire B. inspiration C. inspired D. inspiring
2. This blouse is very lovely, and very ................
A. fashion B. fashionable C. fashioned D. fashionably
3. Wearing casual clothes makes students ................
A. freedom B. happily C. comfortable D. All are correct
4. Nowadays, Vietnamese women wear the ao dai on special ................
A. chances B. opportunities C. occasions D. times
5. Wearing uniforms helps students ................equal in many ways.
A. to feeling B. feels C. feel D. felt
6. Vietnamese women today often prefer to wear modern clothing
................work.
A. on B. at C. for D. by
7. This jacket is the kind of thing I wart. Can I try it .................
A. out B. on C. off D. in
8. These jeans ................in the USA in 1990.
A. made B. are made C. were making D. were made
9. The material .................from cotton is usually strong and hardly wears out.
A. made B. is made C. was making D. was made
10. ........... ..... , the ao dai is worn by men and women at wedding.
A. In tradition B. Traditionaly C. By tradition D. With tradition
11. I don't like that dress, it is out of .................
A. fashion B. order C. date D. modern
12. I bought these jeans very cheaply in the ................
A. bargains B. reductions C. sales D. discounts
13. The washing instructions for this shirt are given in the ...............
A. label B. badge C. notice D. mark
14. Vietnamese women today often prefer to wear modern clothing when coming to work ................it is
more convenient.
A. because B. since C. as D. All are correct
15. Since the economic................gets better, the sale of clothes increases.
A. situation B. style C. material D. convenience
16. What have fashion ................done to modernize the ao dai?
A. poets B. writers C. designers D. singers
17. We don't have these pants. I'm afraid they're .................stock.
A. out off B. out of C. out up D. in of
18. The trousers I bought are the wrong .......I'd like to change them.
A. size B. form C. color D. All are correct
19. I didn't know you ...............a new pair of trousers.
A. buy B. bought C. had bought D. were buying
20. We attended the fashion show of a ...............designer.
A. leading B. leader C. lead D. led
II. Use the correct form of the word to complete the following sentences
1. I like to see the sports program every weekend. That's my ..................................... (FAVOR)
2. The landscape of the mountains is a great source of ....................................to the poets. (INSPIRE)
3. Our school uniform is .........................................from theirs, (DIFFER)
4. Watching TV is one of the ......................................forms of entertainments. (CHEAP)
5. Do you .........................................meet each other after leaving school? (OCCASION)
III. Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meanings
1. "I met my old teacher yesterday." said Nam.
Nam ..........................................................................................................................................................
2. This problem seems difficult for me.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
3. They have painted the wall pink.
The wall ....................................................................................................................................................
4. If you fail the final exam, you won't be able to graduate.
Unless .......................................................................................................................................................
5. It's a pity that you aren't here now.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
6. We have just bought our daughter a motorbike.
Our daughter .............................................................................................................................................
7. People say that the soil here is very rich.
The soil .....................................................................................................................................................
8. Those students started to learn Japanese in 2005.
Those students have..................................................................................................................................
9. My father stopped smoking two years ago.
My father hasn't ........................................................................................................................................
10. ―I love wearing jeans." Lan said.
Lan said ....................................................................................................................................................
11. "Are you fond of wearing uniforms?" said the teacher to me.
The teacher ...............................................................................................................................................
IV. Fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions
1. I prefer wearing the ao dai ……………wearing modern clothing.
2. We are proud ......................being students ..........................our school.
3. Wearing casual clothes gives students freedom .........................choice.
4. Shall we go………………. a picnic this weekend? It depends .........................the weather.
5. Vietnamese women usually wear the ao dai, especially………………. special occasions.
6. Modern patterns have been added .....................the ao dai to make it more fashionable.
V. Use the correct form of each verb in brackets to finish the sentences.
1. He (wear)..............................the same old coat since he (move)...........................here.
2. The astronaut's clothes (make)..............................from special materials.
3. My brother is an architect. He loves (design)...............................new buildings.
4. Mr. and Mrs. Ba (take).............................some beautiful photos. They (take) .................... them a few
days ago.
5. Nothing (give).........................to you if you (not study).........................................hard.
6. Today, many Vietnamese women prefer (wear)..................................................the ao dai at work.
7. Nam (award)...................................a gold medal in the chess tournament last week.
VI. Odd one out
1. A. trousers B. jeans C. shorts D. shoes
2. A. blouse B. shirt C. skirt D. sweater
3. A. white B. blue C. striped D. brown
4. A. wore B. seen C. gone D. taken
5. A. sandals B. gloves C. boots D. trainers
VII. Change the following sentences from the active into the passive.
1. My sister gave me a new pair of jeans on my fifteenth birthday.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. The workers are building a supermarket on our street.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. The zoo keepers feed the animals twice a day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. They hve sold their car to pay their debt.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. We are going to grow flowers in the front garden.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
6. You mustn't use this machine after 5.30 pm.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. My grandmother is knitting a new sweater for me.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. Did people make jeans two hundred years ago?
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. We don't use this kind of cloth to make shirts.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. Vietnamese women continue to wear the unique and fashionable ao dai.
..................................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Choose the best answer (A, B, C, or D) for each space.
Jeans are very popular with young people all (1) …….the world. Some people say that jeans are
the "uniform" of (2)…….. But they haven't always been [Link] story of jeans started (3)………….
two hundred years ago. People in Genoa, Italy, made pants. The cloth (4)…..…….in Genoa was called
"jeanos". The pants were called "jeans". In 1850, a salesman (5)………..California began selling pants
made of canvas. His name was Levi Strauss. (6)…………..they were so strong, "Levi's pants" became
(7)…………with gold miners, farmers and cowboys. Six years (8)…………., Levis began making his
pants with blue cotton (9)…………called denim. Soon after, factory workers in the United States and
Europe began (10)………..jeans. Young people usually didn't wear them.
1. A. in B. on C. over D. above
2. A. youth B. young C. younger D. youngest
3. A. lots B. much C. most D. almost
4. A. make B. makes C. making D. made
5. A. in B. on C. at D. with
6. A. Although B. But C. Because D. So
7. A. famous B. popular C. good D. wonderful
8. A. late B. later C. latest D. last
9. A. cloth B. clothing C. cloths D. clothes
10. A. wear B. wearing C. wore D. worn
IX. Fill in each space with a correct preposition.
1. Her parents were very proud……………….her when she got the scholarship.
2. This suit is different……………….the one I saw yesterday.
3. The passage is written ……………….English.
4. Vietnamese women usually wear the ao dai, sometimes ………………..work, and especially
……………..special occasions.
5. They named their daughter……………..their favorite singers.
6. Famous designers often make their own styles …………..clothes…………..their own labels
…………..them.
7. Sales of jeans went …………….and the shopkeepers got a lot of money.
X. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning.
1. She last wore that dress at her sister's wedding.
She hasn't ..................................................................................................................................................
2. Jack London didn't write the novel "The Adventures of Tom Sawyer".
The novel ..................................................................................................................................................
3. Computers are used to design new models.
People .......................................................................................................................................................
4. When did you start working in that factory?
How long ..................................................................................................................................................
5. It isn't necessary for students to wear uniforms today.
Students ....................................................................................................................................................
 practice 11
I. Put the correct form of the verbs in brackets.
1. Some Vietnamese women (like)…………………......to wear ao dai at work.
2. The ao dai (be) ..................................... the subject of some famous songs.
3. My friend (give)...................................me a striped shirt on my birthday last year.
4. She (work)........................................as a fashion designer for six years.
5. Tom (wear)...............................a faded jeans yesterday.
6. Jeans (become)................................................famous since they (appear) ...................... the first time
in Europe.
7. She usually (wear) ................... colorful T-shirt, but now she (wear).................................a white one.
8. I want a ao dai on my wedding party and last week, she (design) .........................a special one for me.
II. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.
1. How long does it take you to..........in the morning?
a. get dresses b. dress up c. wear d. dress yourself
2. You'd better ........ Your coat before going out into the cold.
a. wear b. dress in c. have on d. put on
3. ………that blue dress to see if it suits you.
a. Test b. Have on c. Take off d. Try on
4. I cant go out in this shirt. I've………all day.
a. dress in it b. had it on c. got dress in it d. worn
5. The doctor asked me to............my shirt.
a. a put off b. take off c. take out d. put out
6. We got John a new..........for his job interview.
a. dress b. costume c. suit d. suite
7. How much can you pay for a pair of men's............?
a. socks b. tights c. stocking d. raincoat
8. They won't let you into the casino without a..............
a. cravat b. tie c. cap d. hat
9. These are the….........I work in.
a. clothing b. clothe c. cloth d. clothes
10. How much............in the window?
a. is that trouser b. are these trousers c. that trouser is d. these trousers are
III. Change the following sentences from the active into the passive.
1. These jeans attract many young people.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. He returned the raincoat to me.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. People drink a great deal of tea in England.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. My brother will meet you at the station.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. John hasn't finished the housework.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Mary is preparing everything for the meeting.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. They have to cut down this tree before the raining season.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. Someone had turned off all the lights before we left the room.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. They were continually interviewing Sally.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
10. An earthquake destroyed the town.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Fill in each space with a correct preposition.
1. The little boy insisted.........................having a new toy.
2. I apologised..........................Ann for the misunderstanding.
3. Jeans have never been out.......................fashion.
4. My sister is fond.................................wearing school uniform every day.
5. Sales of clothing have gone..............................recently.
6. She doesn't find it convenient to wear ao dai.......................work.
V. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each space.
Choosing clothes can be difficult. Some people want to be (1)............ but they don't want to look
exactly (2)............everybody else. Not all clothes are (3)............for work or school, perhaps because they
are not (4).............enough, or simply not (5)................It is easy to buy the (6)............., and find that your
trousers are too (7)............, especially if you are a little bit (8)..............Very loose clothes make you feel
slim, but when they have shrunk in the washing machine, then you have the same problem! If you buy
light (9).............clothes, then they might not be (10)..........enough for winter.
1. a. of fashion b. fashioned c. fashionable d. fashion
2. a. alike b. like c. similar d. same
3. a. fitted b. suitable c. comfort d. equal
4. a. formal b. strict c. uniform d. suited
5. a. comforting b. comfort c. comforted d. comfortable
6. a. false b. mistake c. wrong d. error
7. a. straight b. close c. stiff d. tight
8. a. slim b. overweight c. thin d. enormous
9. a. of cotton b. in cotton c. cotton d. cottoned
10. a warm b. cold c. hot d. cool
VI. Complete each sentence with a suitable word.
tie – fit – shoes – sewing – traditional – raincoat – modem - fashionable
1. This dress doesn't.................................me. It is too small.
2. Many young people think it...................................to wear jeans at parties.
3. Take my................................., please! It's raining.
4. The...............................dress of Vietnamese women is ao dai..
5. Girls are taught how to do………………….
6. There is a spot on your new............................
7. Some people like to wear...............................clothing at work because it is more convenient.
8. If you want to jog, you will need a pair of………………........ to protect your feet.
VII. Make all the changes and additions necessary to produce meaningful sentences from the
following sets of words and phrases.
1. She / never / wear / plaid skirt / since/ I/ present / her / her birthday.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. When / I / student / I / have to / uniform / school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. They/ not/ permit/ students/ wear /jeans/ school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. sister / like / wear / modem clothing / work.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I / borrow / new dress?
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. They /just/ open / fashion shop/ Hoang Hoa Tham Street.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Odd one out
1. a. trousers b. jeans c. shirts d. hat
2. a. convenient b. clothing c. modem d. fashionable
3. a. faded b. striped c. design d. plaid
4. a. short b. blue c. green d. orange
5. a. put on b. take off c. wear d. watch
IX. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capital.
Eg: 0. Tom is the...........student in my class. GOOD
Answer: 0. best
1. He answered all my questions………………………… LOGIC
2. She usually designs clothes for famous singers. She is a fashion......................... DESIGN
3. There are many new...............................................zones in Vietnam. ECONOMY
4. My parents usually...........................................me to learn harder. COURAGE
5. He had real great......................................to design this ao dai. INSPIRE
X. Choose the best answers in the brackets to fill in the sentences.
1. She looks (fashion /Jàshionable /Jashionably /fashioned) in her new ao dai.
2. Young people are still (fond of /fed up / bored / interested) wearing jeans.
3. Jean cloth was made completely (on / with / by /froin) cotton.
4. Some people like to wear modern (cloth / clothe / clothing / clothes) at work.
5. The ao dai is the traditional (dress / clothes / shirt / skirt) of Vietnamese women.
XI. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning.
1. They will build a new market near my house.
A new market ...........................................................................................................................................
2. I haven't visited my parents for three months.
I last ..........................................................................................................................................................
3. She doesn't have a new dress for the New Year school's Day.
She wishes ................................................................................................................................................
4. My new jeans are more expensive than yours.
Your new jeans .........................................................................................................................................
5. It is very convenient to wear jeans at work.
Wearing jeans ...........................................................................................................................................
6. haven't seen her at this club before.
This is the first time ..................................................................................................................................
 practice 12
I. Choose the word in each line that has different stress pattern.
a. water b. cleverc. window d. permit
a. begin b. blackboard c. overwork d. rebuild
a. misunderstand b. determinationc. contamination d. investigation
a. transition b. exceptionc. volcanic d. legal
a. nation h. allowc. attract d. protect
II. Put the correct verb forms in the brackets.
1. She (want).....................to present her friend a gift and now she (look) ...................................... for a
new T-shirt.
2. Nowadays, in meetings, women usually (wear)……………...............traditional dress.
3. Hoa (take)......................................her birthday party next week so yesterday her mother
(design)............................a new ao dai for her.
4. She (like).......................wearing jeans. Last week, she (buy).........................ones but since then she
(not / wear).............................................it yet.
5. In the 1970s, more and more people (start)..........................wearing jeans because they
(become)………………….........cheaper.
III. Put the words in correct order to make the meaningful sentences.
1. like / at school / Some pupils / uniforms / don't / to wear.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. traditional / She / more / dress / looks / beautiful / in the.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. of clothes / designed / They / a new style / have just.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. on / usually / shopping / the weekend / They / go.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. T-shirt / is given / Mary / a new / on her birthday /
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. We / any news / haven't / recently / her / received / from.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Read the following passage and answer the questions below.
Last year, we had a nice holiday. My friend and I went to the seaside for a month. I had been to
the seaside several times before, but this was the first time for my friend. Naturally, it was a great event
for him. Finally, the days came. It was a fine morning. We got up very early because we wanted to leave
home after breakfast. We made the journey by car. We reached the seaside at noon. We spent many hours
on the beach. We enjoyed making castles and channels in the sand. People said we ought to spend at least
a few weeks at the seaside. If we could stay longer, so much the better.
1. Where did they go on their holiday last year?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Why did they get up very early?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. How did they make the journey?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. When did they reach the seaside?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. What did they enjoy making?
..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Put the correct form of the verbs in the brackets.
My name is David Smith, I (1) .................. (be) a journalist. I (2) ................. (be) born in England
but I (3).......................(live) in South America when I (4)................(be) a child. I (5).......................(finish)
secondary school there. Then I (6).............................(come) back to England and (7)........................(work)
for a newspaper. I (8).....................(be) a journalist for ten years.
VI. Rewrite the sentences
Eg: 0. How much is this book? cost
What does…..
Answer: What does this book cost?
1. The previous manager wasn't running the clubs well so he was replaced.
badly
The clubs ............................................................................... the previous manager, so he was replaced.
2. I don't want to discuss this subject at the moment.
rather
I.......................................................................................................... discuss this subject at the moment.
3. People built this cathedral nearly 200 years ago.
built
This cathedral ........................................................................................................................... years ago.
4. Take my advice and don’t drink so much whisky.
if
I’d drink ............................................................................................................................................. you.
5. I last went there when I was a child.
been
I............................................................................................................................................ I was a child.
6. I can’t get my feet into these shoes.
too
These shoes...............................................................................................................................................
VII. Combine each pair of sentences using words in the brackets
1. The milk is very hot. I can’t drink it. (too)
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. He learnt very hard. But he failed the exam. (Although)
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. They don’t have enough money. They can’t buy this house. (wish)
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. The boy will be punished. He broke the window. (who)
..................................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Complete the sentences using the words given
Dear Hoa
1. I/ arrive/ Hue City/ 6 o’clock yesterday morning.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I/ staying/ nice hotel/ not far/ city center.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I / already see / Khai Dinh Temple / some places of interest here.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Tomorrow / going on a trip / Hoi An ancient town.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I / never been / before / I / excited /trip.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. I / come back / Sunday / July 10th
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. I / tell / you I more / trip / when/ be / in Ha Noi.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. I/ hope / you /well.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
Love,
Mai
IX. Read the following passage carefully and fill in the blanks with suitable prepositions.
THE OPENING CEREMONY OF SEA GAMES
The eighteenth Sea Games took place (1)............Changmai - Thailand in the winter
(2)..........1995. Competitors (3)..............ten countries of this area - all must be amateur athletes were sent
there to take part (4)............sport events (5)............different kinds.
In the opening ceremony, all athletes lined up (6).............the field. Each delegation stood
(7)............its national flag. (8)...............that, the athletes began to march proudly in front (9)............the
stand to express their friendship and sportsmanship. People carried a torch to the high tower and its flame
would burn there (10)..........the games.
1. ............................................. 6. .............................................
2. ............................................. 7. .............................................
3. ............................................. 8. .............................................
4. ............................................. 9. .............................................
5. ............................................. 10. .............................................
X. Complete the following passage with a suitable word.
students suit have uniform why
compulsory because advantages Moreover who
In many secondary schools in Britain the wearing of school (1).............is (2)...............Some
schools argue that there are many (3)...............to this system. Most (4).............don't agree with school
uniform, however, for a number of reasons. Firstly when you (5)..........to wear the same clothes as
everyone else you don't have a chance to develop personal taste in the way you dress. (6).............., people
(7)..........look scruffy usually look scruffy in their uniforms too and you can always tell the people who
come from poor homes (8)..........their uniforms are not as new or don't fit properly. Lastly the main
reason (9).........most students don't like school uniforms is because most schools choose such horrible
colors and styles that don't (10).........young people at all.
1. ............................................. 6. .............................................
2. ............................................. 7. .............................................
3. ............................................. 8. .............................................
4. ............................................. 9. .............................................
5. ............................................. 10. .............................................
 practice 13
I. Choose the word that soen not belong with the others in terms of meaning
1. A. coat B. watch C. gloves D. boots
2. A. tie B. skirt C. blouse D. dress
3. A. ice skates B. golf shoes C. umbrella D. tennis shoes
4. A. pants B. shirt C. tie D. dress
5. A. sweater B. purse C, jacket D. raincoat
6. A. shoes B. socks C. hat D. boots
7. A. watch B. bracelet C. ring D. socks
8. A. fan B. pants [Link] D. jeans
9. A. necklace B. ear-ring C. diamond D. chain
10. A. collar B. sleeve C. coat-tails D. seatbelt
II. Circle A, B, C or D to choose the correct form of the words in brackets
1. She was dressed by a leading Italian (design).
A. designer B. designing C. designed D. design
2. It's an (economic) to buy good shoes: they cost more, but they last much longer than cheap ones.
A. economic B. economics C. economy D. economist
3. Women are still struggling for true (equal) with men.
A. equal B. equals C. equation D. equality
4. The teather's words were a great (encourage) to him.
A. encourageous B. encouragement C. encouragements D. encouraging
5. She sat down to write her essay, but found she was completely without (inspire).
A. inspire B. inspired C. inspiration D. inspiring
6. We had no alternative. It seemed to be the only (logic) thing to do then.
A. logic B. logics C. logical D. illogical
7. Only a (minor) of British households do not have a car.
A. minority B. minorities C. minor D. all A, B & C
8. Alexandre Dumas was a famous French (novel).
A. novelty B. novel C. novelist D. novelette
9. (Sell) are up this month and we'll gain much more money.
A. Sellers B. Sells C. Sale D. Sales
10. Jeans are never out of fashion but always (style) clothes for young people.
A. stylistic B. stylish C. stylist D. styling
III. Choose one suitable word from the list to fill each blank
material – baggy - subject - peers - tunic - bears – rivalry - slit - comic - occasion
1. Charlie Chaplin developed the charater of "the tramp" with bowler hat, walking cane and...................
trousers.
2. A married women usually............................her husband's surname.
3. He read..............................books during the lesson intead of listening to the teacher.
4. She has enough................................to make 2 dresses.
5. I've had no...............................to visit him recenfly.
6. The boy doesn't spend enough time with his.....................................
7. There's a long ......................................in her skirt.
8. Fashion is always an interesting ....................................... of conversation among women.
9. Don't worry. It's only The usual....................................between brother and sister.
10. She looked strange in that.........................................
IV. Circle A, B, C or D to choose the most suitable word or phrase to complete the following
passage.
THE LANGUAGE OF CLOTHES
 We don't only choose clothes to make us look (1) .............., we also use them to tell the world
(2)............our personality. The clothes we wear and our (3).............as a whole give other people useful
information about what we think and (4) ............ we feel. If we feel cheerful, we usually wear (5) ...........
clothes and if we feel (6)..............we sometimes put on dark clothes. But why do teenagers wear black so
(7)..............? Is it because they feel miserable all (8)...............? This is unlikely to be the case. It is
probably just because it is (9) ............ to wear black, and young people are real fans (10) ............. fashion.
1. A. attract B. attractive C. attractively D. attraction
2. A. of B. with C. by D. about
3. [Link] B. appearance C. appeared D. appearing
4. A. which B. what C. how D. when
5. A. colorful B. colors C. colorfully D. colorless
6. A. depress B. depressed C. depressing D. depression
7. A. frequent B. frequency C. frequently D. infrequency
8. A. the time B. the day C. the week D. the month
9. A. fashion B. fashionable C. fashioner D. fashioned
10. A. of B. in C. from D. with
V. Circle the best answer to make a passage about David Hockney.
1. David Hockney ................... in 1937 in Bradford, a town in the north of England.
A. born B. is born C. was born
2. He...................interested in painting and design all his life.
A. is B. was. C. has been
3. He...................at the Royal College of Art from 1959 to 1962.
A. studies B. has studied C. studied
4. Over the past twenty years, he...................to most parts of the world.
A. was travelling B. has travelled C. travelled
5. He first...................to America when he was twenty-five.
A. went B. has gone C. has been
6. His most famous work is called A Bigger Splash, which...................in 1967.
A. painted B. has painted C. was painted
7. Hockney...................stage sets and books.
A. also designed B. has also designed C. is also designed
8. He...................in Los Angeles for many years.
A. lives B. has lived C. lived
9. He....................
A. never married B. has never married C. is never married
10. He...................with friends in a villa in the mountains above Los Angeles.
A. lives B. has lived C. lived
VI. Fill each blank with IN, FOR, SINCE, AGO, JUST, YET to complete the following sentences.
1. I was born ........................... 1961.
2. I went to university.........................three years.
3. I passed the driving test fifteen years...........................
4. I've had a car........................1983.
5. Now I've got a BMW. I've........................bought it.
6. I met my wife………….........1985.
7. We've been married..........................nine years.
8. Our daughter was born six years ...............................
9. We haven't decided to have another child..........................
10. We've lived in the same house ........................1990.
VII. Fill each blank with JUST, YET, ALREADY, EVER, NEVER.
1. Can I eat now, Mum? I've ……………………….washed my hair.
2. Have you.........................played basketball?
3. He hasn't learned to drive..............................
4. They've ............................ finished half of the exercises.
5. She's...........................decided to learn one more foreign language.
6. We've..........................met your teacher. She's still overthere.
7. Have they finished doing the washing-up...............................?
8. I've........................read such a violent story.
9. This is the most interesting party I've..........................been to.
VIII. Use the correct form of the verbs.
1. It's noon. The mail should be here soon. It (deliver, usually) ............................................. sometime
between o'clock.
2. Only five of us (work) ...........................................in the laboratory yesterday when the explosion
(occur)................................Luckily, no one (hurt) ...................................
3. I was supposed to take a test yesterday, but I (admit, not) ………………..............to the testing room
because the examination (begin, already)..........................................
4. Before she graduated last May, Susan (offèr, already) .........................................a position with a law
firm.
5. Right now a student trip to the planetarium (organize) ........................................by Mrs Hunt. You can
sign up for it at her office.
6. He is the man whose name will go down in history. He (forget, never) ........................................
7. A: Yesterday was a terrible day.
B: What happened?
A: First, I (flunk) ...........................a test, or at least I think I did. Then I (drop) ...................my books
while I (walk) .............................across the campus, and they (fall) ................................... into a mud
puddle. And finally, my bicycle (steal)………………............
B: You should have stayed in bed.
8. Yesterday we went to look at an apartment. I really liked it, but by the time we got there, it (rent,
already)..........................................
9. During the family celebration, the little boy was crying because he (ignore) …....................He needed
some attention, too.
10. A: Where (buy,you) ................................................. that beautiful necklace?
B: I (buy,not) ........................................ it. It (give)..........................to me for my birthday.
(you,like)...............................................it?
IX. Rewrite the following sentences, keep their meaning unchanged.
1. He hasn't been to the hairdressers for three months.
It's .............................................................................................................................................................
2. We may not be able to give the concert.
The concert ...............................................................................................................................................
3. This will be the orchestra's first performance outside London.
This will be the first time .........................................................................................................................
4. No one has visited this castle for ages.
This castle ................................................................................................................................................
5. They moved to this town exactly ten years ago.
They have .................................................................................................................................................
 practice 14
I. Make a cross on the correct answer A, B, C or D in the following sentences.
1. Since the economic………..gets better,the sale of clothes increases.
A. convenience B. situation C. risk D. style
2. …………can take inspiration from events in their daily life.
A. Poets B. Poem C. Poetry D. Poetic
3. They have………… this problem in many discussions.
A. talked B. rose C. mentioned D. spoke
4. You should always waar a……….when riding a motorbike.
A. hat B. cap C. guard D. helmet
5. Since 1960 jeans have become more and more……….with students.
A. common B. popular C. famous D. lam
6. My sisters can make her own clothes ard design her own ……….
A. models B. label s C. sizes D. styles
7. The………of people who wear jeans is increasing; that's why sale!
A. raising B. running C. pulling D. going
8. Her house is……….situated near the beach. She can go swimming every moorning.
A. convenience B. convenient C. conveniently D. inconveniently
9. In most factories workers have to wear uniform……….work.
A. at B. on [Link] D. out
10. My mother only wear ao dai…………special occasions.
A. at B. in C. on D. with
11. This is the first time she………….traditional costume.
A. wears B. wore C. is weanng D. has
12. The material that………….from cotton is usually strong and hard-wearing.
A. is made B. makes C. is making D. made
13. Mary's the one in the corner. She…………jeans.
A. wears B. was wearing C. is wearing D. has worn
14. …………have you known him?
A. How often B. when C. How long ago D. How long
15. He finds his new shirt very………….It will be his favourite one.
A. comfortable B. comfortably C. uncomfortable D. uncormfortably
16. They still………which clothes to wear to the wedding party.
A. are deciding B. haven't decided C. didn't decide D. have decided
II. WORD FORMS
1. (Tradition) ……………………..………, Ao dai is worn by men and women
2. Ao dai is not usually worn at work because it is………………….………………….(convenience)
3. People often wear modern (cloth)…………………………..…………. at work.
4. Poets take (inspire)…………………………………….. from many things in life.
5. (Village)…………………………….are all looking forward to the village festival.
6. ChiIdren of the ethnic (minor)…………………………………..can now afford to go to school.
7. These (bag)…………………………… pants are too big for me.
8. Our (economy)………………………………… situation is getting better ant
9. Both of them like this car because it is (economy)……………….………………………….
10. They wear uniforms to school and (colour) ……………….………………..clothes on the weekend.
11. Are you (comfort)………………………………………in the new uniform?
12. Uniforms make students (pride)………………………………….of their school.
13. My prrents usually (courage)……………………………………me to study harder.
14. Can you see the (different) ………………………………between the two shirts?
15. Jeans and T-shirts are his (favour)…………………………….clothes.
16. He is training to be a (sail)…………………………
17. Fashion (design)………………………………….are very creative.
18. Jean cloth was made (complete)……………………………………….from cotton.
19. (Surprise)………………………………….. the girl and his mother are the same size.
20. She usually wears very (fashion)……………………………………clothes.
21. She is a(n) (fashion)……………………mother who doesn't allow her daughter to phone her friends.
22. The (grow)………………………………..of textile industry can be seen everywhere.
23. Red (symbol) ………………………………….danger.
24. We are impressed by her (friend)………………………………..
25. They talked (end) ……………………………….about this project.
26. I don't like……………………………………(dirt) clothes.
27. Some designers have (modern)……………………………the ao dai by printing lines of poetry.
28. But for her father's (courage)……………………………….., she couldn't go to school.
29. Most newspapers have (favour) ……………………comments on that film, but I don't like it.
30. Look at the picture of my father and my brother, Can you see the (like) ……………………..?
III. FILL IN EACH BLANK WITH THE CORRECT TENS OF THE VERBS
Ruth and Patrick play the piano. They ([Link])………..…..concerts in the United States. They are not
only famous for ([Link])………….….the piano well, but because Ruth ([Link])……….…….the piano
with only her left hand, and Patrick with only her right hand. They sit next to each other and play the
piano together. Ruth plays one part of the music, and Patrick ([Link])…………………….. the other part.
Both Ruth and Patrick love the piano. Ruth used to ([Link])…………….a piano teacher, She ([Link])
…………………...hundreds of students. Then, when she ([Link])……………69 years old, she
([Link])………………….. a stroke. She ([Link]) ………………..move or ([Link])……………….
Gradually she ([Link]) ……………..…..better, but her right side (12. be)..…………still vekry weak. She
([Link] play)……………………………..….the piano anymore.
IV. CHANGE THE FOLLOWING SENTENCES INTO PASSIVE VOICE.
1. I told my friend, Jane not to come here again.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. They gave me two shillings change at the shop.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. She promised him a book.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. They have painted the wall white.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. It is time they brought the cows in.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. They told me to go away.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. Nobody has seen him for years.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. She will look after the little girl carefully.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. A car ran over our dog.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. Most students love school uniforms.
..................................................................................................................................................................
11. Someone stole their car.
..................................................................................................................................................................
12. After a few days dust will fill the room.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 15
I. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
1. ............... clothes do you prefer, [Link] or pullover?
A. What B. How C. Which D. Where
2. My uncle was a .................He had a large collection of musical instruments.
A. music B. musical C. musically D. musician
3. Vietnamese women prefer to wear modern clothing ...............work.
A. at B. in C. to D. with
4. Peter got ...................quickly and went to school.
A. dress B. dressed C. dressing D. dresses
5. It's ....................to call anyone at night.
A. convenience B. inconvenience C. convenient D. inconvenient
6. The Ao dai is the ....................dress of Vietnamese women.
A. beautiful B. traditional C. casual D. baggy
7. .................. have fashion designers done to modernize the Ao dai?
A. How B. What C. Why D. Where
8. The word Jeans comes ..................a kind of material that was made in Europe.
A. in B. at C. from D. on
9. The national dress of Japanese women is ....................
A. Kimono B. Ao dai C. Sari D. Jeans
10. Nguyen Du is considered a famous Vietnamese ..................
A. poetry B. poem C. poet D. poetic
II. Complete the sentences with the words in the box.
fashionable - especially - cotton – inspiration - unique - wear - designer - generation
1. Poets are normally inspired with beauty. They write a lot of beautiful poems thanks to this…………..
2. We attended the fashion show of a leading New York ..............................
3. What will you ........................................at Mary's birthday party?
4. It's becoming .............................to wear short skirts and faded jeans again.
5. These clothes are fashionable and .......................
6. Vietnamese women usually wear the Ao dai . ..................... on special occasions.
7. In the 181h century, jean cloth was made completely from ........................
8. Young ...............................is fond of wearing Jeans.
III. Underline and rewrite the incorrect words.
1. The Ao dai consists of a long silk tunic that is slit on the sides and worn over lose pants.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Weaing uniforms helps students fall equal in many ways.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Paul is a poet. He has written a lot of beautiful poem.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. She describes herself as a fashion design.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. They are always pround of their country.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Supply the correct word form.
1. Some young people today have a very strange .....................................................(appear)
2. Her clothes look very modern and ............................................(fashion)
3. Many designers took .............................................from Vietnam's ethnic minorities. (inspire)
4. What a ................................................[Link]! (color)
5. He always wears a .....................................shirt. (stripe)
6. She likes to wear ...................................Jean cloth. (fade)
7. In the 18th century, Jean cloth was made .................................from cotton. (complete)
8. I don't like to wear………………... (paint) and………………………..Jeans. (embroider)
9. They have just ......................................................a new style of jcans in the USA. (introduction)
10. Some designers have .................................the Ao dai by printing lines of poetry on it. (modern)
V. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
1. Mary ..................write to me last year.
A. uses to B. used to C. is used to D. was used to
2. She describes herself ..................a fashion designer.
A. by B. as C. in D. from
3. He............with friends in an apartment in HCMC since last week.
A. living B. has lived C. lived D. live
4. I wish you...................here tomorrow.
A. come B. came C. will come D. would come
5. I.................English here since I graduated from university.
A. teach B. taught C. have taught D. am teaching
6. Wearing uniform helps students .....................equal in many ways.
A. fall B. feel C. fell D. felt
7. It's dangerous ..................in this river.
A. swim B. to swim C. swimming D. swam
8. Millions of Christmas cards ....................last month.
A. were sent B. sent C. send D. are sent
9. Marie Curie ...................the Nobel Prize for Physics in 1903.
A. award B. awarded C. was awarded D. has awarded
10. He hates being ......................at.
A. look B. looking C. to look D. looked
VI. Supply the correct verb form.
1. She (often take) ...........................................to the theatre by The Greens.
2. My car (repair) .......................................yesterday.
3. ............... your house (rebuild) ...............................next year?
4. Can this car (repair) ..........................................?
5. Must this test (finish) .....................................on time?.
6. Water can't (find) ........................................here.
7. He used to (take) ...................................to school by his mother.
8. .................. English (learn) ..............................all over the world?
9. My car (not repair) .............................................yet.
10. I (invite) ........................................to her party last night.
VI. Fill in the blanks with proper words, then answer the following questions.
finally - secondary uniform - firstly - disadvantages - secondly - styles - clothes
In many (1) .........................schools in Britain, wearing school (2).........................is compulsory.
Some schools argue that there are many (3) .........................to this system. Most students don't agree with
school uniform. (4) .........................when you have to wear the sane (5) ........................as everyone else
you don't have a chance to develop personal taste in the way you dress. (6)........................... people who
look scruffy usually look scruffy in their uniforms too and you can always tell the people who come from
poor homes because their uniforms are not as new or don't fit properly. (7)............................, the main
reason why most students don't like school uniforms is because most schools choose such colors and
(8)..................... that don't suit young people at all.
* Questions:
1. Do most students agree with school uniform?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Does wearing casual clothes make students feel comfortable and self-confident?
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
3. What is the main reason that most students don't like school uniforms?
..................................................................................................................................................................
VII. Choose A, B, C or L to complete the following passage.
CLOTHES
Clothes can tell a lot (1) ...............a person. Some people like very colorful clothes because they
want everyone (2) .............at them and they want to be the center of things. (3)............people like to wear
nice clothes, but their clothes are not (4)………or fancy. They do not like people (5)............Clothes today
are very different (6).............the clothes of the 1800s. One difference is the way they look. For example,
in the 1800s, all women (7) ...............dress. The dresses all had long skirts. But today, women do not
always wear dresses with long skirts. Sometimes they wear short skirts. Sometimes they wear pants.
Another difference between 1800 and today is the (8)..................In the 1800s, clothes (9)............ natural
kinds of cloth.. They were made from cotton, wool, silk or linen. But today, there are (10)………..kinds
of man made cloth. A lot of clothes are now made from nylon, rayon or polyester.
1. A. about B. at C. with D. on
2. A. look B. to look C. looked D. looking
3. A. each other B. another C. others D. other
4. [Link] B. colorfully C. colorful D. colored
5. A. to look at them B. to looking at them
C. looking at them D. looked at them
6. A. at B. to C. from D. in
7. A. wear B. worn C. wore D. wearing
8. A. cloth B. clothing C. clothe D. clothes
9. A. were made only by B. were made only of C. were made only in D. were made only from
10. A. many B. much C. any [Link]
VIII. Rewrite the following sentences
1. We have learnt English for 4 years.
We started .................................................................................................................................................
2. My father started to give up smoking last year.
My father has ............................................................................................................................................
3. They have worked in that factory since 2001.
They started ..............................................................................................................................................
4. Lan hasn't written to Maryam for a month.
Lan didn't ..................................................................................................................................................
5. He has lived in Hanoi since he was 12.
He started..................................................................................................................................................
6. I haven't seen her for a long time.
I didn't .......................................................................................................................................................
7. How long have you learnt French?
How long ago ...........................................................................................................................................
8. When did you start to listen to classical music?
How long ............................................................................................................................................... ?
9. I last saw her 10 years ago.
I haven't .....................................................................................................................................................
10. How long have you bought this car?
When did ............................................................................................................................................... ?
IX. Turn into Passive.
1. He finished his exercises on time.
........................................................................................................................................................................
2. People plant rice in those fields.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
3. They use cars and trucks to carry food to market.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. This boy broke my window yesterday.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. They have known him well.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. We will meet him at the station.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. Did you do your test perfectly?
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. Why didn't you learn this lesson?
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. How long have they done their work?
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. No one could help him.
..................................................................................................................................................................
X. Turn into Active.
1. The gate is painted once a year.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Food can't be sold on the sidewalk.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. She will be taken to Ha Long Bay next month.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. The flowers shouldn't be cut in this garden.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Rice isn't planted in that country.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Some chairs are put by the window.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. Are the lessons learnt carefully?
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. When was this car bought?
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. Why isn't she taken to the cinema with them?
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. Who was she jnvjted to the party by?
..................................................................................................................................................................
 T vocabulary 2

NOUN VERB ADJECTIVE ADVERB

Convenience:sự tiện lợi Convenient: tiện lợi Conveniently: tiện lợi
Inconvenient: bất tiện Inconveniently: bất tiện
Embroidery: hình thêu, Embroider: thêu
nghề thêu
Fashion: thời trang Fashionable: hợp thời trang
Unfashionable: lỗi thời
Inspiration: nguồn cảm Inspire: gây cảm
hứng hứng
Minority: thiểu số Minor: thứ yếu
Music: âm nhạc Musical: thuộc âm nhạc
Musician: nhạc sĩ
Speciality: đặc sản Specialize: chuyên Special: đặc biệt Specially: đặc biệt
về Especially: nhất là
Tradition: truyền thống Traditional: thuộc truyền Traditionally: theo truyền
thống thống

I. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word:

1. Many poets have drawn their from the Moon. (inspire)
2. Only a small of teenagers are interested in political problems. (minor)
3. Hung Vuong’s Anniversary is help in April. (tradition)
4. This beach is normally crowed, on national holidays. (special)
5. This kind of hat is . No one wears it now. (fashion)
6. All of the children in this school are taught to play a instrument. (music)
7. The meeting was held in a(n) time, so very few people attended it. (convenience)
8. Each of her handkerchiefs is a beautiful piece of . (embroider)
9. It is a great to have the school so near your house. (convenient)
10. There were more than thirty in the orchestra. (music)
II. Complete the sentences with the words given:
Both/ mentioned/ out of fashion/ unique/ ethnic/ loose/ material/ at work/ consists of/ such as
1. The ao dai is the dress to Vietnamese women.
2. Nowadays many Vietnamese women wear modern clothes for convenience.
3. The sari of Indian women only one long piece of cloth.
4. What is this shirt made of? Cotton.
5. The traditional ao dai is worn by women on different occasions weddings, anniversaries,
New Year, etc.
6. Her name has been as a promising fashion designer.
7. Modern ao dai’s are rich in patterns and colors.
8. The ao dai is usually worn together with pants.
9. groups in Vietnam have different traditional clothes.
10. Janes have never been . Many young people are still wearing them these days.
III. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in
each group:
1. A. wear B. hair C. pair D. near
2. A. clothes B. cloth C. old D. clothing
3. A. century B. camping C. center D. centimeter
4. A. match B. March C. guard D. large
5. A. styles B. designs C. sides D. stripes
 REVISION TEST 1.1
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. I prefer dogs ..........................cats, I hate cats
A. from B. over C. than D. to
2. She moved to France, but we still keep in ...............................
A. writing B. touch C. meeting D. contact
3. This table is made ......................wood.
A. of B. from C. by D. with
4. She ...........................write to me.
A. used not to B. used to C. didn't use to D. All are correct
5. My uncle ......................in England for over 20 years now.
A. lives B. has lived C. was living D. is living
6. Students ...................to wear uniforms.
A. should encourage B. should be encouraged
C. must encourage D. must encouraged
7. Would you like to go to the Concert with me tonight?
A. I'm not very fine B. Why not?
C. I'd love to, but I'm afraid I'm busy. D. I'll be on time.
8. She's worked .......................a nurse ....................2 years.
A. like for B. like - in C. as - for D. as - in
9. Many words have been added ..........................this edition of the dictionary.
A. for B. from C. to D. in
10. When I entered the room, the baby ......................... quietly
A. is sleeping B. was sleeping C. slept D. were sleeping
11. Is education compulsory in your country?
A. may be chosen or not B. must be done
C. not requiring a payment D. give support
12. The unit of .......................used in the USA is dollar.
A. currency B. money C. change D. bank-note
13. The ..................language in Malaysia is Bahasa Malaysia
A. nation B. national C. internation D. international
14. My father .................many years ago.
A. had died B. died C. has died D. was dying
15. When I last ..................Jane, she ..................to find a job.
A. see/ was trying B. saw/ was trying C. have seen/ tried D. saw/ tried
16. Flowers………….. love.
A. symbol B. symbolize C. symbolize D. B & C are correct
17. She ..................German for two years.
A. has learnt B. is learning C. learn D. learns
18. Tomorrow I ..................my grandparents.
A. am going to visit B. will have visited C. have visited D. visit
19. This test must be done ..................
A. care B. careful C. carefully D. carefully
20. My class consists ..................thirty-five members.
A. by B. off C. of D. up
21. He ..................this car since he ..................it.
A. hasn't used/ bought B. doesn't used/ buys
C. won't use/ bought D. didn't/ bought
22. Many ..................come to Ho Chi Minh's Mausoleum every day.
A. visit B. visiters C. visitor D. visitors
23. Vietnamese women today prefer to wear modern clothes at work because it is more ..................
A. convenience B. inconvenience C. convenient D. inconvenient
24. My mother ..................me for weeks.
A. hasn't phoned B. didn't phone C. isn't phoning D. doesn't phone
II. Complete the sentences with the appropriate form of the words in brackets
1. Lucy got ...............................................quickly and went for work. (dress)
2. This blouse is lovely and very .....................................................(fashion)
3. I spent my happy ..............................................in the countryside. (child)
4. The .......................................................of people prefer TV to radio. (major)
5. She made a deep ..............................................on the members of her class. (impress)
6. I don't like to wear painted and ...........................................jeans. (embroider)
7. Many designers took ..............................................from Vietnam's ethnic minorities. (inspire)
8. He always feels ........................................in his actions. (confidence)
III. Make sentences from the sets of words and phrases provided
1. I / go / trip / Ha Long Bay/ tomorrow.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Maryam / Lan / be pen pals / 2 years.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Wear uniforms / make / students / equal / many ways.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Mary / really / impress / beauty / Hue.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. She/ wish/ would/ Nha Trang/ year.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. It/ take/ she/ half an hour / get/ there.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. It/ necessary/ students/ wear/ uniforms/ school/ ?
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. They/ used to/ small village/ but now/ city.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Rewrite as directed
1. Why don't we go away more often?
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
2. How long is it since you saw Tom?
When ........................................................................................................................................................
3. 3. No one can answer this question.
This question ...........................................................................................................................................
4. "I don't know where Archie is," said Vicky.
Vicky said .................................................................................................................................................
5. It's two years since I saw her.
I haven't ....................................................................................................................................................
6. She gave him a ticket to the concert.
He .............................................................................................................................................................
7. The house will have to be redecorated.
We ............................................................................................................................................................
8. They often went to Vung Tau at weekends.
They used .................................................................................................................................................
V. Fill each gap with ONE suitable word
I strongly believe that it is important to wear uniforms when students are at school. Firstly,
uniforms (1)..............the children to be proud of being student of the school they are going to because
they are (2) ..............uniforms with (3)...............bearing their school's name.
 Secondly, wearing uniforms helps students feel (4)............... in many ways. They all start from
the (5)...........place no matter how rich or poor they are. They are really friends to one another (6).............
one school roof.
Finally, it is practical (7).................wear uniforms. It doesn't take you time to think of what to
wear every day.
In conclusion, all students from (8)..................schools to high schools should wear uniforms.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
VI. Read the text, then make questions and answer them.
When Malaysia became independent, Malay language was chosen as the national language. The
reason for this choice is that it is the language of the Malays who are the natives of Malaysia.
The government of Malaysia takes pride in promoting this language among all the races in
Malaysia. The Chinese, the Indians and the other non - Malay communities have accepted the decision of
the government. It is the official language of the country.
In Malaysia, the national language is called the Bahasa Malaysia. It is the language of instruction
in schools. Since the introduction of Malay in schools, it has become the most widely used language in
Malaysia.
1. What / national language / Malaysia/?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. When / national language / Malaysia / chosen/?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. The Chinese / Indians / other non -Malay communities/ accept / choice / government/?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. How / Bahasa Malaysia / used / Malaysia/?
..................................................................................................................................................................
VII. Choose the best answer.
1. When I was at school, I ................. every night.
A. used to study B. studied C. study D. A & B are correct
2. At the age of 16, he .................as a carpenter.
A. works B. worked C. has worked D. is working
3. They haven't kept in touch with each other..................
A. for 2 years B. since 2 years C. 2 years ago D. over 2 years.
4. We are very proud .................our school.
A. in. B. of C. about D. at
5. He had my watch ..................
A. steal B. to steal C. be stolen D. stolen
6. Which sentence is not correct?
A. They gave him the money. B. He was given the money.
C. He was given to the money. D. The money was given to him.
7. He arrived ...............Thailand.............. Saturday evening.
A. in - on B. in - x C. in - at D. at - on
8. Lam worked hard ................. she passed the exam easily.
A. because B. so C. so that D. but
9. We wish we ................ a plane.
A. flew B. could fly C. fly D. did fly
10. We usually write to each other ..................
A. every two weeks B. two every week C. every week twice D. None is correct
11. Is your father in? - No. he isn't. ………………..
A. He's been to the bank B. He was at the bank C. He’s gone to the bank D. He went to the bank
12. On the .................to the town there is a beautiful wood.
A. direction B. street C. entrance D. way
13. Do you .................my turning the television on now?
A. mind B. disapprove C. want D. object
14. I knew him ...................I was a child.
A. until B. when C. as D. during,
15. Take this ro ad and you will .................at the hotel in five minutes.
A. arrive B. come C. find D. reach
16. The train will he leaving in five minutes so you ................. better hurry up.
 A. should B. will C. would D. had
17. Do I have to take that French course?" No, you ....................
A. haven't B. don't have C. mustn't D. needn't
18. Of course I'm a Christian .................I expect everyone who works here to be a Christian too.
A. since B. then C and D. but
19. John swims very well and .................does his brother.
A. also B. so C. even D. too
20. The bus .................us at 5 o'clock early in the morning.
A. took B. collected C. carried D. brought
21. Let's wait .................the rain stops.
A. until B. after C. before D. when
22. It has been raining hard these days. We wish it…………stop raining soon.
A. could B. would C. should D. ought to
23. She's wearing a hat .................mine.
A. as B. such as C. like D. x
24. ................... does it take to get there?" ―About 15 minutes."
A. How long B. How far C. How much D. How fast
25. There's a river .................across the village.
A. flowing B. to flowing C. flow D. flowed
26. I think its necessary for secondary school students to …………uniforms when they are at school.
A. dress B. put on C. wear D. have on
27. We .................since we .................at secondary school.
A. knew - were C. have known -are
B. have known - were D. have known - have been
28. Which sentence is correct?
A. Two department stores have just built in this area.
B. Two department stores have just been built in this area.
C. Two department stores have been just built in this area.
D. Two department store just have been built in this area.
29. It is usually better not to ..................things, in case they pre not returned.
A. lend B. offer C. borrow D. lose
30. I have lived near the railway for so long now that I've grown to the noise of the trains:
A. accustomed B. familiar C. unconscious D. aware
31. He has just taken an examination .................chemistry.
A. on B. about C. for D. in
32. Wearing casual clothes makes students .................comfortable.
A. to feel B. feeling C. feel D. felt
33. She rang to make an early .................at the hairdressers.
A. appointment B. date C. assignment D. order
34. Liz ................. a lot of photos of the village.
A. filmed B. took C. copied D. printed
35. Now I don't take the bus as I ...................
A. did B. used to C. took D. was
36. The Malaysian .................is the ringgit.
A monetary unit B unit of currency C. money D. A & B are correct
37. ................., after trying three times, he passed the examination.
A Lastly B. Last of all C. Last D. At last
38. It was raining very .................so I took my raincoat.
A. wet B. badly C. hard D. family
39. This is the oldest building .................the village.
A. in B. of C. by D. to
40. You're .................your time trying to persuade him; he'll never help you.
A. spending B. wasting C. losing D. missing
 REVISION TEST 1.2
I. Choose the best answer
1. Women usually wear the ao dai ..................special occasions.
A. in B. on C. from D. by
2. I come from Vietnam so I am not..................on the left here.
A. used to be driving B. used to drive C. used to driving D. used to be drive
3. Henry is a poet. He ..................a lot of famous poems so far.
A. wrote B. has written C. writes D. is writing
4. We can't go along here because the road ..................
A. is been repaired B. is being repaired C. is repairing D. is repaired
5. My mother gets used to .................. up early.
A. get B. got C. getting D. has gotten
6. If you go to an important meeting, you will have to wear .........clothes.
A. fashionable B. formal C. casual D. beautiful
7. I ..................a letter from him yet.
A. haven't received B. didn't receive C. won't receive D. don't receive
8. They visited Ho Chi Minh's Mausoleum.
A. an impressive tomb B. a large building C. an area for recreation D. a big house
9. A ..................is the place for worship.
A. museum B. park C. mosque D. clinic
10. The word jeans comes from a kind of material that was made in
A. Asia B. Africa C. America D. Europe
11. I haven't seen Sally ..................my birthday party.
A. during B. for C. since D. at
12. She describes herself ..................a fashion designer.
A. by B. as C. in D. like
13. They have been good friends............... they were very young.
A. while B. when C. since D. for
14. They................ us to remove your shoes before entering.
A. had B. asked C. liked D. said
15. Vietnamese women today prefer to wear modern clothing...............work.
A. on B. while C. for D. at
16. They reached ...............the village at 8 o'clock in the morning.
A. to B. at C. for D. X
17. This skirt is very lovely and ...............
A. fashionable B. fashion C. fashionably D. fashioned
18. I'm looking forward ...............your email.
A. to receive B. to receiving C. receive D. being received
19. Would you like ....................out for dinner tonight?
A. to go B. go C. going D. will go
20. English is ................spoken throughout the world.
A. wide B. width C. widen D. widely
21. Traveling helps people to get a lot of ....................
A. knowing B. knowledge C. acknwledge D. knowledges
22. Is Kuala Lumpur different ....................Hanoi?
A. with B. from C. in D. at
23. I don't have time to take you to visit beauty spots ................I'm so busy.
A. so that B. because C. if D. but
24. She is used to ................part in social activities. She is sociable.
A. take B. taking C. took D. takes
II. Choose the word whose underlined and bold part is pronounced differently
1. A. Interest B. string C. film D. fire
2. A. sure B. uniform C. future D. during
3. A. function B. nation C. suggestion D. tuition
4. A. energy B. develop C. message D. reference
III. Use the correct word form
1. Mathematics and literature are ................................................for children in this country. (compel)
2. We attended the fashion show of a ......................................New York designer. (lead)
3. Some young people today want to have a strange ..........................................(appear)
4. That ............................................has composed a lot of beautiful songs, (music)
IV. Make sentences from the sets of words and phrases provided
1. Wear / uniforms / make / students / feel / equal / comfortable.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. English / compulsory / second language / most / countries / ASEAN.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. What type / clothing / you / usually / wear / Tet holiday/?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Fashion show / cancel / due / bad weather.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. wishes / she/ could / English / fluently / she/ speak.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. please / speak / could / I / Miss Hoa / to?
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. go / beach / could / I / the / wish / I / to / now.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. French / learnt / he / has / 3 years / for.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. a child / my father / go / used / was / when / to / fishing/ he.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. Jane / her house / has/ by / a / repainted/ worker.
..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Rewrite as directed.
1. I'd love to speak more languages.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
2. People must not leave bicycles in the halt.
Bicycles ....................................................................................................................................................
VI. Read the passage and answer the questions
Jeans are the most popular kind of clothes in the world. They are popular almost everywhere - in
Japan, France, Indonesia, Canada an-d Brazil. rRich and poor people wear them too.
In 1850, when Levi Strauss arrived in California, he saw that workers needed strong clothes, so
he began to make them. These pants were very strong and did not wear out easily. The pants became very
popular immediately.
The word "jeans" comes from the word "Genoa". Mr Strauss made the first jeans in the United
States, but the idea and the kind of cloth came from Europe. The names came from France and Italy.
Why are jeans popular? In the United States, they are the only kind of traditional clothes. In the
other countries, young people wear them because they want to look modern. Jeans are sign of youth and
independence. Everybody wears jeans because everybody wants to be modern, young and independent.
1. Are jeans popular all over the world?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. In which country did jeans become the traditional clothes?
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Can jeans be worn out easily?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Who wants to wear jeans?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Are jeans made for only rich people?
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Did the name jeans come from Europe?
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. Where were the first jeans made?
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. Why do people like wearing jeans?
..................................................................................................................................................................
VII. Correct the mistakes
1. I haven't enjoyed myself so much since many months.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. This car was a completely waste of money. I wish I hadn't bought it.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I received letter from my close friend a few days ago.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. They wish their house were little bigger.
..................................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Read the following passage and then decide which statement is True (T) or False (F)
GENERAL KNOWLEDGE IN KIMONO
• The cotton 'yukata" is an informal kimono and is popular as a home garment especially for
summer wear. It is an ideal kimono to wear while cooling off in a breezy part of the house after a bath in
the summer but not the best clothes, unless go out on festival.
• Regardless how hot or cold, summer kimono hitoe are supposed to be worn from June 1 through
September 30 and winter kimono are worn from October 1 through May 31.
• Western accessories are not appropriate to wear with kimono such as earring, pierce, necklace,
bracelet. Ring and wristwatch are worn oasionally.
• There is a clear distinction in color, design, and the sleeve-length between married and
unmarried women's kimono. Those who once married are not supposed to wear long-sleeve kimono in
front of public.
1. Yukata is often worn is winter.
2. People often wear summer kimono from June 1 through September 30,
3. It's very suitable to wear kimono with western accessories.
4. There is no distinction in color, design, and the sleeve-length between married and unmarried
women's kimono.
 REVISION TEST 1.3
I. Choose a word in each group that has different stress pattern.
1. A. occasion B. religion C. federation D. collection
2. A. economic B. encourage C. embroider D. experience
3. A. puppet B. unique C. tunic D. notice
4. A. objection B. opinion C. official D. optional
5. A. compulsory B. convenient C. correspond D. communicate
II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences.
1. Lan (write)……………..................to her pen pal for three years, and they first
(meet)……………each other last week.
2. Jeans (make)………………………about two hundred years ago, and now they
(sell)………..………in every corner of the world.
3. I wish that I (know)………………………..how to mend this shirt.
4. Trung used (write)……….………..to his friends, but now he (communicate)…………………………
with them through the Internet.
5. A new cloth shop just (open)………………………………. near my aunts house.
6. Her brother (talk) ……………………….to his pen pal on the phone at the moment.
7. They (not contact)…………………..to each other for a long time.
III. Fill each numbered blank with ONE suitable word to finish the passage.
Jeans have their long story of development. In the 1950s, two people helped (1)……….jeans
popular with teenagers: Elvis Presley, the king of rock and roll, and James Dean, a famous movie star.
Elvis (2)…….…tight jeans. Most parents didn't like Elvis or his music. But teenagers loved (3)……….
and started to dress like him. In Rebel Without a Cause, James Dean wore jeans. He (4)…………..a hero
to many young people. During the 1960s, rock and roll became even (5) ………….popular. Young people
had more freedom. Their thes showed (6)………… independence. Some people decorated their jeans (7)
………….colorful patches and flowers. In the seventies and eighties, jeans became very expensive. In
(8)…………to the regular brands like Levi's and Lee, famous designers like Calvin Klein and Pierre
Cardin (9)………..making designer jeans". They were very stylish and very expensive. Jeans are
(10)…………… popular that Levi's has sold over twenty billion pairs. Almost anywhere in the world you
know what young people want to wear: jeans!
1. .............................................
2. .............................................
3. .............................................
4. .............................................
5. .............................................
6. .............................................
7. .............................................
8. .............................................
9. .............................................
10. .............................................
IV. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find and correct it.
1. I haven't seen my grandparents since a quarter of a year.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. A new shop was opening on Main Street last week.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. His teacher encouraged him taking part in the competition.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. My family used to be having dinner at 7 o'clock in the evening.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I wish I can go with you to the countryside next weekend.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning.
1. It's a pity your friend isn't at this party.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
2. Minh last wrote to his pen pal five months ago.
Minh hasn't ...............................................................................................................................................
3. They usually wore jeans when they were young.
They used .................................................................................................................................................
4. The teenagers aren't buying that model these days.
That model ...............................................................................................................................................
5. The last time we visited Kuala Lumpur was two years ago.
It's .............................................................................................................................................................
VI. Complete each of the following sentences, using the words given.
1. sister / wear/ new ao dai / only twice/ since/ she/ buy / it.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. we / not used/ wear /jeans/ when / study/ primary school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Liz / wish/ she /be going/ Ha Noi / parents / next Sunday.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. lot /new styles/ clothes/ design/ his shop/ every week.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. wear / uniforms/ encourage/ students/ proud/ school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 REVISION TEST 1.4
I. Circle A, B, C or D to choose the underlined word is pronounced differently from the rest.
1. A. comic B. cotton C. logical D. occasion
2. A. climate B. divide C. religion D. primary
3. A. mosque B. tropical C. grocery D. comment
4. A. tunic B. hamburger C. Buddhism D. Hinduism
5. A. ethnic B. depend C. territory D. economic
II. Circle A, B, C or D to choose the different word from the rest in terms meaning.
1. A. temple B. mosque C. pagoda D. hall
2. A. fruit B. rice C. cereals D. maize
3. A. goose B. pigeon C. ostrich D. goat
4. A. cow B. ox C. duck D. sheep
5. A. carrot B. lettuce C. celery D. grape
III. Circle A, B or C to choose the most suitable form of the verbs
1. How many times ................ redundant ?
A. did you make B. have you made C. have you been made
2. Bod's wife ................her job.
A. has just lost B. is losing C. has just been lost
3. My father ................early retirement.
A. has taken B. has been taken C. was taken
4. My brother ................the sack . His boss thought he was lazy.
A. has given B. has been given C. has been giving
5. The number of people out of work ................to nearly 3 million.
A. has risen B. is rising C. has been risen
6. ................tennis all day today and now I'm very tired.
A. am playing B. have played C. have been playing
7. ................a letter and I've almost finished now.
A. have written B. have been writing C. write
8. ........... you ever ................the lottery?
A. Have ... won B. Have ...been winning C. Do ... win
9. Tom ................to area manager of Eastern Eroupe.
A. has just promoted B. has just been promoted C. has just been promoting
10. I................fora new job.
A. have applied B. have been applied C. was applied
IV. Circle A, B, C or D to choose the most suitable form of the words in brackets
1. She has just had a (minority) operation.
A. minority B. minorities C. minor D. both A & C
2. These young fashion designers are known for their (novelty) ideas.
A. novel B. novelty C. novelist D. novelete
3. I’m sorry. This painting is not for (sell).
A. sellers B. selling C. sale D. sales
4. We should have (equality) pay for (equality) work.
A. equal-equality B. equality-equal C. equality-equality D. equal-equal
5. He managed to finish the race thanks to the shouts of (encourage).
A. encourages B. encouraging C. encouragement D. encouragements
6. This woman is an (inspire) to all of these poets and novelist.
A. inspire B. inspiring C . inspiration D. inspired
7. She's (economic) in her use of salt when cooking.
A. economic B. economical C. economize D. economized
8. She's a very popular writer but I just don't like her (style).
 A. style B. styles C. stylish D. stylist
9. Some people are opposed to the government's plan for (compel) military training.
A. compulsion B. compelled C. compulsory D. compulsorily
10. Do you have a (nation) costume in your country?
A. nation B. national C. international D. internationalale
V. Fill each blank with one suitable word from the list to complete each of the following sentences.
Use each word once only.
rest - grocer's - highlands - blanket – plate - hike - route – picnickers - marsh - gather
1. He left a tip under his ....................................................as usual.
2. We drove home by a roundabout .........................................
3. Let's take a ....................................from all our hard work.
4. They helped the farmers .......................................mushrooms in the fields.
5. I'm going to the ..................................Do you want anything?
6. She has gone on a 10 mile.........................................
7. ………………………………...are requested not to leave litter behind in the countryside.
8. It's cold. We need one more ....................................................
9. One of the most beautiful and unspoilt areas of Britain are the ......................................of Scottland.
10. The house, standing alone in the middle of the ........................................, was the perfect setting for a
horror film.
VI. Circle A, B, C or D to choose the most suitable word to complete the following passage.
Canada is a massive country full of wide-open (1) ....... . With scenery that is truly magnificent, it
is without doubt one of the great unspoilt (2).......of the world. If you have the (3)......make sure you go to
Niagara Falls, which are the top attraction in North America and one of the most spectacular sights
anywhere. Visitors who are not easily (4).......can take a boat (5).......to the edge of the roaring falls,
almost right berreath the massive torrent of white water, or walk through rock-cut tunnels (6).......a terrific
close-up look from behind the falls, a view familiar from the many film shots taken there.
These tunnels are (7).......near as anyone is likely to want to get to Niagara Falls. In1960 a seven-
year-old boy on holiday a little way upstream was playing happily (8) ....... .the water when he suddenly
found himself in difficulties. There 'had been heavy rain and the river was very full, but (9).......noticed
that he was in danger until it was (10).......late. Onlookers watched helplessly as he (11).......swept towards
the Horseshoe fall. But despite (12):......thrown down the 48-metre drop he miraculously came through
the experience with no (13)..........at all. Such narrow escapes are the exception (14)..........than the rule,
however, and visitors are warned not to try (l5) .......... for themselves!
1. A. rooms B. spaces C. places D. air
2. A. cities B. areas C. nations D. zones
3. A. success B. occasion C. fortune D. chance
4. A. threatened B. surprised C. amazed D. scared
5. A. ride [Link] C. picnic D. voyage
6. A. with B. of C. without D. for
7. A. so B. too C. as D. quite
8. A. in B. on C. above D. down
9. A. somebody B. everybody C. anybody D. nobody
10. A. too B. so C. quite D. extremely
11. A. has B. has been C. was D. had
12. A. he was B. to be C. being D. having
13. A. injury B. hurt C. blow D. wound
14. A. better B. more C. rather. D. sooner
15. A. this B. that C. it D. so

VII. Choose the correct word or phrase

1. People thought that Brian stole the money.
Brian .......................................money.
A. was thought that he stole B. was thought to steal
C. was thought to have stolen D. both B & C are correct
2. The thief suddenly realized that the police were watching him.
The thief suddenly realized that he ..........................................tile police.
A. was watched by B. was being watched by
C. could be watching D. was watching
3. Linda's plans for a picnic have been spoilt by the weather.
Linda's picnic .................. because of the weather.
A. would be delayed' B. has been cancelled C. will go ahead D. was terrible
4. The bread was too stale to eat.
The bread ..................................to eat.
A. was too fresh B. wasn't fresh enough C. was stale enough D. wasn't so fresh
5. I can't possibly work in all this noise!
It is impossible.................................................work in all this noise
A. for me to B. that I C. that I can't D. for my
VIII. Rewrite the following sentences, keep their meaning unchanged.
1. Do you want me to wake you up tomorrow morning?
Do you want .............................................................................................................................................
2. Every year, millions of people visit Hue, the world heritage of Vietnam.
Hue ...........................................................................................................................................................
3. She became a teacher of our school 16 years ago.
She has......................................................................................................................................................
4. She talks too much.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
5. This lake was deeper than usual because it had been raining for a week.
It ...............................................................................................................................................................
 REVISION TEST 1.5
I. Circle the word that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the rest in each line.
1. A. plow B. locate C. poetry D. grow
2. A. exchange B. champagne C. rich D. choice
3. A. baggy B. casual C. locate D. relax
4. A. region B. federation C. impress D. depend
5. A. Islam B. correspond C. ghost D. soil
II. Circle A, B or C to choose the most suitable form of the verbs
1. We................there for five years then we moved to London.
A. lived B. have lived C. have been living
2. I................Mozart.
A. am always liking B. have always liked C. have always been liking
3. They................at this factory for a year now.
A. work B. have worked C. worked
4. I................their names.
A. am forgetting B. have forgotten C. have been forgetting
5. He's a famous author. He................two best sellers.
A. writes B. has written C. has been writing
6. A strike................by the air traffic controllers.
A. called B. has called C. has been called
7. They................more money by the management.
A. haven't offered B. haven't been offered C. haven't been being offered
8. How much money................for your retirement?
A. do you save B. have you saved C. have you been saved
9. Good. They..............finally...............We................for an hour.
A. have…….arrived - waited
B. arrived - have waited
C. are…..arriving - have been waiting
10. ............... you ................my glasses? I ................for them all morning.
A. Have ... seen - looked
B. Have ... seen - have been looking
C. Did ... see - have looked
III. Choose the most suitable form of the words in brackets
1. I'm not a great (admire) of her work.
A. admirer B. admination C. admiring D. admirable
2. In many buses there is no tièket (collect). You just pay the driver.
A. collection B. collector C. collective D. collecting
3. Sale goods in this shop are not (exchange).
A. exchanged B. exchangeable C. exchanging D. exchange
4. The centre of the village is a suitable (locate)for the post office.
A. locate B. located C. location D. locating
5. He seems completely (relax) about his corning exams.
A. relax B. relaxing C. relaxation D. relaxed
6. Sales in the first three months have increased by ten percent compared with the (corespond) period
last year.
A. corespond B. coresponding C. corespondent D. corespondence
7. I was under the (impress) that she was coming tomorrow.
A. impression B. impressions C. impressionism D. impressionist
8. These are the rights of ethnic (minor).
A. minor B. minority C. minorites D. All A, B & C
9. She's just put her house up for (sell).
A. selling B. sellers C. sale D. sales
10. In Asia people always respect (religion) worship.
A. religion B. religious C. religiousness D. religiously
IV. Choose one suitable verb to fill each blank to complete the following newspaper report. Use the
correct form of the verbs.
describe – hit – call – injure – believe – identify - not stop – kill – take - steal
A dog (1) .........................and its owner (2) ......................yesterday when they (3) ........................
by car on a pedestrian crossing. The car (4)………………..but it (5) ..........................by two witnesses as
a red VW. An ambulance (6) ..........................to the scene and the man (7)...............................to the Royal
Hospital. Last night his condition (8) ........................ as 'serious'. The police (9).........................that the car
(10) ..........................
V. Rewrite the following sentences, keep their meaning unchanged.
1. The last time I play volleyball was in 1996.
I haven't ....................................................................................................................................................
2. She has never had such a good meal before.
This is .......................................................................................................................................................
3. It is believed that the man escaped in a stolen car.
The man ....................................................................................................................................................
4. All his suits were made in Paris.
He had.......................................................................................................................................................
5. Cyclists are not allowed to ride on the station plaform.
Bicycles must ...........................................................................................................................................
VI. Underline the mistake and correct it.
1. It has been nearly 10 years since the house last painted; it is old and needs repainting now.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Before the industrial revolution came to America the major of the population lived in the countryside.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Mary immediately burst into tears so she got the bad news from her parents
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Have you ever read any novels writing by Jack London?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. He had no sooner entered the house when the phone started to ring.
..................................................................................................................................................................
VII. Read the following passage and choose the most suitable word or phrase
Rice is a kind of grass. There are more than seven kinds of rice. Most kinds are water plants.
Farmers grow rice in many countries, even in the southern part of the United States and Eastern Australia.
No one really knows where rice came from. Some scientists think it started to grow in two places. They
think that one kind of rice grew in Southern Asia thousands of years ago. Someone in China wrote about
it almost five thousand years ago. Another kind probably grew in West Africa. Other scientists think rice
came from India, and Indian travelers took it to other parts of the world. There are two main ways to grow
rice. Upland rice grows in dry soil. Most rice grow in wet soil. People in many countries do all of the
work by hand. This is the same way farmers worked hundreds of years ago. Some countries now use
machines on their rice [Link] farmers all use fertilizer. Some insects are enemies of rice. Farmers
poison them.
1. Rice isa kind of ..................
A. tree B. plant C. flowers D. animal
2. Some scientists think that rice started to grow in two places:
A. Southern Asia and America B. China and West Africa
C. India and China D. Southern Asia and West Africa
3. Downland rice grows in ..................
A. dry land B. hard soil C. wet soil D. soft soil
4. Enemies of rice are………...
A. fertilizers B. machines C. insects D. poisons
5. "Farmers poison them" means .................
A. they kill insects B. they feed insects C. they die of insects D. they help insects
VIII. Write complete sentences using the suggested words and phrases.
1. 200 houses/ build/ last year.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. 4,000 books/ sell/ last week.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. The post/ deliver/ 8.00 every morning.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Mercedes/ not make/ Sweden.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Four people/ arrest/ during yesterdays football match.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Buckingham Palace/ first open to the public/ 1995.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. The new bridge/ not build/ next year
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. Cure for malaria/ just be find/ scientists in Paris.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. The building / destroy/ the terrorists / last month.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. The trees/ plant/ the pupils / since 8 o'clock.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 16
I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other words.
1. A. invite B. village C. tired D. life
2. A. family B. afternoon C. damage D. carriage
3. A. hour B. honour C. host D. honest
4. A. enjoyed B. invited C. mended D. lasted
5. A. between B. election C. English D. enttance
6. A. market B. depart C. card D. scare
7. A. passed B. watched C. played D. washed
8. A. meeting B. seen C. cheer D. been
9. A. bicycle B. cycle C. style D. type
10. A. though B. thought C. within D. than
II. Complete the sentences with in, on, at, till, after or between
1. ...............................summer I play tennis.................5 p.m ..................Sundays.
2. We'll have to leave ....................lunch.
3. He likes playing soccer .......................wcekend.
4. It's cheaper .......................6 p.m and 8 a.m.
5. My brothers birthday is ......................March.
6. The street is full of traffic from morning ........................night.
III. Complete the sentences with an appropriate form of the words in brackets.
1. The journey to the countryside is very .......................................... (interest)
2. We felt .................................and ...................................................after a long walk. (tire - hunger)
3. We often go ........................and ................................in the river in summer. (boat - fish)
4. Lan has a very lovely ...........................................of dolls. (collect)
5. We have to leave the party ..............................or we'll miss the train. (hurry)
6. 1 have a dental .............................................at 3 p.m. (appoint)
7. We missed the taxi, but .............................................the meeting started late. (lucky)
8. The president doesn't have much time for ........................................... (relax)
IV. Complete the sentences with and, so, but or because.
1. In my bedroom there's a bed .............................a closet.
2. We live in an apartment on the top floor,....................................... we don't have a yard.
3. Our apartment's small, ................................. it's comlortable.
4. I like living here ................................it's near my friend's house.
5. We both like sailing...................................we choose to live hear the sea.
6. I'm always tired on Friday evenings,.....................................I like to stay at home and relax.
V. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense.
We (1. arrive) .................in Rome at 10 o'clock yesterday morning. We (2. stay) ..............in a nice
little hotel not far from the city centre. We already (3. see) ................St Peter's and tomorrow we (4. go)
..............on a trip to Pompeii. I (5. be)…………… there before. I (6. go) ..................to Italy quite often
when I (7. be) ................a child but it will be interesting to see if it (8. change) .......................in any way.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
VI. Rewrite each sentence
1. I’m not able to ride a motorbike.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
2. What a pity! We don't have a television set.
We wish ....................................................................................................................................................
3. You smoke a lot. It's an annoying habit.
I wish you .................................................................................................................................................
4. She can't come to the party because she's working late next Friday.
She's working late next Friday .................................................................................................................
5. We postponed the picnic because the weather was bad.
 The weather was had ...............................................................................................................................
VII. Read the passage below.
During the last Christmas holidays, a group of my classmates decided to have an excursion to
Johore Bahru. I was elected as the leader and do the burden of making arrangement for the trip fell on my
shoulders. We left early in the morning by the first Singapore-Johore express bus and reached the customs
check-points half an hour later. From the customs went by a chartered van to the Johore Bahru seaside. As
it was clear sunny day we had decided to have a dip in the water. For nearly an hour we enjoyed the bath
much to our satisfaction.
By the time our sea-bath was over, it was about 9 a.m. and we had an appetising breakfast, with
sandwiches, cakes and coffee which we carried long with us. Then we relaxed under a shady tree for a
while. Later we visited the zoo. We had some fun there with the monkeys in cages. Then we went round
the tour for sightseeing. By the time our sight-seeing was over, it was about 1 p.m. We had a sumptuous
lunch of chicken rice and returned home by bus.
* Now complete the summary with the missing words.
During the last Christmas holidays, the writer and (1) .....................had an interesting excursion in
(2) ...............She was elected (3)…….….., so she was responsible for making arrangements (4)..................
First they took the first (5) ...................to the customs check-points, then went by a (6) …..............to the
Johore Bahru sea-side. They had a (7) .................there. Next they visited (8) .......................and enjoyed
themselves there too. After that they made (9) ....................around the city for sight-seeing and then
returned home (10) ................ They had really lovely holidays.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
VIII. Fill in each gap with a suitable preposition of time.
1. My plane was supposed to leave' .................7.07 p.m. but it didn't take off .... ..... ........ 8.30.
3. I moved here ................the fall.
4. Our children always stay home .................night.
5. Last year I was a junior in high school .................... present. I am a senior in high school. .
6. Please vair for me outside the school ...................the class.
7. I was horn ..................October 31, 1989.
IX. Make questions for the underlined words or phrases
1. It only takes me 15 minutes to walk to school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. My village is to the north of the city.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I goes to school by bicycle.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. It s about 2 kilomctres from my house to school
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. They fish and plant vegetables for a living.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. No. there isn't. (There isn't a park in my village.)
..................................................................................................................................................................
X. Make meaningful sentences from the sets of words and phrases provided.
1. I / want / ect / Fresh air/ so / went / garden.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Father / too poor / so / he/ not go to school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Lan / get up late/ so / she / missed / first bus / city center.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. She / wish / she be / millionaire.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I wish / I / draw well.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 17
I. Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences
1. You should catch the train at 9 am so that you can arrive ………..Hue at 5pm.
A. to B. in C. on D. at
2. She was very kind ..................my friends when they were in Hanoi.
A. for B. to C. at D. with
3. They will come to our house ..................10 minutes.
A. for B. to C. in D. during
4. The success of the holiday depends ..................the weather.
A. for B. on C. to D. X
5. At weekends, he often rides his bike to the countryside ..................improve his health.
A. so as to B. in order to C. to D. All are correct
6. What do people do for a ..................in your home village?
A. live B. life C. living D. lives
7. Ba hurt his foot while he ..................down the boat.
A. climbed B. climbs C. was climbing D. is climbing
8. I ............... a letter to my best friend last night.
A. write B. am writing C. wrote D. will write
9. Mary tried to avoid .....................him.
A. meeting B. meet C. to meet D. met
10. When was the last time you .....................to your village?
A. return B. returned C. have returned D. was returning
11. ..................... does it take to get to the river from here?
A. How far B. How much C. How many D. How long
12. Be polite to the people you meet. Everyone likes ....................
A. politeness B. impolitely C. impolite D. None is correct
13. We haven't been there.........................two years.
A. since B. for C. during D. in
14. After two hours traveling by car, we .........................a quiet town by the sea.
A. came B. arrived C. reached D. got
15. .................is your home village from here?
A. How long B. How far C. How much D. How
16. Lien is looking forward to the trip ......................Ha Long Bay.
A. in B. to C. at D. about
17. ................ Jane was young, she used to swim in the river.
A. Since B. When C. while D. For
18. .......................... you hurry, we won't catch the bus.
A. If B. Unless C. When D. Although
19. How long ..................it ..................you to get there?
A. is / take B. does / take C. is / taking D. has / taken
20. What time ..................your train ..................tomorrow?
A. do / leave B. does / leave C. will / leave D. has/ left
21. The skirt was ................expensive ...............she couldn't afford to buy it.
A. so ... as B. so ... that C. such ... that D. such ... as
22. She is ...............a friendly girl ...............everyone wants to make friends with her.
A. so ... that B. so ... as C. such ... that D. too ... to
23. I wish I ...............more time to get to know your country better.
A. have B. will have C. am having D. had
24. My mother Will be away for two weeks . ............... I have to cook myself.
A. so B. in order to C. because D. otherwise
25. Sue likes to visit many places of ................in Vietnam.
A. interest B. interested C. interesting D. interests
26. She refused ...............his invitation for dinner yesterday evening.
A. accepting B. to accept C. being accepted D. accepts
27. Liz a lot of photos during the visit to Hanoi.
A. takes B. took C. makes D. made
28. We caught a bus and it would the place in one hour.
A. get B. arrive C. reach D. come
II. Use the correct form of the word to complete the following sentences
There is a small bamboo forest at the …………………………..to the village. (ENTER)
2. My older brother and my close friend are the same………………………….. (OLD)
3. The holiday was very ……………………….so they decided to leave soon (DISAPPOINT)
4. Since her ………………………..the room has been full of laughter. (ARRIVE)
5. There is always a traffic jam here. The road needs ………………….. (WIDE)
III. Use the cues given to make complete sentences
1. If / weather / fine / this weekend / we / go / picnic.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I wish / parents / be / here / now.
........................................................................................................................................................................
3. Lan / go / home village / twice / year.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. I / not know / answer / so / not tell / you.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. It / often/ take / me / half a day / go / village / bus.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 18
I. Combine the sentences below, using the words in brackets.
1. The movie was boring. We went home before it finished. (so)
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Mai opened the door. Mai greeted the guests. (and)
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. We started the trip very early. We reached the village before noon. (so that)
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Liz saw some wild ducks. Liz was resting under a tree. (while)
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Hoa is very sick. She can't sit up. (so ... that)
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Ba felt tired and hungry. Lan felt tired and hungry. (so)
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. We enjoyed the fresh air in the countryside. We enjoyed the food there. (both)
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. The water is very cold. We cant swim in it. (too)
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. Peter didn't have money to buy a bus ticket. He had to walk home. (so)
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. Mr. Parker feeds the chickens. He collects their eggs. (not only ... but also)
..................................................................................................................................................................
II. Complete the sentences below. Use the following prepositions
after at between by during
for in on since until
1. Mr. Thanh isn't here at the moment. He'll be back ...................a few minutes.
2. We were at the seaside ............................two weeks.
3. I haven't seen Liz .................................Monday.
4. Mrs. Nhung has gone away. She's been away .............................Friday.
5. Where's Trang? She should be here ................................now.
6. There are usually a lot of parties .............................New Year's Eve.
7. Can I meet you ................................ 8am and 9am?
8. We met a lot of people ..................................our holiday.
9. Ten o'clock is a bit early. We should come ...............................that.
10. They don't like traveling .................................night.
III. Write sentences with "wish".
E.g: I'm not at home now.
I wish I were at home now.
1. Our classroom doesn't have any windows.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. The sun isn't shining right now.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. The teacher is going to give us an exam tomorrow.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Lan doesn't know how to make a cake.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. We live in a small flat in the city.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Please don't say things like that.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. I can't go with you to the countryside next weekend.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. Nam is too young to ride a motorbike.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. My aunt and her children are not coming to dinner with us tonight.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. You are always forgetting your homework.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
The tiny village of Frinley is said to possess a "cursed tree". Because the trei was mentioned in a
newspaper, the number of visitors to Frinley has nov increased. The tree was planted near a church fifty
years ago, but it is only ir recent years that it has gained an evil reputation. It is said that if anyone
touched the tree, he will have bad luck; if he picks a leaf, he will die. Many villagers believe that the tree
has already claimed a number of victims. The vicar has been asked to have the tree cut down, but so far
he has refused. He has pointed out that the tree is a useful source of income as tourists have come from all
parts of the country to see it. In spite of all that has been said, the tourists have picked leaves and cut their
names on the tree-trunk. So far, not one of them has been truck down by sudden death!
1. Where and when was the tree planted?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. What has the tree got in recent years?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. What will happen to a man if he touches the tree?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Why is the tree a useful source of income?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Are the visitors afraid of what has been said about the tree?
..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Choose the best answer for each of the following sentences.
1. We ....................the nearest village before sunset.
A. came B. arrived C. went D. reached
2. If only I ....................in the countryside right now.
A. were B. am C. can be D. would be
3. He used to ....................his living by delivering vegetables to city hotels.
A. earn B. gain C. get D. make
4. I knewhim………….. I was achild.
A. until B. when C. as D. during
5. Well play tennis and ....................we'll have lunch.
A. so B. so that C. then D. after
VI. Rewrite the sentences (Use 2 - 5 words in total).
E.g Whose bag is this?
belong Who does this bag belong to?
1. I'm sorry I can't speak English perfectly.
wish
I .................................................................................................................................... English perfectly.
2. Walking among the green trees gave Liz pleasure.
enjoyed
Liz .......................................................................................................................................... green trees.
3. Peter is fourteen years old. Van is fourteen years old.
age
Peter ..................................................................................................................................................Van.
4. Mai began singing when she was eleven.
able
Mai has ............................................................................................................................ she was eleven.
5. It's a pity the weather isn't better today.
only
If .......................................................................................................................................... better today.
VII. Put the words in order to make meaningful sentences.
1. wanted / clearly / the front line / the President / we / so / to see / stood / in / we.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. holiday / she / in / wishes / Nha Trang/ spend / next summer / her / Liz / could.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. return/ twice / they / home / least / a month / town/ to / usually / at / their.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. started / after / pleasant / the countryside / home / day/ a/ to go/ in / they/ having.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. people / mountain resorts / some rest/ hard-working/ many go to/ to have/ a/ after/ week.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. the capital/ 80 kilometers / home village / about/ the north-east/ is / of/ to/my.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. hours/ boat/ got/ main/ after/ traveling/ to / island/ three/ by/ the/ we.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. some minutes/ a tree/ tired/ the man/ and/ he/ and/ for/ felt/ hungry/ so/ slept/ under/ sat down.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. stay/ until/ September/ uncle/ with/ the end/ my/ will/ of/ us.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. learned/ a lot/ people/ arrived/Tom/ about/ since/ Vietnamese / has/ he/ here.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 19
I. Which word is the odd one out?
1. a. maize b. rice c. flour d. bamboo
2. a. mountain b. stream c. river d. pond
3. a. pig b. cow c. cat d. buffalo
4. a. plant b. field c. crop d. steel
5. a. chalk b. book c. blackboard d. farmer
II. Read the passage and answer the questions that follow.
The first stamp in the world was an English stamp. It was made in 1840. Before that, people paid
money to the postman for every letter that they received and the postman did not give the letters to
anybody who did not pay him.
An English teacher, whose name was Rowland Hill, thought much about this. One day, he said
that the people who wrote the letter should pay for them, and not the people who got the letters. He then
spoke about it to the people in the government. Soon the post offices began to sell little pieces of paper
with a stamp on them.
1. Which country made the first stamp?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. When did the first stamp appear?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Before that, what did people have to do when they got a letter?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Did people get the letter if they refused to pay?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Who invented the stamp?
..................................................................................................................................................................
III. Give the correct form of he verb in brackets to complete the story.
I (1)..........(be) born and (2)..........(grow) up in a small town but I (3).........(always/ want) to work
in a big city. Last year, I (4)...........(decide) to move to Ha Noi Capital. I (5)........(already/ sell) my house
and farming land at low price. However, since then I (6)...........(hear) a lot of difficulties in the city life. I
felt sad about the future time and (7).................(not/ know) what I (8)..............(do) in this situation.
1. ............................................. 5. .............................................
2. ............................................. 6. .............................................
3. ............................................. 7. .............................................
4. ............................................. 8. .............................................
IV. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.
1. Please wait for me! I'll come there........a few minutes.
A. on B. at C. in D. for
2. She………..silent since she came in the room.
A. kept B. keeps C. has kept D. is keeping
3. After………..the work, she went home.
A. finish B. finising C. to finifh D. finished
4. They have planned to leave London………….June 15 th

A. on B. at C. in D. for
5. He writes……badly that I can’t read it.
A. such B. too C. very D. so
6. It would be nice to be able to fly so she wishes she………….
A. will fly B. can fly C. could fly D. flies
7. My aunt has gone abroad for 6 years. She’ll come back……….Christmas this year.
A. in B. at C. on D. for
8. Most of the remote villagers have been……..
 A. electric B. electrician C. electrical D. electrified
V. Rewrite the sentences using “wish-clause”
Eg: You are shouting so much.
I wish you stopped shouting.
1. I don't have a motorbike now.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I can't go on holiday with you.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. It is raining now.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. I don't know the answer.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I want to go to the concert with you but I am busy.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. You are making so much noise late at night.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. It's pity I can't borrow your car.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. You complain all the time.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. I'm sorry I can't help you.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. We live in a small house.
..................................................................................................................................................................
VI. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find and correct it.
1. She wish she had a modem computer.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. She felt tired but she went to bed earlier than usual.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Yesterday, Tom's mother buy a new bicycle for him.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Cattle is fed every day by the farmers.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I wish you can come to my birthday party next week.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Since the age of 10, he lived in this town with his grandparents.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. I'll pick you up at 6 o'clock in Sunday morning.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. I like to go to the countryside and my little sister likes, either.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. His mother was sick, if he stayed at home to take care of her.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. She's never visited Hue City. She wishes she can visit Hue this summer.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 20
I. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning.
1. Hurry or you will be late for the train.
If you ........................................................................................................................................................
2. "Did you go out with your brother last night?" said John to me.
John asked me ..........................................................................................................................................
3. She speaks English badly.
She wishes ................................................................................................................................................
4. She last wrote to me three months ago.
She hasn't ..................................................................................................................................................
5. It is very useful to speak English fluently.
Speaking English .....................................................................................................................................
II. Make all the changes and additions necessary to produce meaningful sentences
1. If/ you / want/ attend / English course / you / pass / written test.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. She / usually / practice/ listen/ English programs/ TV.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Last week/ we/ have/ picnic/ near/ foot / Ba Den Mountain.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Home village/ be/ 30 kilometers / from / city center.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. She/not apply/ this job / unless/ she/ have/ certification.
..................................................................................................................................................................
III. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.
1. My sister usually goes to school..........bus.
a. of b. with c. by d. on
2. He can't get his paid................he is too lazy.
a. unless b. if c. so d. but
3. They have lived in this town...........they were students.
a. since b. if c. when d. so
4. She looks very .............. in her new ao dai.
a. beauty b. beautifully c. beautify d. beautiful
5. He.............in his home village with his grandparents for 6 years but now he is living in the city with
his parents.
a. live b. lives c. lived d. has lived
IV. Put the correct form of the verbs in the brackets.
1. She usually (like)…………………......walking in the rain.
2. Last week, we (have).............................a picnic to my uncle's farm. It (be).............30 kilometers from
the city center.
3. She (not / know)....................................about piano. She wishes she (can /
play)....................................... .the piano well.
4. I (visit)..............................................Ha Long three times since I (start)..............working in Quang
Ninh.
5. It's 10 o'clock now. My mother (do)..............................the gardening, my brother (study)
....................... He (study)............................for three hours.
V. Read the following passage and answer the questions below.
Tropical rain forests are found in Amazon region of South America, central America, Africa, and
Southeast Asia. Rain forests are very important to the world's climate. The Amazon rain forests alone
receive about 30 to 40 percent of the total rainfall on the earth and produce about the same percentage of
the world's oxygen. Some scientists believe that the decreasing size of rain forests will affect the climate
on the earth, making it uncomfortable or even dangerous for life. Saving our rain forests is an
international problem. One country or even a few countries can not solve the problem alone. The nations
of the world must work together to find a solution before it is too late.
1. Where are tropical rain forest found?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. How are rain forests to the world's climate?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. How much percent of the world's oxygen does Amazon rain forests produce?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. What do scientists think about the decreasing size of rain forests?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Is saving our rain forests only a national problem?
..................................................................................................................................................................
VI. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.
1. I offered him a lift, (so /but/ and/ when) he didn't accept.
2. Why are these two dresses so different (in / on / at / from) each other?
3. Hurry! The train (comes / is coming / came / has come). I don't want to miss it.
4. She wishes she (will meet / would meet / would met / meet) her friend next week.
5. When he (work / works / worked / has worked) here, Simon was always making mistakes.
VII. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning.
1. He should turn off the light before leaving.
I asked him ...............................................................................................................................................
2. I'm sorry I can't tell you the truth.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
3. The teacher has told the pupils the funny story.
The pupils .................................................................................................................................................
4. Why did you come back, Tom?" he asked me.
He asked me .............................................................................................................................................
5. She isn't old enough to decide for herself.
She is so ....................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Make all the changes and additions necessary to produce meaningful sentences from the
following sets of words and phrases.
Dear Mary,
1. Thank you / much / your letter / arrive / few days ago.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. It/ be / lovely / hear / you.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I/ be/ sorry/ I not write / such/ longtime/ but/ I/ be/ very busy.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. As you know / we / buy / new house / May.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. It / be / bad condition / and it need / a lot / work.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. We finish / most / it / now / and it look / very nice.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. John and I / decide / give / house-warming party / October 2nd.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. you / think / you able / come?
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. Please give me / ring / let / know / you / make / it.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
10. I / really / look forward / see you again.
..................................................................................................................................................................
Peter
IX. There is a mistake in each sentence. Find and correct it.
1. The book who is on the table is interesting.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Please don't make so many noise. I'm studying.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I wish she was here tomorrow.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. After finish the work, he comes home.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Everything is going along beautiful.
..................................................................................................................................................................
X. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each space.
An increasing number of people are now going on (1).............to Egypt. Last year, for example,
about one and a half million (2).............visited Egypt. The (3)..............is about fifty million and the
(4)..............is El Oahira (Cairo), a busy city of just under nine million people. Although the (5)..........is
hot and dry and most of the country is desert, the average (6)..........from October to March is not too high.
The most (7)...........sights are the pyramids at Giza. However, it is also pleasant to (8)..............Alexandria,
Post Said and several other places and do as much (9)..............as possible in the time available. A
(10)............to Luxor is an unforgettable experience, and there are frequent flights there from Cairo.
1. a. holiday b. visit c. excursion d. trip
2. a. explorers b. voyagers c. tourists d. passengers
3. a. people b. citizenship c. nation d. population
4. a. principal b. head c. state d. capital
5. a. temperature b. climate c. condition d. position
6. a. weather b. measurement c. climate d. temperature
7. a. famous b. known c. visited d. requested
8. a. search b. inspect c. examine d. visit
9. a. viewing b. inspecting c. sightseeing d. looking
10. a. picnic b. trip c. entertainment d. guide
 practice 21
I. Circle A, B, C or D to choose the different word from the rest in terms of meaning.
1. A. tomato B. maize C. corn D. wheat
2. A. hen B. cock C. pig D. duck
3. A. goose B. buffalo C. sheep D. goat
4. A. cabbage B. cauliflower C. apple D. cucumber
5. A. plow B. dig C. fertilize D. erode
II. Circle A, B, C or D to choose the most suitable form of the words in brackets
1. I have great (admire) for his courage.
A. admirer B. admiration C. admiring D. admirable
2. Yesterday we visited a (collect) farm.
A. collection B. collector C. collective D. collecting
3. She is an (exchange) teacher who is going on an (exchange) to a high school in Scotland.
A. exchangeable - exchange B. exchanging - exchange
C. exchanged - exchange D. exchange - exchange
4. The information office is (locate) in the city center.
A. locate B. located C. location D. locating
5. Fishing is his favorite (relax).
A. relax B. relaxing C. relaxation D. relaxed
6. Our (hiking) holiday ended in a cheerful meal.
A. hike B. hiking C. hiked D. hiker
7. Wherever an accident happens, a large crowd soon (gather) on the street.
A. gathers B. gather C. gathering D. gatherings
8. Go down to the (grocery) store and get me some sugar.
A. grocery B. groceries C. grocer D. grocers
9. She was welcomed by (ac/mire) fans.
A. admirer B. admiration C. admiring D. admirable
10. You are invited to view our autumn (collect).
A. collection B. collector C. collective D. collecting
III. Choose one suitable word to fill each blank. Use the-correct form of the words.
picnic - gather route – comment – hitch hiker – sightseeing – grocery – hamburger – blanket - rest
1. The mountains were covered with a ........................................of fog in early morning.
2. Have you got any ..........................................to make on the event?
3. ........................................... are sold everywhere in my village.
4. The harvest had been safely ..............................................in before the storm swept through the farm.
5. He only has a ..........................................for his lunch.
6. ........................................ are everywhere these days.
7. It's a nice day. Let's go for a .........................................
8. You should ....................................your eyes after such long reading.
9. These are the main shipping ...........................................across the Atlantis.
10. Last week we went on a ........................................tour to an old village in the south of the city.
IV. Circle A, B, C or D to choose the most suitable word or phrase
1. The town is ...................situated on the bank of the river.
A. attractive B. attracting C. attracted D. attractively
2. During the trip to Japan, we ...................a lot of pictures.
A. took B. did C. made D. got
3. For centuries, poets, writers and musicians have ...................bamboos in poems, novels and songs.
A. said B. told C. mentioned D. talked
4. The rural areas in VN have ...................many changes over the last few years.
A. undergone B. undertaken C. understood D. underlined
5. They live in the ...................on the corner.
A. brick house old large B. large old brick house
C. old brick large house D. brick large old house
6. ................... of people gather in front of the church.
A. Hundreds B. Hundred C. A hundred D. One hundred
7. He lived on the ...................of the city.
A. boundary B. outskirts C. suburbs D. outside
8. How much does he ...................for cleaning the windows?
A. cost B. demand C. tip D. charge
9. Many villagers in Africa still make boats out of tree ....................
A. roots B. trunks C. stems D. branches
10. The ...................in the south of Sweden is very rich and fertile.
A. ground B. marsh C. soil D. land
V. Choose the most suitable preposition to complete each of the following sentences.
1. I'll be back ....................an hour.
A. in B. for C. after
2. I was in the army ....................the war.
A. under B. for C. during
3. Where are you going ....................your holidays?
A. to B. under C. for
4. I must be home ....................11.30 at the latest.
A. on B. by C. at
5. Do you usually have a holiday ....................Easter?
A. at B. on C. for
6. I haven't seen John ....................he got married.
A. until B. since C. before
7. See you ....................4 o'clock then.
A. on B. at C. in
8. I waited half an hour, and .....................last she came.
A. for B. at C. by
9. I'd like to book a table ....................6.30 this evening.
A. from B. at C. between
10. There was a delay of two hours ....................the plane took off. It was an unavoidable delay due to
bad weather.
A. after B. by C. before
VI. Rewrite the following sentences, keep their meaning unchanged.
1. It's a pity I can't borrow your car.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
2. Why do you have to complain all the time?
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
3. Why do you always come to class late?
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
4. John is sorry that he cannot speak French.
John wishes...............................................................................................................................................
5. She wishes her daughter were working harder.
Her daughter ............................................................................................................................................
6. When is it going to stop raining?
He wishes .................................................................................................................................................
7. I wish the flight wouldn't be cancelled due to bad weather.
It's a pity that ............................................................................................................................................
8. I wish Tom would save money.
I know that Tom .......................................................................................................................................
9. If only you had told me the truth.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
10. Why didn't you wake me up to see the shooting star?
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
VII. Fill each blank with one suitable word from the list to complete each of the following sentences.
Use each word once only.
countryside – country - setting – nature - bush – scene
landscape - scenery - rural - view - hilands - environment
1. Many people choose Switzeland for their holidays because of its beautiful .....................
2. Turner was one of England's most famous.......................................painters.
3. They stood gazing at the happy .................................of children playing in the park.
4. If I had to choose, I would much prefer to live in the ............................than in a town.
5. The main difference between the English and French .................................is that in England most
fields and meadows are bordered by hedges, giving the impression from a distance of a large
patchwork quilt.
6. Children living in ..................................areas often have to travel miles to school every day.
7. One of the most frightening examples of the force of .....................................is seen during a tornado.
8. In Australia, the name given to the wild, uncleared area of the country is the.......................................
9. Many people are very concerned with the way Man has destroyed and continues to destroy the............
10. Although I liked the appearance of the house, what really made me decide to buy it was the fantastic
VIII. Choose one suitable word to fill each blank to complete the following passage.
chidren - cities – farmers – poverty – members
agriculture - families – countryside - conditions - farm
There are two main factors that make it difficult to overcom (1)................ in the (2) ....................
First, there is a tendency to inherit one' occupation. If a person's parents work in agriculture, he will have
chances to wor in (3)................, and the income levels of many (4)................and fat workers are very low.
Another main problem is that (5)..............in th countryside are usually large. Before machines and modern
technology are applie to (6)...............work, the farm family used to need (7)................a workers. But now
although economic (8)................have changed they stil remain large families including several
generations. The older (9) .................. are old to work hard and the young men go to the (10)...............to
look for jobs. Those who are left behind have an ever greater burden to bear.
1. ............................................. 6. .............................................
2. ............................................. 7. .............................................
3. ............................................. 8. .............................................
4. ............................................. 9. .............................................
5. ............................................. 10. .............................................
IX. Complete the following sentences using SO and the suggested words.
Eg: Helen wants to take care of sick people so she hope to become a nurse.
1. Sheila/ love/ work/ with children/ become/ teacher.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Jane/ like/ work/ with animals/ vet
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Malcolm/ be/ outside in the fresh air/ farmer.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Suzy/ want/ earn/ a lot of money/ stockbroker.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Gill/ help/ children in developing country/ do voluntary service.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Janine/ like/ work/ with numbers/ accountant.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. My father/ want/ have more free time/ retire next year.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. My parents/ enjoy/ sail/ buy a cottage by the sea.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. They/ want/ to catch /early train /get up very early.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. Phuong/ want/ play for the dance/ practise the guitar every day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 22
I. Make a cross on the correct answer A, B, C or D in the following sentences.
1. What people………..the countryside is its fresh air.
A. like B. like much C. like about D. like a lot
2. ………….does it take to get there?
A. How B. How long C. How often D. How soon
3. I haven't heard any news of Peter…………..1999.
A. in B. since C. on D. before
4. Jeans were first………in Europe.
A. wear B. to wear C. wearing D. worn
5. Not many people think that country life is………..
A. bore B. boring C. bore D. boringly
6. After two hours travelling by bus, they………..a quiet town by the beach.
A. arrived B. got C. went D. reached
7. Will you join us on a……….trip to Vung Tau?
A. two days B. two-days C. two-day D. day-two
8. The Parkers have just gone out………….hamburgers.
A. to B. for C. with D. since
9. ……………is he going to the farm?
A. What B. Where C. Why D. Who
10. Exchange students in the USA…………their parents nearly every Sunday.
A. phone B. phones C. are going to phone D. phoned
11. He is the best fashion…………….I have known.
A. design B. designers C. designer D. designing
12. After school she works ………… in a supermarket in the afternoon.
A. full-time B. time-full C. part-time D. time-part
13. When he was your age , he…………….walk 5 kilometres to school every morning.
A. use to B. used to C. be used to D. used
14. He can help his parents to…………….eggs.
A. feed B. lay C. collect D. exchange
15. He'll show the photos he has taken……………….. his parents.
A. for B. with C. from D. to
16. …………..is it from the city centre?
A. How far B. How long C. Where D. How often
II. WORD FORMS
1. Getting to the village is a very (interest)…………………………. journey.
2. Visitors can catch sight of an old banyan tree at the (enter)……………………….of the village.
3. Dalat is a (hill)……………………….. city.
4. We really had an (enjoy)………………….………….day on the beach.
5. Their holiday was spent (enjoy)………………………………..on the mountain.
6. That little girl can dance (beauty)……………………….
7. Since her (arrive)………………………….the room has been full of laughter.
8. Most modern buildings I as underground (park)…………………………lots.
9. I went to the (grocer)……………………………. store to buy something.
10. There is no water left in the (near)…………………………well
11. He is now studing in the USA as an (dwge)……………………………student.
12. They have a good (collect)………………………..of stas
13. Japan is said to be a (mountain)…………………………….. country.
14. Finding that the film was (interest)……………………………… we tuni off the TV.
15. The (grow)…………………………… of trees occurs very slowly.
16. Most students go (picnic)…………………………….when they have one Saturday off.
17. Some package trips to Thailand are (surprise)……………………………..cheap.
III. PREPOSITIONS OF TIME
1. My interview is…………………..2 o'clock…………..Monday.
2. We've been waiting here…………….ten minutes.
3. Are you leaving HCMC for Ha Noi……………… Saturday morning?
4. Ken and Kate are on holiday ………………August.
5. The accident happened……………..a cold evening.
6. I always visit my parents……………..Christmas
7. Mike usually plays football……………….the weekend.
8. You've known me ………………ten years.
9. My sister was born………….. 4th April …………….1978.
10. The doctors operated the patient just………….time to save his life.
11. I was learning English ………….9 a.m yesterday when she came.
12. Good bye! See you ………….Thursday.
13. He hs worked here……………the war.
14. He was born………….. July 7'.
15. It sometimes rains …………Autumn.
16. He left school…………1999 and found a job………….the same year.
17. They were learning English……….. 2 p.m yesterday when she phoned.
18. They will fly to Singapore……………February.
19. What did you do…………….June 17°'?
20. He is a strange man who often calls……………..midnight.
21. The baby was sick, so she cried a lot ………………the night.
22. She's just gone out. She can't be back ……………. 10 P.M.
23. They have to work hard ………….Monday -- Saturday.
24. …………..this morning I thought that they were a couple.
25. Some workers work in the factory……………..the day and study …………. night.
IV. SENTENCE TRANSFORMATION
1. There was a banyan here a few years ago, but now there isn't.
There used ................................................................................................................................................
2. Their trips lasted three day.
They had ...................................................................................................................................................
3. Uncle Lurn has raised a lot of chickens and ducks on the farm,
A lot of chickens and ducks......................................................................................................................
4. When did you first know this bamboo forest?
How long .................................................................................................................................................
5. Many people go there on the weekends to rest after a hard working day.
Many people go there on the weekends for ..............................................................................................
6. Iam not in the primary school any more.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
 practice 23
I. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
1. They often go to that .......................to pray.
A. market B. hotel C. hostel D. shrine
2. We have some ....................... students for the program.
A. exchange B. exchanged C. to exchange D. exchanging
3. Are you a stamp ........................?
A. collecting B. collector C. collect D. collection
4. Cattle and sheep are grazing in the.................
A. bridges B. rivers C. fields D. meadows
5. Getting to the village is a very ....................journey.
A. interesting B. interested C. interest D. interests
6. The weaIher is nice. Shall we ................ mountains this morning?
A. go B. travel C. come D. climb
7. My village lies near the ................ of the mountain and by the river.
A. foot B. leg C. feet D. legs
8. He is considered one of the greatest ...................of the country.
A. heroes B. heroin C. heroines D. heroic
9. What do you think about his .........................of coins?
A. collect B. collector C. collection D. collective
10. There is a small bamboo ................. at the entrance to the village.
A. forest B. forestation C. forest ranger D. forestry
II. Choose the correct preposition to complete each sentence.
1. We will go ...................a picnic next week.
A. in B. at C. on D. to
2. My village is about 100 kilometers............the south of HCMC.
A. in B. at C. to D. for
3. There is a shrite ............................the top of the mountain near Amy uncle's house.
A. on B. in C. at D. to
4. We often go for a walk………. the weekends.
A. in B. at C. on D. to
5. They will come here ....................11:30 AM.
A- in B. at C. on D. to
6. She took many pictures to show the trip ..................her parents.
A- of B. for C. to D. with
7. There is a meeting ..................9 AM and 2 PM.
A. on B. between C. till D. at
8. He was born ....................15th, January.
A. in B. of C. at D. on
9. We have lived in Hanoi ......................4 years.
A. in B. since C. for D. at
10. She has come here ..........................yesterday.
A. in B. since C. for D. on
III. Supply the correct word form.
1. He is a famous stamp ........................................(collect)
2. He has a fine stamp ..............................................(collect)
3. They .........................................me to join their family to Hue last year. (invitation)
4. It is an ...............................................journey. (interest)
5. He is .......................................in playing soccer. (interest)
6. It was an ..............................................day. (enjoy)
7. She sings very .................................(beautiful)
8. The accident happens because of driving .................................(care)
9. You should ................................................for an hour. (relaxation)
10. There is a ..................................lot near my house. (park)
IV. Match a word in A with its meaning or equivalent in B.
A B
1. grocery store a. bring into one place or group
2. collect b. arrive at a place
3. entrance c. give food to eat
4. part time d. bring things together
5. reach e. where people buy food, small things
6. shrine f. way from a place to another
7. gather g. shorter or less than standard time
8. feed h. place where sacred things are kept
9. sightseer i. where you go into a place
10. route j. person who goes around to see objects or places of interest.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8. 9. 10.
V. Choose the best answer.
1. I wish you ..................us someday.
A. visit B. will visit C. visited D. would visit
2. He used to ..................full time, but now he is a part time worker.
A. work B. working C. worked D. word
3. Let's ...................somewhere for a drink!
A. go B. do C. going D. doing
4. I wish you......................me with my work.
A. help B. will help C. helped D. would help
5. The stamp collection made him ..................famous in the country.
A. he B. to he C. been D. being
6. They.....................in that house for several months.
A. live B. lived C. have lived D. are living
7. It rains heavily................... I can't go to the movie with you.
A. and B. but C. because D. so
8. My father ....................teaching in a small village 10 years ago.
A. starts B. started C. has started D. is starting
9. Minh wishes he....................a new bike.
A. would have B. has C. had D. will have
10. I wish you. it again.
A. don't do B. won't do C. didn't do D. wouldn't do
VI. Supply the correct tense for the verbs in brackets.
1. They used to ..................................................swimming in the afternoon. (go)
2. He wishes he .......................................a doctor. (be)
3. Is Lan used to ..................................................to Maryam? (write)
4. I wish they........................................ here tomorrow. (be)
5. I would rather you .................................................the test well. (do)
6. It's time we .........................................the bus. (catch)
7. He used to ..................................to the cinema on the weekends. (go)
8. I wish they ..............................here next time. (be)
9. She would rather he..........................................here on time. (come)
10. It's time we...........................................(go)
VII. Fill in the gaps with the words given in the box, then answer the following questions.
 asleep - stations - through - looking - journey
while - trouble – of - relax - although
(1) ........................I have a car, I prefer to travel by train, especially if I have to make a long (2)
................................As the train travels at speed (3) ......................the countryside, I can (4).......................,
drink a cup of coffee, read a book or just gaze out (5) .........................the window. Sometimes, the
movement of the train makes me fall (6) .............................., something you couldn't do (7)........................
driving a car. The (8) ..........................is that I hate waiting on cold (9) ..........................and I get angry
when I have to waste time (10) ..........................for a taxi or a bus at the beginning or end of my journey.
Questions:
1. What can the writer do when sitting on the train?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Does the writer like traveling by train?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. What makes the writer fall asleep?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. What's the trouble when traveling by train?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Which transportation do you like best? Why?
..................................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the paragraph.
My village is about 50 kilometers (1) ..............the city center. It is a very beautiful and (2)............
place where people (3)………flowers and vegetables only. It's very famous for its pretty roses and
picturesque (4)................The air is quite (5)………..; however, the smell of the roses makes people (6)
………..cool. In spring, my village looks like a carpet with plenty of (7)...............Tourists come to visit it
so often. Nowadays, with electricity, it doesn't take the (8)...............much time to water the roses. And
even at night, people can (9)...............along the path and enjoy the fresh smell (10).................the flowers.
1. A. on B. for C. from D. since
2. A. peace B. peaceful C. peacefully D. quite
3. A. grow B. buy C. grew D. bought
4. A. scenery B. sneces C. sceens D. scenes
5. A. cool B. fresh C. clear D. clean
6. A. felt B. to feel C. feel D. feeling
7. A. colors B. colorful C. spots D. styles
8. A. villages B. towns C. villagers D. city-dwellers
9. A. waked B. walked C. walk D. walking
10. A. on B. of C. in D. at
IX. Rewrite the following sentences
1. I like playing soccer and that's why I spend a lot of time on that ganme.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Because the weather was cold, they had to cancel their picnic.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. They studied very hard and that was why they passed the examination.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. They couldn't help you because they were not here.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I can't go out because it is raining
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. This book is interesting enough for me to read many times.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. This car is too old for me to buy.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
8. He is too young to go to school alone.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. You must be careful because he is very strict.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. The test was so long that I couldn't finish it in an hour.
..................................................................................................................................................................
X. Make sentences from the words and phrases provided.
1. I/ live/ 12 Van Phuc village / Bac Ninh province.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. It/ be far / town/ so / life/ quiet / peaceful.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Every day / get up early/ about 5:30.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. I /clean / teeth / wash / face / have / quick breakfast / walk to school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. It/ take/ half an hour / get there.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. I/ usually/ have / lessons/ morning/ so / often / home late / 12:30.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. I/ study hard/ school / because / not have/ time / study / home.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. I/ help / parents / work / farm / afternoon.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. Summer vacation / parents / often let me / grandfather/ Nha Trang.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. It / be / great time / because / I spend / all / time / there / go swimming.
..................................................................................................................................................................
11. Although / life / countryside/ still hard / I / love/ very much. –
..................................................................................................................................................................
12. That/ be / motherland.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 vocabulary 3
NOUN VERB ADJECTIVE ADVERB
Collection: sự sưu tầm, Collect: sưu tầm, Collective: có tình tập thể Collectively: theo
bộ sưu tập thu gom tập thể
Collector: người sưu tầm
Enjoyment: niềm vui Enjoy: yêu thích Enjoyable: thú vị Enjoyably: một
cách thú vị
Entrance – Entry: lối Enter: đi vào
vào, sự đi vào
Hero: anh hùng Heroic: can đảm, anh dũng Heroically: một
Heroine: nữ anh hùng cách anh dũng
Hunger: nạn đói, sự khát Hunger (for): khao Hungry: đói, thèm khát Hungrily: một cách
khao khát them khát
Interest: sự thích thú, sự Interest: làm cho ai Interesting: gây chú ý Interestingly: một
quan tâm thích thú Interested: thích thú, quan cách thích thú
tâm
Tiredness: sự mệt mỏi Tire: trở nên mệt Tired: mệt mỏi
mỏi Tiring: gây mệt mỏi

I. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word:

1. This club is open to those who are in reading books. (interest)
2. Never punish children by making them go . (hunger)
3. They showed no signs of after the walk. (tired)
4. His of stamps was built up over a period of twenty years. (collect)
5. The child licked his lips when he saw the cake. (hungry)
6. Most parents usually get a lot of from their children. (enjoy)
7. The children were surprised by the sudden of their teacher. (enter)
8. there were very few people withdrawing from the marathon. (interest)
9. The rescuers made efforts to save the victims of the earthquake. (hero)
10. My uncle is an avid of old coins. (collect)
11. My teacher always tries to make the lessons . (enjoy)
12. In some parts of the world, many people die of each year. (hungry)

II. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others in each
group:
1. A. shrine B. river C. smile D. fine
2. A. snack B. travel C. village D. paddy
3. A. boating B. coat C. road D. boarding
4. A. reached B. crossed C. worked D. joined
5. A. machine B. chance C. child D. reaching
 practice 24
I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other words.
1. A. exercise B. exert C. certificate D. terrific
2. A. terrible B. terminal C- certify D. term
3. A. exactly B. exert C. exam D. excellent
4. A. fear B. tear C. bear D. hear
5. A. famous B. tourist C. anxious D. tedious
6. A. food B. good C. soon D. too
7. A. cure B. tutor C. sure D. pure
8. A. sour B. flour C. devour D. tourism
9. A. think B. though C. thing D. thumb
10. A. busy B. bus C. but D. bunch
II. Rewrite each of the sentences so that the meaning stays the same.
1. "Do you know who broke the window, the ho'?" the man asked.
The man asked if ......................................................................................................................................
2. ‖Have you hurt yourself?" he asked.
He asked Susan if .....................................................................................................................................
3. Did I say that?" Peter asked..
Peter wondered whether ..........................................................................................................................
4. Did you lend them your camcraT he asked.
He asked if ................................................................................................................................................
5. "Does your brother live in London, Narn?" Lan asked.
Lan wanted to know if ..............................................................................................................................
6. I'll phone the office from the airport. Lan." he said.
He told ......................................................................................................................................................
7. She said, I really like this furniture."
She said.....................................................................................................................................................
8. "My parents are arriving tomorrow," she said.
She said.....................................................................................................................................................
III. Supply the correct tense for the verbs in brackets.
I (1. arrive) ...............in England in the middle of July. I (2. tell)…………that England (3. be)
...................schorouded if fog all year round, so I (4. be) ...................quite surprised to find that it was
merely raining. I (5. ask) .................an English man about the fog and he (6. say) ................ that it (7. not
be) .................any since the previous February. If you (8. want) .................to see fog, he said, you (9.
come) .................at quite the wrong time.
1. ............................................. 6. .............................................
2. ............................................. 7. .............................................
3. ............................................. 8. .............................................
4. ............................................. 9. .............................................
5. .............................................
IV. Make questions for the underlined words or phrases.
1. In order to improve your English you should practice listening to English tapes or English programs
on the radio.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. People learn English because it is useful for their work.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I want to know more information about the English course.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Mai studied English very well this semester.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I spend two hours a day practising speaking English.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. He needs to improve listening skill.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. Yes, I do. do. (I have difficulty in studying English.)
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. She drowsed in class because she didn't sleep well last night.
..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Match each question in A with a sentence in reported speech in B.
A
a. "Does this car belong to you?‖
b. "Do you like visiting old buildings?"
c. ―Is this the right road for Hastings‖
d. "Are you doing anything this weekend?"
e. "Do you watch TV every evening, Chris?"
f. "Are you enjoying your flight?"
g. "Have you ever been to Japan, Paul?"
h. "Are you in a hurry?"
B
1. She asked if I was in a hurry.
2. Helen asked me if I liked visiting old buildings.
3. The stewardess asked me iff was enjoying my flight.
4. Bill asked Mary if she was doing anything that weekend.
5. A policeman asked me if the car belonged to me.
6. John asked Paul if he had ever been to Japan.
7. David asked a passer-by if it was the right road for Ilaslings.
8. The interviewer asked Chris if he watched TV every evening.
1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.
VI. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. Any (add) ..................................information you may have on the accident will be the most useful to
the police.
2. This restaurant is (fame) ........................................for its western meals.
3. This examination will test you (proficient) .......................................................... in English.
4. In (accord) .............................................with the rules of the competition, the team was disqualified.
5. Have you seen the new (advertise) ............................................for Double Rich shampoo?
6. Janet has earned a good (repute) .............................................fur herself in school.
VII. Fill in each gap with one suitable word.
language – students – because – themselves – learn – among – others - English
Every year students in many countries learn English. Some of these (1) ..................are young
children. (2) ..................are teenagers and adults. Some learn at school, others study by (3) ...................A
few learn English just by hearing the language in film, on television, in the office, or (4) ................. their
friends. But not many are lucky enough to do that. Most people must work hard to learn another (5)
...................Why do people want to learn English? It is not difficult to answer that question. Many boys
and girls learn (6) ..................at school as a compulsory subject. Adults learn English (7) ..................it is
useful for their work. Teenagers learn English for their higher studies. Other people (8) ..................
English because they want to read newspapers or magazines in English.
 practice 25
I. Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences.
1. ..................a foreign language requires lots of effort and determination.
A. To learning B. Learn C. Learning D. Leaner
2. Your son should ...................more attention in classroom.
A. have B. take C. pay D. get
3. My teacher taught me ..................this word.
A. what to pronounce B. when to pronounce
C. how to pronounce D. why to pronounce
4. You should ..................speaking English as much as possible.
A. go B. practice C. have D. use
5. Do you have difficulties ..................learning a foreign language?
A. on B. in C. for D. at
6. He asked me ..................I liked watching English TV programs.
A. if B. when C. because D. what
7. If you want to attend the course, you must pass the ................... examination.
A. write B. wrote C. writing D. written
8. Are you ready to supply more ...................about your study if necessary?
A. news B. information C. report D. content
9. My favorite ...................at school was history.
A. topic B. class C. theme D. subject
10. Before you begin the exam paper, always read the ................ carefully.
A. orders B. instructions C. rules D. answers
11. If you want to pass the examination, you must study ....................
A. hardly B. enough C. thoroughly D. rather
12. It's difficult ...................in a noisy classroom.
A. to study B. study C. studying D. studies
13. Our teachers used to punish us by making us stay ............after class.
A. out B. in C. on D. behind
14. If you have any questions, ................... your hand.
A. raise B. rise C. raising D. rising
15. If you study harder, ...................
A. you will get a reward. B. you will pass the next exam.
C. your father will be very happy. D. All are correct.
16. If you spend time speaking English every day, ....................
A. you may pass the next oral exam.
B. you don't have to worry about the English speaking tests.
C. your speaking skill will progress so much.
D. All are correct.
17. Lan ...................her math exam and had to retake it again.
A. failed B. passed C. fell D. succeeded
18. Peter decided not to ................... for the examination.
A. take B. enter C. have D. get
19. We often do some ................... before the exams.
A. revision B. lesson C. learning D. housework
20. They have learned English ................. they were ten.
A. when B. for C. since D. until
II. Use the correct form of the word to complete the following sentences
1. We should pay more .................................................in class. (ATTEND)
2. Jim was a very gifted student, and learned ................................(EASY)
3. If you prepare the lesson very carefully, you will be more ............................................. to answer the
questions. (CONFIDENCE)
4. My eldest sister works for an ..........................................bank in Ho Chi Minh City. (NATION)
III. Use the cues given to make complete sentences
1. He / ask / if/ I/ can speak / Chinese.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Mother / ask / me / when / I/ start / learn / Japanese.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Her parents / happy / when / read / school report.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. English / one / most popular / language / nowadays.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. If / you / want / pass / entrance exam / university / study / hard.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. He / spend / most / time / listen / radio / every day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Underline and correct the mistakes
1. What do you often do at your free time?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. We used to participate in many English Speaking Club in our city.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Don't you know the important of self-study?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. I've made many progress in English recently.
..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Choose the word whose underlined and bold part is pronounced differently
1. A. arrived [Link] C. arranged D. prayed
2. A. dated B. savings C. case D. amount
3. A. improve B. postcard C. notebook D. pagoda
4. A. examine B. experience C. edition D. reputation
VI. Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meanings
1. "I'm going to the town with my mother."
Hoa said. Hoa ...........................................................................................................................................
2. It's a pity you can't go out with us now.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
3. Study harder or you'll fail the final exam.
If ...............................................................................................................................................................
4. The last time I went to the cinema was two years ago.
I haven't ....................................................................................................................................................
 practice 26
I. Put the following sentences into reported speech.
1. "If you want to learn English, I can help you," John said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. "Where are you studying?" Mr. Bruce asked.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. "Please call me at 6 o'clock tomorrow morning," said Mai.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. "Are you interested in this Language Center?" asked Lan.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. "We will spend our holiday in Da Lat next month," said Mrs. Chi.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. "Do you live here?" Liz asked.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. "What does your son want to learn?" the man said to Mr. Linh.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. "You must come today," Hoa said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. "I don't understand what you are saying," Tom told us.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. "There isn't any information about these colleges," Nam said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
II. Read the following passage and then fill in each blank with a suitable word from the box. Do not
use the same word more than once.
college difficult evening hard language
newspapers studies subjects teenagers useful
Every year many people in the world learn English. Some of them are young children. Others are
(1)…………. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others learn in (2) …………..classes. A few learn
English by themselves or just by the (3) ………..on television or among their friends. Most people must
work (4)………. to learn English. Why do these people want to learn English? It isn’t (5)…….to answer
that question. Young children learn English at school because it is one of their (6) ………… Many adults
learn English because it is (7)……for their work. Teenagers often learn English for their higher (8)……..
because some of their books are in English at (9)……..or university. Other people learn English because
they want to read (10)………… magazines in English.
1. ............................................. 6. .............................................
2. ............................................. 7. .............................................
3. ............................................. 8. .............................................
4. ............................................. 9. .............................................
5. ............................................. 10. .............................................
III. Put the following sentences into direct speech.
1. Minh said that his sister worked for a company in the city center.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. The examiner asked Lan how she learned English in her country.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Mr. Phong said that he was learning English in an evening class.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Paula told Lan not to be late for the exam the following day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Nga asked Jane if she could speak Vietnamese.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Mrs. Hue asked me how far it was from my house to the school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. The students said that they were having a test the next Friday.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. Trung asked the landlord how much the rent was.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. Mai asked Hoang whether his brother lived in Ho Chi Minh City then.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. Phuong said that she didn't have much time to write to her friends.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals.
1. Our school has a lot of ………………………………teachers. QUALIFY
2. When you take an exam, you are an …………………….. EXAMINE
3. We could see some strange…………………………..on her face. EXPRESS
4. Your English is much better, but there's still room for……………………. IMPROVE
5. You should write a letter of……………………………to that institute. INQUIRE
V. Rewrite the sentences
Eg: Whose bag is this? BELONG
Who does this bag belong to?
1. "You should enroll in this college," said my father.
................................................................................................................................................. ADVISED
2. If she doesn't hurry, she will miss the last train.
................................................................................................................................................... UNLESS
3. Work hard or you can't pass the exam.
...............................................................................................................................................................IF
4. "Where are you working now, Nam?" said Peter.
........................................................................................................................................................THEN
5. Let's attend the Brighton Language Center.
...................................................................................................................................................... DON'T
VI. Make all the changes and additions necessary to make a complete letter.
Dear Sir,
1. I / see / school's advertisement / TV / last night.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I / interested / learn English / and / I / like / information / school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I / study / English / four years / but / want / improve / speaking / and,/ listening / skill.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. I/ be / very grateful / if! you / send / details / courses / fees.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Look/ forward/ hear / you/soom
..................................................................................................................................................................
Your sincerely,
Nguyen Thanh Nam
 practice 27
I. Complete the sentences. Each time use one of the verb form in the box with the correct
preposition (on / about / of/ to/ for).
Eg: When I realised that I had taken the wrong umbrella, I immediately apologized for my mistake.
belong – care – consist – die – apologize – wait - depend - dream - listen
1. Tom is very selfish. He doesn't..............................................other people.
2. "Does this bike................................................you?" - "No, it isn't mine."
3. "Are you playing tennis tomorrow?" - "I hope so, but it.................................................... the weather."
4. A soccer team ...................................................... 11 players.
5. If you smoke, there's a great chance that you will………………………………...........lung cancer.
6. Last night, I.........................................................spending my vacations in the US.
7. He was.........................................................his children coming home from school.
8. I often ...................................... the radio while doing the housework.
II. Put the following sentences into reported speech.
1. Peter said: "You've made a terrible mistake."
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. "I'm leaving tomorrow." she said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. "Who did you give the money to?" my mother said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. The guide said: "Do you want to see the cathedral?"
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. "We were waiting for the school bus at 8 o'clock yesterday," they said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. The teacher said to me: "Why don't you answer my questions?"
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. "I'll come and see you off at the station," said Miss Mary.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. "How long have you been learning English?" said the examiner.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. My parents said: "You have to come home before 10 o'clock."
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. "I can't go to the cinema with you, John," she said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
III. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capital.
1. I want some................................................about my old friends. INFORM
2. You have to pass an entrance...........................................before studying in a college. EXAMINE
3. The teacher asked us to do the........................................in the book PRACTISE
4. He was absent from class yesterday because of his.......................................... SICK
5. We have some.....................................in studying English DIFFICULT
6. You look fatter. How much do you…………………………..........? WEIGHT
7. I like the........................................of Ha Long Bay. BEAUTIFUL
8. My brother has............................................some famous books EDITION
IV. Read the passage and answer the following questions.
Different language learners learn words in different ways. Some learners make a list and put into
it the meanings of new words in their mothe tongue, and try to learn them by heart However, others do
not Instead they write one or two example sentences with each new word in order to remember how to
use the word in the right way.
In order to remember words better, some learners even write each worc and its use on a small
piece of paper and stick it somewhere in theii house so as to learn it any time.
 Many language learners do not try to learn all new words they come across. They usually
underline or highlight only the words they want to learn. This helps them remember important words.
Learners do not only learn the meanings of new word but also how to spell and pronounce them so as to
use them in both writing and speaking.
There are also different ways of learning the same number of words. For example, if you try to
learn ten words in two days, you can do so in two ways. You can learn the first five words the first day,
and then learn the other five the next day. However, because revision is necessary, you can learn all the
ten words the first day and revise them the next day. These help you practise the words more times.
Language learners should try different ways of learning words so as to find out the best way for
themselves. Ask yourself the question: How should I learn words?
1. Why do some learners write example sentences with new words?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. What do some learners do to remember words better?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. What do language learners do to remember important words?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Why do learners learn how to spell and pronounce words?
..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.
1. The girl was afraid...........the tiger.
a. about b. in c. on d. of
2. My brother................English for 6 years.
a. learns b. learn c. has learnt d. have learnt
3. She drove so..............that she had an accident.
a. careful b. carefully c. careless d. carelessly
4. It was very wet ............. I decided not to go.
a. and b. so c. but d. or
5. Your parents.............you one hour ago.
a. phoned b. are phoning c. have phoned d. phone
6. I wish that I..........................her now.
a. can meet b. met c. could meet d. could met
7. Lan goes to...........................local church every Sunday with her parents.
a. a b. an c. the d. no article
8. I'll help you with money...........I have some.
a. if b. so c. but d. and
VI. Make all the changes and additions necessary to produce meaningful letter
Dear Mary,
1. It / be / month / since / I / write / you.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. And / we / not meet / or see / each other! three months.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Now here / be / suggestion / I / be / very / happy / make.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. You / come / stay here / me / weekend / after next?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I / love / have you / Friday evening / Monday morning.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. I / have / lot of! news / give you / many questions / ask.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. Please / write back / me / soon / possible.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 28
I. Make question for the following sentences using the word in brackets.
1. They went to the countryside for their weekend. (Where)
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. They have learnt English for three years. (How long)
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I've bought a new English grammar book. (What)
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Yesterday, I went to the cinema with my friends. (Who)
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. They are going to leave for Da Lat next week. (When)
..................................................................................................................................................................
II. Choose the best answer in the brackets to complete the sentences.
1. I've received a letter (by/ of/ from /with) my pen pal.
2. Which (subject / wbrk /exercise / job) do you like most? -English.
3. He improves listening skill by listening (of/ on / with / to) TV prograr every day.
4. It's very (useful / useless / use / usefully) to speak English well.
5. She would like (attend / to attend / attended / attending) an Engli course.
III. Rewrite the following sentences into reported speech.
1. "I've studied English for several years." said he.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. "Why are you late for class, John?" she said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. "Do you like learning English?" she said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. "Have you finished your exam?" she asked.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. "I find it difficult to learn English well." she said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Make all the changes and additions necessary to produce meaningful sentences
1. You/ get/ good job/ if/ you/ speak English/ fluently.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Unless / weather/ nice / we / stay / home.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. She / wish! she / go / theater/ me / tonight.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. They/ start/ learning/ English/ 2003
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. It/ impossible / finish/ work/ now.
..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Complete the sentences with one suitable word
turn off exam miss advise vacation
ions press carelessly accident birthday
1. You should.................................the lights before going to bed.
2. We're going to have an English..............................this afternoon.
3. She will...............................a lot of lessons.
4. My parents............................................me to learn harder for my final test.
5. I will attend an extra English course in my summer....................................
6. She is so intelligent that she can answer all my....................................
7. If you want to open the machine, you have to.......................................the button.
8. She drives very......................................, last week, she had an............................
9. I wish I could go to your............................party next week.
VI. Read the following passage and answer the questions below.
Zamenhof invented a new language called Esperanto to improve understanding between people of
different countries. He showed Esperanto to his friends to find out what they thought about it. Later in the
same year he went to study at a university in Moscow. He wanted to improve Esperanto. Zamenhof's
friends then worked hard to spread the new language. They tried to persuade schools throughout the
world to teach it. However, only a few people today speak Esperanto because more and more people use
English as a foreign language.
1. Why did Zamenhof invent a new language?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. What did he show Esperanto to his friends for?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Where did he go to study?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Who helped him to spread the new language?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Do many people today speak Esperanto?
..................................................................................................................................................................
VII. Read the passage below and write T next to the true sentence; write F next to the false one.
A LANGUAGE EVERYONE KNOWS
There is one languagc we all speak, no matter what country we live in; the language of numbers.
The language of numbers is called MATHEMATICS. You are learning it in school now. The simplest
kind is called ARITHMATIC. In high school and college you will learn other kind of mathematics. To
help all of us with mathematics, machines have been invented. They let us do problems faster and with
fewer mistakes. We know that the abacus or counting board was first of these machines. It was invented
many thousands of years ago, but it is still being used in China, Japan, and other countries. Today,
computers are used all over the world. These computers seem to think. Of course, they really don't. They
do only what people tell them to do. But they do it much better and faster than a person could. Inside, a
computer may look very confusing to you. But the people who run it know just what to do. They can
make a computer store up facts and give them to other people. They can make it solve hard problems and
help us to live better. Like people all over the world, these machines speak the same language:
NUMBERS.
1. The simplest kind of mathematics is Arithmetic.
2. In high school and college you will learn arithmetic.
3. Machines do problems faster than men.
4. The counting board is no longer being used in the world.
5. Computers were invented a thousand years ago.
VIII. Choose the best answer in the brackets to complete the sentences.
1. There is no (need/ necessity/ wanting/ demand) for you to start yet.
2. Herry is a sailor. He spends most of his time at (a / an / the / no article) sea.
3. What was the name of the- girl (who / whom / whose / which) phoned you yesterday.
4. If I find your pen, I (will tell/ would tell /had told/ told) you.
5. I wish I (know / knew / to know / to have known) how to control this machine.
6. She had the roof (repair / repaired / to repair / repairing) yesterday.
IX. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capital.
1. She will...................................a literature play for use in school. EDITION
2. They......................................................their articles in daily newspaper. PUBLICATION
3. She has a......................................for being intelligent. REPUTE
4. My teacher has much ................................................. of teaching. EXPERIENCE
5. Actually, she is a....................................teacher. QUALIFY
6. He is not a very ..................................... driver. EXPERIENCE
7. There are twenty................................... in the race COMPETE
8. If at first you don't............................................, try again SUCCESSFUL
9. The room was well decorated, and was..............................admired by everybody. ATTRACT
10. The New Year........................................ has been considered a great holiday. CELEBRATE
11. The manager must think deeply before making an important........ DECIDE
X. Rewrite the sentences
Eg: How much is this book?
cost What does................
What does this book cost?
1. She likes watching this TV program because it is interesting.
enough
This TV program ............................................................................................................................ to see.
2. Why are you interested in taking up a new hobby?
want
Why ............................................................................................................................... up a new hobby?
3. Zuzame was too excited to sleep.
that
Zuzarne was............................................................................................................................... not sleep.
4. "I will complete the work only if you pay me 10$ extra." said Torn.
unless
"I will ................................................................................................. you pay me 10 $ extra." said Tom.
5. Keyboards like that aren't big enough to use.
small
Keyboards like that ............................................................................................................................ use.
6. I don't really want to visit the museum.
rather
I would.................................................................................................................................. the museum.
XI. Read the following passage and answer the questions below.
In Australia most children attend primary school from the age of five. Only two percent of
children of primary school age are educated at home. Some children who go to school also take up extra
activities such as learning to play a musical instrument or dancing, and they go to private classes for these
and for school subjects they find difficult or particularly interesting. Ninety percent of the population go
on to secondary school, but a much smaller percentage pass the final year of secondary school
examinations and complete a university degree. At the moment university students and graduates make up
less than a third of the total population. Australian universities are modern and well equipped. Most
teaching is by a combination of lectures, tutorials and practical classes. The humanities course like
History and Philosophy, usually involve a lot of extra reading in the library. To become a primary or
secondary school teacher, it is usually necessary to study university for three years or more.
1. When do children in Australia go to primary school?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. How many percents of the population go on to secondary school?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Do all of them pass the final year of secondary school exams?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. How are Australian universities?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. How many years is it usually to study at university to become secondary school teacher?
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 29
I. Choose the most suitable preposition to complete each of the following sentences.
1. It's impossible to know...................advance what will happen.
A. by B. on C. in D. for
2. She has a reputation ...................being lazy.
A. of B. in C. by D. for
3. The cost amounted ..................£370.
A. to B. on C. up D. by
4. These centre offer a large amount ..................work.
A. to B. for C. with D. of
5. She is taking a course .................business English which will be useful for her future work.
A. for B. to C. in D. with
6. I know .................experience that Susan will arrive late.
A. by B. from C. for D. with
7. It was clear, even ..................publication, that the book would be a great success.
A. up to B. in C. before D. after
8. What would that be ..................German?
A. from B. in C. by D. into
9. The duty of our centre is to train well-qualified workers ..................this industrial park.
A. at B. in C. of D. for
10. He speaks English .................a very strange accent.
A. by B. in C. with D. on
II. Choose one suitable word to fill in each blank. Use the correct form of the words.
publish - intermediate - advance – amount – qualify – dormitory – fee – experience – edit – campus
1. Food was provided in different ..............................................
2. The .....................................of our college is in very bad condition.
3. She soon got used to the ..........................................life.
4. We have just received a bill for school ………………………....................
5. This book is for students of ...................................level.
6. Have you ever .....................................Italian food?
7. One article shouldn't be ........................................in various newspapers.
8. What sort of .........................................do you need for the job?
9. He has just .......................................a book of poetry.
10. Scientist have ...............................a new theory to explain this phenomenon.
III. Choose the most suitable form of the words in bracket.
1. The continued (advance) of civilization can be seen everywhere.
A. advancement B. advancements C. advance D. advances
2. The shop promised to keep the goods for me if I paid a (deposit).
A. deposit B. depositor C. depository D. depositing
3. This is the 4th (edit) of the book and it is still a best-seller.
A. edition B. editor C. edit D. editorial
4. You can rely on this (experience) babysitter.
A. experience B. experienced C. experiencing D. all ABC & D
5. She has been working in the (institute) of History for 10 years.
A. Institution B. Institutional C. Institute D. Both A & C
6. (Language) is the science of languages.
A. Linguistic B. Linguistics C. Linguist D. Linguists
7. Soldiers must obey (order).
A. orders B. disorder C. order D. All A, B & C
8. There are many (publish) on the subject.
 A. publishers B. publications C. publishing D. publishes
9. This is a highly (repute) shop.
A. reputable B. reputation C. repute D. reputed
10. On the way we stopped several times to admire the (scene).
A. scenery B. scene C. scenes D. scenic
IV. Use the correct form of the words to fill each blank.
A student learning English (1. occasion) ....................meets the following problems when he
listens to (2. talk) ...................and lectures. It is difficult to decide where one word finishes and the next
one starts. In (3. speak) .............., many sounds cause a student (4. difficult) .................and he fails to
identify them. Some words in English, which occur very (5. common) ..................., have weak form. An
overseas student identifies them with difficulty. In (6. add) .................... many students sometimes do not
hear the (7. stress) ..................syllable in a word. This problem never arises in print.
The (8. lecture) .................... who uses an (9. formal) ....................style and who pronounces his
vowels with a strong accent will be difficult to follow. A student takes notes more (10. easy)
...................when the lecturer speaks with a BBC accent.
1. ............................................. 6. .............................................
2. ............................................. 7. .............................................
3. ............................................. 8. .............................................
4. ............................................. 9. .............................................
5. ............................................. 10. .............................................
V. Rewrite the following sentences, using Reported Speech.
1. Jack said to Rose, "I can't live without you.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. "We're going to Perth on holiday this summer," Daisy told me.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. " I needn't get up early here," said Mary to Jack.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. "I am going down town now," said Bob.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. The pupils said, "We have just finished our lesson."
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. "If you don't work hard, you will get bad marks," She warned me.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. "I will go to the supermarket with Mary now," Mum said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. "He is working in his room now," Peter's mother replied.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. ―You shouldn't buy that color," said Marsha, "It doesn't go with your coat.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. " I've been to many countries before," Laura said.
..................................................................................................................................................................
VI. Complete the following sentences with IF or WHEN.
1. ……………….you can't do your homework, ask for help.
2. I'll pay you back ................................I next see you.
3. Ill come to bed..........................this programme ends.
4. ……………….anyone phones me, tell them I'm out.
5. Come on ...................we hurry, we'll catch the bus.
6. …………………I play tennis with Justin, he always wins.
7. The shops are full of things to buy...........Christmas comes.
8. "I've lost my bag ." .............................I find it, I'll let you know".
9. He will be angry .........................you wake him up.
10. I will close the door .................................the last person leaves.
VII. Underline and correct the mistake in each of the following sentences.
1. He asked me what did I intend to do after I graduated.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Tell the taxi driver where do you want to go.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. The doctor asked me that if I felt okay.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. I wondered who else would be in the class tomorrow.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I told them I was waiting for a phone call from my family at the moment.
..................................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Complete the following sentences using Reported Speech.
1. "What are you talking about?'
Samasked Kim..........................................................................................................................................
2. "Have you seen my new grammar book?"
David asked me ........................................................................................................................................
3. "Can you help me with this report?"
Rosa asked Bruce .....................................................................................................................................
4. "Where is Nadia now? She has just been here."
Jennifer asked me .....................................................................................................................................
5. "Will you be in class tomorrow, Felix?"
Mike wanted to know ...............................................................................................................................
6. "How do you like living here?"
John asked his sister .................................................................................................................................
7. "Have you seen "King Kong"?"
Fred asked his girlfriend ...........................................................................................................................
8. "When are we leaving, Dad?"
Alan asked ................................................................................................................................................
9. "May I borrow your dictionary, Li?"
Boris wanted to know ...............................................................................................................................
10. "What course are you taking here?"
Susan asked me ........................................................................................................................................
 practice 30
I. Make a cross on the correct answer A, B, C or D in the following sentences.
1. The United Nations …………an important part in preserving the peace in the world.
A. play B. was playing C. played D. plays
2. He is too busy………..care of her.
A. taking B. to take C. took D. taken
3. English………… one of the most the most popular languages nowadays.
A. was B. is C. were D. are
4. That's the man………….. mother tonge is Chinese.
A. which B. whose C. that D. of which
5. She………….a famous singer some years ago.
A. is used to be B. is used to being C. used to be D. used to being
6. They have been learning English…………..their childhood.
A. to B. from C. for D. since
7. Peter………..in that bank for three years. Then he …………….to a new branch.
A. worked / was transferred B. has worked / transferred
C works/ I transfer D. has been working / was transfered
8. A computer can gather a lot of……….for many different………
A. informations / purpose B. informations / purposes
C. inforrnation / purposes D. information / purpose
9. The interviewer asked her…………….her name………..
A. what I was B. if/ was C. what / is D. if/ is
10. The excited children were looking forward……….with the foreign teacher.
A. to weak B. spoke C. to speaking D. for speaking
II. WORD FORMS
1. Since the (attend) ………………………..was poor, they had to cancel the course.
2. They are studying hard for their coming (examine)………..…………………
3. His English is good enough to make a (speak)…………………………….
4. They enjoy talking to (foreign)………………………………….in English.
5. They are having a (wonder)…………………….…….time on the beach.
6. He is a young teacher, but he is very (experience)………………………………
7. My cousin works for a (nation) ……………………………bank in HCM city.
8. (Understand) ……………………………might lead to some problems.
9. I found this problem extremely (difficult)……………………………….
10. I’d like some (inform)……………………………..about your school, please.
III. REPORTED SPEECH
EXERCISE 1:
Ex: a. "I like your new dress."
Peter said (that) he liked my new dress.
b. "You look nice this morning."
Peter told me (that) I looked nice that morning.
1. "I'm waiting for my parents now."
Peter said ..................................................................................................................................................
2. "I will help you whenever you need me."
Peter told...................................................................................................................................................
3. "I"n planning to go to America for my higher studies next year."
Peter said ..................................................................................................................................................
4. "This is the longest film that I've ever seen."
Peter told...................................................................................................................................................
5. "I'll come with you as soon as I'm ready."
 Peter said ..................................................................................................................................................
6. "There will be a good cartoon on TV tomorrow evening."
Peter told...................................................................................................................................................
7. "You can use my telephone if you need it."
Peter said ..................................................................................................................................................
8. "You are my best friend."
Peter told...................................................................................................................................................
9. "I have two English classes this afternoon, but I haven't finished my homework yet."
Peter told...................................................................................................................................................
10. "If you meet my father, you will recognize him at once."
Peter said ..................................................................................................................................................
EXERCISE 2
Ex: a. "I am afraid that we'll be late for school."
John told Fiona (that) they would be late for school.
b. ―I must go home now."
John told Fiona (that) he had to go home then.
1. "I must stay at home tonight to finish my homework."
John said ...................................................................................................................................................
2. "I promise to come with you tomorrow."
John said ...................................................................................................................................................
3. "We can find a lot of good English books in this bookshop."
John told Fiona .........................................................................................................................................
4. "The English exam is easy."
John told Fiona .........................................................................................................................................
5. "I'm sure you will be better at English than you are soon."
John said ...................................................................................................................................................
6. "You must follow your parents' advice."
John said ...................................................................................................................................................
7. "My father teaches me English at home, so I don't go to evening classes."
John told Fiona ........................................................................................................................................
8. "I am studying very hard now because I want to get better marks this semester."
John told Fiona .........................................................................................................................................
9. "I will stay here a bit longer to wait for our friends."
John told Fiona .........................................................................................................................................
10. "I come here today just to congratulate you on passing your exam."
John said ...................................................................................................................................................
EXERCISE 3
Ex: a. "Do you like living here?" (Cousin Alice)
Cousin Alice asked you if/whether you liked living here.
b. "Are you cold today?" (Aunt Catherine)
Aunt Catherine wanted to know if/ whether you are cold that day.
1. "Are you going to move to live in the countryside?" (Uncle Tom)
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. "Do you like the presents from your children?" (Mr. Eddy)
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. "Will you live here the rest of your life?" (Miss Jane)
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. "Can you read without your glasses?" (Grandson John)
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. ―Do you think your hearing wil be better" (You)
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
6. ―Are you tired of the noise from the street here?‖ (Your mother)
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. ―Is your hearing aid good?‖ (Your father)
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. ―Can you hear me clearly now?‖ (Aunt Lucy)
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. ―Do you remember me?‖ (Your boy friend)
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. "Do you miss your old friends?" (His friend Smith)
..................................................................................................................................................................
EXERCISE 4
Ex: a. Mr. Manh said to Mrs. Phi, "What are you doing now?"
Mr. Manh asked Mrs. Phi what she was doing then.
b. "Where do you live, David?" asked Jane.
Jane asked David where he lived.
c. "Where did you go last weekend, Peter?" said his girl friend.
Peter's girl friend asked him where he had gone the weekend before.
1. ―Where are you now?" said Jane to her brother.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. My mother said to me, "Why are you so lazy and naughty?"
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. "What is your new English teacher like?" John asked his friends.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. The doctor asked the woman, "How often do you go swimming?"
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. "Where will you spend your vacation this summer, Peter?" said Mary.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Mr. Harry asked me, "Why are you often late for school?"
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. "What do I have to do in this situation?" said the lady to the policeman.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. The policeman said to the children, "Why are you playing football here?"
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. "Who teaches you English this academic year?" said Mary to John.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. Mrs. Brown said, "Where are you working now, Mr. Smith?"
..................................................................................................................................................................
EXERCISE 5
Ex: a. He said, "I am interested in this subject."
He said (that) he was interested in that subject.
b. "What is your favourite sport, Peter?" said his girl friend.
Peter's girl friend asked him what his favourite sport was.
c. "You are a bit late, John" said the teacher.
The teacher told John that he was a bit late.
d. "Will you be late for school from now on, son?" Mrs. Brown said.
Mrs. Brown asked whether / if he would be late for school from then on.
e. He said to me, "I was sleeping then."
He told me that he had been sleeping then.
1. She asked me, "Do you like English?"
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
2. My brother said to my mother, "I will be able to speak English as fluently as you do soon."
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. "Why are you looking at me like that?" said the girl to the boy.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Mr. Pike asked his daughter, "How are you feeling now?"
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. He said, "I am hungry now, Mum."
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. "What do you want me to help you now?" she said to her son.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. "You have to explain all these things, son," said Mrs. Brown
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. The teacher said to the school-girl, "What subject do you like best?"
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. The man said to the boys, "You are wasting your valuable time on these computer games."
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. ―What are you going to buy for your sister on her birthday this time, David?" said Ann.
..................................................................................................................................................................
11. The girl said to me, "My brother and I will come to see you tomorrowevening".
..................................................................................................................................................................
12. ―Do you know that I'm suffering from the noise you are making?" said the old man to the boys.
..................................................................................................................................................................
13. She said, "I want to know how you can study new words quickly, Peter."
..................................................................................................................................................................
14. "Most of us have difficulty in learning English," said the children.
..................................................................................................................................................................
15. "Doing these exercises is a good way for you to remember this grammar point," the teacher said to the
students.
..................................................................................................................................................................
16. My father said to me, "What happened to your computer?‖
..................................................................................................................................................................
17. The old woman said to the children, "While I was watching TV yesterday evening
you made so much noise."
..................................................................................................................................................................
18. "My father has just come back from my uncle's farm," said the boy.
..................................................................................................................................................................
19. "Why were you so late for the party last night?" he said to his friends.
..................................................................................................................................................................
20. The girl said, "I must go home now because my parents have been waiting for me at home."
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. READING COMPREHENSION
A. Read the passage below carefully and choose the best answer.
The main (1)…….fo the widespread demand for English is its importance as an
(2)……….language. Besides serving the needs of (3)…………native speakers, English is a language
which is (4)………..in science, media, communication, international conferences, aviation, sport, and so
on. More than 350 million people (5)………English as their mother tongue, or native language, another
350 million speak it as a second language. In addition, it is difficult to get the information of how many
people speak it as a (6)…………language.
English is (7)..………becoming popular. Most of the scientific (8)………….have so far
been carried out in English-speaking countries. Computer programmes are mostly designed in English.
Most of reference books aro also written (9)............English. English ir taught in most high schools and
universides in the world. All of these make English not only a useful tool in many fields but also a good
access to the world of (10)……………The better your English is, the more opportunities you have to
succeed in your life.
1. A. cause B. reason C. purpose D. need
2. A. nation B. nationality C. international D. mother tongue
3. A. thern B. their C. it D. its
4. A. used B. using C. use D. uses
5. A. say B. speak C. tell D. talk
6. A. foreign B. first C. second D. native
7. A. quick B. rapid C. increasingly D. increasing
8. A. invent B. inventors C. invention D. inventions
9. A. in B. by C. of D. on
10. A. know B. knowledge C. learn D. scientific
B. Fill in the blank with one suitable word
on – the – written – others – answer – their – why – because – are - by
Every year many people in (1)…………world learn English. Some of them (2) ………..young
children. (3)………….are teenagers. Many are adults. Some learn at school, others learn in evening
dasses. A few learn English (4)…………themselves or just by hearing the language (5)………….tevision
or among their friends. Most people must work hard to learn English. (6)……… do all these people want
to learn English? It is difficult to (7)………….that question. Young children learn English at school
(8)………it is one of their subjects. Many adults learn English because it is useful for (9) ……….work.
Teenagers often learn English for their higher studies, because some of their books at college are
(10)………… in English.
1. ............................................. 6. .............................................
2. ............................................. 7. .............................................
3. ............................................. 8. .............................................
4. ............................................. 9. .............................................
5. ............................................. 10. .............................................
 practice 31
I. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
1. This year the only award for the ..............student belongs to him.
A. good B. well C. better D. best
2. The restaurant has the ..............for serving some of the finest food.
A. repute B. reputation C. reputed D. reputable
3. .............. aspects of learning English do you find the most difficult?
A. What B. Where C. When D. Why
4. We think that with our solidarity we can ...................this difficulty.
A. overdo B. overgo C. overtake D. overcome
5. They couldn't pass the final ...........................
A. exam B. examine C. examining D. examination
6. We have many well......................... teachers here.
A. qualify B. quality C. qualified D. qualification
7. This shirt costs..........................88,000VND
A. approximative B. approximately C. approximation D. approximate
8. If you study at The Brighton Language Center - UK, you can live in ………….on campus.
A. dormitory B. mobile room C. hotel D. private room
9. I saw your school's ............in today's edition of the Vietnam News.
A. advertise B. advertisement C. advertiser D. advertising
10. I can complete a ........................English test if you want.
A. speak B. spoke C. spoken D. speaking
II. Word form
1. He is a strict ...................................................(examine)
2. I want to ..............................................at course. (attendance)
3. This school has excellent ..........................................(repute)
4. We often take part in many .........................................activities at school. (culture)
5. If you want to .......................................your English, we can help you. (improvement)
6. Please phone this number for more ………………..............................(inform)
7. I want to ..................................................for selling my house. (advertisement)
8. He is an ............................................of this newspaper. (edition)
9. This book is not .............................................(avail)
10. He .....................................answered these questions (exact)
III. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
1. She said that she ..............learning English with you.
A. like B. liked C. liking D. to like
2. The government supplied the victims ................food and water.
A. to B. with C. on. D. for
3. She asked me where I ................from.
A. come B. came C. to come D. coming
4. What aspect of .................... English do you find difficult?
A. study B. studied C. learnt D. learning
5. If you want to attend the course, you ................pass the examination.
A. have to B. has to C. had to D. could
6. She ..................me whether I liked classical music or not.
A. ask B. asks C. asked D. asking
7. He asked me who the editor of this book .................
A. is B. are C. was D. were
8. He told me he .......................leave the city the following day.
A. will have to B. would have to C. has to D. had to
9. He wants to know whether I ...................back tomorrow.
A. come B. will come C. would come D. came
10. I wonder why he ...................love his family.
A. doesn't B. don't C. didn't D. hasn't
IV. Supply the correct verb form.
1. She asked me where I (buy) ...............................that car.
2. She asked him where he (be) .........................................from.
3. They said that they (sell) ...............................their house.
4. I asked them if they (pass) ..................................the final exam.
5. I asked him if he (can) .......................................help me.
6. She said to me that she (sell) ...................................that car the following day.
7. He asked me where I (go) ..................................the previous day.
8. The teacher asked her why she (not do) ......................................the test.
9. I asked her if she (pass) ................................the final exam.
10. They asked him if he (must) .................................go then.
V. Rewrite each sentence, beginning with the words provided.
1. ―I have something to show you now," he said to me
He told me ................................................................................................................................................
2. "I'm leavin here for Hue tomorrow," she said.
She said.....................................................................................................................................................
3. ―I'll come with you as soon as I am ready," Tom said to her.
Tom said ..................................................................................................................................................
4. "I must go now," the father said to us.
The father sail ...........................................................................................................................................
5. "Who puts the salt in my cup of coffee?", asked Peter.
Peter asked................................................................................................................................................
6. "Why do you come here late?", she asked me.
She asked ..................................................................................................................................................
7. "Can you play the piano?", he asked the girl.
He asked the girl .......................................................................................................................................
8. "I'm having a good time here," said Maryam.
Maryam said .............................................................................................................................................
9. "Do e pop music?" Hoa told Maryam.
Hoa asked Maryam ...................................................................................................................................
10. "Where do you live, the boy?" asked the man.
The man asked .........................................................................................................................................
VI. Read the passage carefully and then answer the questions below it.
People who know Salley Ride say she is intelligent and confident. She also thinks deeply about
things, but she is not always serious. She is fun and enjoys humor but she is in a hurry to get on to more
important things.
At high school she became interested in science. At university she studied English and Physics.
After completing her studies at Stanford University, she worked as a researcher. In 1977, she was one of
the 1,000 women and 7,000 men who applied for the astronaut training program when she was 25. She
was one of the 35 women who were accepted to start the program in 1978. As part of her training, she
learnt to be a jet pilot and a flight engineer. She married during her training. Her husband, Havley, is also
an astronaut. They do not plan to have any children yet.
1. How old is Salley Ride now?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Is she a pleasant woman? How do you know?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Who did she marry?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. What did she do in 1977?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Have they got any children?
..................................................................................................................................................................
VII. Fill in each gap with one suitable word. There are three extra words you do not need to use.
knows - understanding - things - subjects - written
many - to - know - friendship - in - what
English is a very useful language. If we (1) ................English, we can go to any countries we like.
We will not find it hard to make people understand (2) ..............we want to say. English also helps us to
learn all kinds of (3) ..........Hundreds of books are (4) ............in English every day in (5)……… countries.
English has also helped to spread ideas and knowledge (6) ..............all corners of the world. Therefore,
the English language has helped to spread better (7) .........and (8)………among countries of the world.
1. ............................................. 5. .............................................
2. ............................................. 6. .............................................
3. ............................................. 7. .............................................
4. ............................................. 8. .............................................
VIII. Put into indirect speech.
1. He said to me, "I can't do this test"
He said to me ............................................................................................................................................
2. They said to him, "We are learning English now"
They told him ...........................................................................................................................................
3. She said to me, "I will go to China next week"
She said to me...........................................................................................................................................
4. They asked him, "Do you like to play this game?"
They asked him ........................................................................................................................................
5. He said to me, "I must finish these works on time"
He told me ................................................................................................................................................
6. She asked me, "Why do you have to do this work?"
She asked me ...........................................................................................................................................
7. They asked him, "Shall we go to the stadium tomorrow?"
They invited him ......................................................................................................................................
8. He said to me, "Do this test again, please!"
He requested me .......................................................................................................................................
9. The teacher said to them, "Don't make noise in class!"
The teacher told them ..............................................................................................................................
10. Mary said to me, "Can I borrow you some money? I want to buy this shirt"
Mary asked me ........................................................................................................................................
 vocabulary 4

NOUN VERB ADJECTIVE ADVERB

Advertisement: mục hoặc Advertise: quảng cáo
bài quảng cáo
Advertising: sự, ngành
quảng cáo
Agreement: sự đồng ý Agree: đồng ý Agreeable: vui vẻ, dễ chịu
Disagreement: sự bất đồng Disagree: bất đồng Disagreeable: khó chịu
Difficulty: sự khó khăn Difficult: khó khăn
Examination: kỳ thi Examine: sát hạch,
Examiner: giám khảo xem xét
Examinee: thí sinh
Practice: sự luyện tập Practice: luyện tập Practical: thực tiễn, thực Practically: 1 cách
dụng thực dụng
Scenery: phong cảnh Scenic: đẹp vì có nhiều
phong cảnh

I. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word:

1. Elena is very sociable. She has no in making friends. (difficult)
2. Lazy students are worried about the they are going to take. (examine)
3. It takes a lots of to speak English fluently. (practical)
4. We took the route to the countryside and enjoyed the beauty of nature. (scenery)
5. Your idea sounds good, but I with it. (agree)
6. They have put an in the newspaper to sell their house. (advertise)
7. Do you have any experience of working as a social worker? (practice)
8. Working as a tourist guide is a way of your English. (practice)
9. You will have to get your parents’ if you want to go on the trip. (agree)
10. As an , Mr. Stern showed no favor to any candidate.. (examine)
II. Complete the sentences with the words given:
Look forward to necessary details native speakers
approximately close to in the end learn by heart
1. The beach was close to our hotel, so we walked there every morning..
2. It is not easy to all the new English words in every lesson.
3. In the oral examination, the examiner asked me a lot of questions, and she
told me to describe a picture.
4. Learning English with can help you speak English fluently.
5. Please, phone me as soon as you get there. I hearing from you.
6. The interviewer asked me if I would work at night if .
7. Can you supply me more about the job?
8. It takes seven hours to travel from this city to Dalat by car.
III. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others
1. A. aspect B. attend C. agree D. again
2. A. written B. practice C. exercise D. service
3. A. word B. course C. sport D. lord
4. A. other B. mother C. clothes D. cloth
5. A. asked B. finished C. used D. passed
 REVISION TEST 2.1
I. Choose the word or phrase among A, B, C or D which best completes each sentence.
1. I think you ..................better not encourage the students to take extra lessons.
A will B. should C. could D. had
2. ..................people use public transports nowadays.
A. More B. Less C. Lesser D. Much
3. His assistant hasn't come, ..................?
A. does she B. has she C. hasn'tshe D. doesn't she
4. Do you ..................my smoking in here?
A. want B. worry C. concern D. mind
5. The dustmen ...................the ruhhih every day.
A. pick B. collect C. bring D. worry
6. Stephen always wanted to be an actor when he ..................up.
A. grew B. brought C. settle D. came
7. She wondered ...............:.. her only son was then.
A. where B. if C. whether D. what
8. The . .................of petrol goes up and up. It'll never go down.
A. cost B. price C. value D. expense
9. He never goes fishing in winter...................?
A. doesn't he B. isn't he C. does he D. hasn't he
10. The meeting will be .................to discuss the matter further.
A. run B. had C. held D. occurred
11. If a country ..................no rain for a long time, this dry period a drought.
A has had - is B. has - is called C. had - called D. had -would be
12. I'm going to wait until you ..................your work.
A. have finished B. finished C. had finished D. will finish
13. I am very tired. -……………….
A. Me too B. Also me C. I also D. I do so
14. Helen asked me .................. the film called "Star Wars‖
A. have I been B. have you seen C. if I had seen D. if had I seen
15. She can't get home .................. she has no money.
A. unless B. if C. until D. without
16. Let's go for a walk,………………?
A. will we B. do we C. shall we D. must we
17. While he .....................the poster, a door behind him opened.
A. stared at B. was staring at C. has stared at D. had stared at
18. Active: No one has asked me that question before.
Passive: ....................................................................
A. That question has ever been asked me by no one before.
B. That question has never been asked me before by any one.
C. I have not ever been asked that question before.
D. I have never been asked that question before.
19. They are busy................. their homework now.
A. do B. to do C. to have done D. doing
20. It’s nearly two years since I last ..................to Da Lat.
A. have been going B. have gone C. went D. had gone -
21. I wish to apply ................... the post.
A. in B. for C. to D. x
22. If he ..................harder, the results would be better.
A. has worked B. works C. worked D. will work
23. I think he will join us....................
A. doesn't he B. will he C. won't he D. does he
24. I'm looking forward to ................. on vacation.
A. go B. be going C. going D. having gone
25. He seldom goes fishing...................
A. doesn't he B. is he C does he D. isn't he
26. It was really kind………….. you to help poor people.
A. from B. on C. of D. in
27. Ellen started ..................about her problem.
A. to talk B. talking C. talked D. A & B are correct
28. We finished ..................around seven.
A. eat B. to eat C. eating D. eaten
29. I like ..................music while I'm studying.
A. listen B. to listen C. listening D. B & C are correct
30. I forgot ..................the door when I left my apartment this morning.
A. to lock B. locked C. lock D. locking
31. She needs ..................her writing.
A. to improve B. improve C. improved D. improving
32. The questions were very difficult....................?
A. weren't they B. did they C. were they D. didn't they
33. She asked me how I ...................English in the future.
A. will use B. would use C. used D. use
34. I'm interested ...................learning vietnamese.
A. at B. of C. with D. in
35. I can complete a ...................Vietnamese test if necessary.
A: speak B. speaking C. spoke D. spoken
36. ..................television people can get the latest information and enjoy interesting programmes.
A. With B. Thanks to C. On D. On behalf of
37. Remote controls are used to ..................with TV.
A. interact B. interacting C. interacted D. interaction
38. People got the news ..................town criers in the old days.
A. to B. ifom C. with D. by
39. What do you use the Internet ..................?
A. to B. with C. of D. for
40. I ..................most of the time surfing the web a day.
A. spend B. waste C. take D. consume
 REVISION TEST 2.2
I. Choose the correct answer.
1. You ..................forget to post the letter, did you?
A. did B. could C. didn't D. couldn't
2. I haver't seen you lately. We ..................three months ago.
A. last meet B. met last C. last met D. have last met
3. The bus collected us ..............5 o'clock early ...............the morning.
A. at/ on B. at / at C. from / to D. at / in
4. I can't stop ..................chocolate. I ..................addicted to it since I was 4 years old.
A. eating / was B. to eat / was C. eating / have been D. to eat / have
5. Since Van arrived, he has been able to learn ..................about life on a farm.
A. lots of B. a lot C. a lot of D. lot of
6. There wasn't much rain last year………...... the crops weren't very good.
A. because B. so that C. so D. so as
7. Neither Lan nor her friends .................going to class today.
A. is B. are C. wasn't D. weren't
8. I learned to drive ..................1990 ..................the age of 17.
A. since / as B. in / at C. since / with D. in / with
9. The restaurant has the ............for serving some of the finest food.
A. knowledge B. sound C. reputation D. information
10. He has so ..................money that he can't afford to buy food.
A. few B. many C. little D. much
11. I wonder ..................
A. why he doesn't love his family. B. why doesn't he love his family.
C. why does he love his family. D. why he loves his family?
12. They asked me ..................I had seen Dr. Clark the day before.
A. that B. ifC. whether D. Both B & C are correct
II. Rewrite as directed.
1. "I'm leaving here for Hanoi tomorrow," he said.
He said ......................................................................................................................................................
2. There was fog. Their flight was delayed. ( so ... that)
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. They can't go hiking with us this Sunday.
We wish ...................................................................................................................................................
4. I asked Nam why he didn't borrow that book from the library.
― .........................................................................................................................................‖ I asked Nam.
III. Supply the correct form of the words in brackets.
1. I'd love to go to your party but......................................................, I have to go somewhere else.
(fortunate)
2. He drives ................................................., so he never has an accident. (care)
3. Did you see the ..............................................for English courses on TV last night? (advertise)
4. We stopped at some .......................................shops to buy some food. (near)
IV. Make meaningful sentences with the following cues.
1. If you / want / attend / course / must / pass / written exam.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. People / go / village / have / rest / after / hard-working week.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Lan / look forward/ go / trip / Nha Trang / tomorrow.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Nam / not learn / lesson / so / punish / teacher.
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions below it
Zamenhof invented a new language called Esperanto to improve understanding between people of
different coutries. He showed Esperanto to his friends to find out what they thought about it. Later in the
same year he went to study at a university in Moscow. He wanted to improve Esperanto Zamenhof's
friends then worked hard to spread the new language. They tried to persuade schools throughout the
world to teach it. However, only a few people today speak Esperanto because more and more people use
English as a foreign language.
1. Why did Zamenhof invent Esperanto?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. What did he do in Moscow?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Who helped him to spread Esperanto?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Do most people today speak Esperanto? Why or why not?
..................................................................................................................................................................
VI. Choose the correct answer
1. She is ..................a singer nor an actress.
A. nor B. both C. neither D. either
2. ..................you hurry, you won't catch the bus.
A. Unless B. As C. Although D. Except
3. They asked me ..................I liked pop music.
A. that B. if C. whether D. B & C are correct
4. What time were you born' .........8 o'clock ..................the morning.
A. from / to B. at / in C. from / in D. at / on
5. Getting to the village is a very ..................journey.
A. interesting B. interested C. interest D. interests
6. The Parkers are nice .........Van feels like a member of their family.
A. so B. because C. but D. however
7. I like to see the sports program every weekend. That's my ............
A. popular B. favorite C. likable D. preferable
8. " ..................have they lived here?" "- For five years."
A. When B. How often C. How much time D. How long
9. "My watch is broken." "- ..................you have it repaired?"
A. Why do B. Why don't C. Why not D. Why not do
10. He wanted to know
A. whether I would come back the next day.
B. whether I would come back tomorrow.
C. whether I will come back the next day.
D. whether I will come back tomorrow.
11. Do you know that the …………......of the rewards are coming on Sunday?
A. recipients B. receptions C. receptionists D. receipts
12. They put ..................the blankets and laid ..................food.
A. in / on B. down/ over C. down / out D. on / in
VII. Fill in the blanks with the suitable prepositions
1. There was nothing interesting ..................so I turned the TV
2. Mai did well on her exam ..................learning hard .................two hours every night.
VIII. Give the correct form of the words in parentheses.
1. Reading books is helpful to develop the students' .....................................(know)
2. This bookshop is rather small in .....................................with the ones we have just visited. (compare)
3. I prefer ......................................English to written English. (speak)
4. Oxford is a university with an excellent .................................................in England. (reputable)
X. Make meaningful sentences with the following cues.
1. You / have / difficulty / study / foreign language /?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. There / river / flow / across / village.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. If you / want / well / ought / stay / bed.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. He / have / so / books / cannot / read.
..................................................................................................................................................................
XI. Read the following passage, then make questions and answer them
A VISIT TO A FARM
Last summer, Peter and his classmates went to the countryside. They went to visit a farm on
which Peter's Uncle Tom worked. They left early in the morning and went there by bus. Uncle Tom and
some workers met them at the bus stop and took them to their farm. On the way, Uncle Tom showed them
the field of wheat and vegetables where some tractors were running up and down, plowing and breaking
the soil, distributing manure and planting potatoes.
After lunch, they all went for a walk. In the large yard of the farm they saw some farm machines.
Among them is the biggest machine which is called a combine harvester. They were told that this
machine can cut and thresh corn at the same time.
In the afternoon they went to the cattle farm. Horses, sheep and cows were raised here, and cows
were milked once a day. Uncle Tom also spoke about different things and about life in town and in the
country. After having some tea and cakes they said goodbye and went home.
1. How / Peter / classmates / go / Uncle Tom's farm?
..................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. What / tractors / do?
..................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. What / typical / combine harvester?
..................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. What kinds / farm animals / raised / there?
..................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................
 REVISION TEST 2.3
I. Circle the best answer
1. If you want to attend the course, you............pass the examination
A. have to B. has to C. had to D. could
2. The interviewer asked her ..............her name ...................
A. what / was B. if/ was C. what / is D if/ is
3. The excited children were looking forward ..............with the foreign teacher.
A. to speak B. spoke C. to speaking D. for speaking
4. After school she works .................in a supermarket in the afternoon.
A. full - time B. time - full C. part - time D. time - part
5. ...................does it take to aet there?
A. How B. How long C. How often D. How far
6. I don't know .......................you like it.
A. do B. did C. are D. if
7. She was .......................tired that she couldn't do anything at all.
A. such B. so C. very D. too
8. We are going to send some ................students for the program.
A. exchanging B. exchange C. exchanged D. to exchange
9. They want to win the prize, .......... they have to try their best to play.
A. as B. if C. such D. so
10. We have a lot of well- ...................teachers here.
A. qualify B. quality C. qualified D. qualification
11. I can complete a ..............English test if you want.
A. speak B. spoke C. spoken D. speaking
12. She wishes we ................her some day.
A. visit B. will visit C. visited D. would visit
13. The stamp collection made him .............. famous in the country.
A. famous B. happy C. excited D. sad
14. She has been here .............yesterday.
A. in B. since C. for D. on
15. How about ..............to Thuan An beach ?
A. going B. go C. to going D. to go
16. A foreigner asked me ................I was a student.
A. whether B. when C. that D. why
II. Use the correct form of the words in brackets
1. My cousin works for a ...............................................bank in Ho Chi Minh City. (nation)
2. I'd like some ........................................................about your school, please. (inform)
3. This book is not .........................................(avail)
4. We are .................................in reading comics. (interest)
5. It was an ........................................day. (enjoy)
6. I saw your school's ..................................................in today's edition of the Vietnam News. (advertise)
7. He is a famous stamp..........................................(collect)
8. We often take part in many ................................................activities at school. (culture)
III. Rewrite the following sentences as directed.
1. She is too lazy to pass the test. (Use "So")
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. "What is your favorite sport, Peter?" He asked. (Use reported speech)
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. You have to correct this exercise carefully. (Change into the passive)
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. "Don't kick up the flowers." said the gardener. (Use reported speech)
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. He asked: "Are they learning English now?" (Use reported speech)
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. The boss is too busy to watch TV. (Use "so")
........................................................................................................................................................................
7. They have painted the wall white. (Change into the passive)
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. It is about 2 kilometers from my home to school. (Make a question with "How far")
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Complete the following sentences
1. She / wish / it / not rain / today.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. They / see / that film / TV / last night.
..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Complete the following passage with one suitable word
some – on – their – answer – because – are – by - why
Every year many people in the world learn English. Some of them(1)……….young children. (2)
……….are adults. Some learn at school, others learn in evening classes. A few learn English (3)............
themselves or just by hearing the language (4) ..............television or among their friends. Most people
must work hard to learn English.(5)................do all these people want to learn English? It is not difficult
to (6)……….... that question. Young children learn English at school (7)...............it is one of their
subjects. Many adults learn English because it is useful for (8)................work.
VI. Underline the mistake and correct it
1. I wish I have a chance to live in a modern country like Singapore.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. How far does it take you to get there?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I don't know how spell this difficult word.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. The examiner [Link] how I will use English in the future.
..................................................................................................................................................................
VI. Choose the word whose underlined and bold part is pronounced differently
1. A. arrived [Link] C. arranged D. prayed
2. A. improve B. postcard C. notebook D. pagoda
3. A. examine B. experience C. edition D. reputation
4. A. song B. pleasure C. soft D. passage
VII. Choose the word in each group that has the underlined part pronounced differently from the
rest
1. A. campus B. relax C. locate D. fashion
2. A. qualify B. baggy C. grocery D. scenery
3. A. gather B. there C. ethnic D. although
4. A. ploughed B. published C. ordered D. prayed
5. A. exchange B. reach C. chance D. champagne
VIII. Underline the mistake and write the correct it
1. Mr. Quang said that he was going to Ho Chi Minh City tomorrow.
2. We wish that it will stop raining, so we can go out.
3. I Van and his friends reached Ohio in Saturday evening.
4. If Ba won't come soon, he might be late for the exam.
5. Paula told me that she is happy to see my sister.
IX. Choose the best answer for each of the following sentences.
1. Viet got up late …………… he couldn't catch the first bus.
A. then B. so C. as D. when
2. He can't earn money……………..he has no job.
A. unless B. until C. if D. without
3. Long wishes he…………… have to clean all the windows.
A. don't B. doesn't C. wasn't D. didn't
4. We met a lot of people…………our holiday.
A. during B. while C. for D. at
5. Direct speech: "Where are you going next Sunday?" he asked me.
Indirect speech: A. He asked me where am I going next Sunday.
B. He asked me where I am going next Sunday.
C. He asked me where was I going the following Sunday.
D. He asked me where I was going the next Sunday.
X. Rewrite the sentences
1. Practice speaking every day or you can't improve your English.
If ...............................................................................................................................................................
2. John lives in a small flat and he doesn't like it.
John wishes...............................................................................................................................................
3. "Do your grandparents still live in Nha Trang now?" said Nam to me.
Nam asked ................................................................................................................................................
4. Spending the weekend in the countryside is very wonderful.
It's .............................................................................................................................................................
5. Nga is pleased to meet her aunt again soon.
Nga is looking ..........................................................................................................................................
XI. Put the words in the correct order to make meaningful sentences.
1. lunch / is / now/ cook/ going / has to / the market / she Ito / ba/ so.
........................................................................................................................................................................
2. whether/ studying / school / stranger / was / that / me / a/ at / asked/ I.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. weight / meat / want / shouldn't / much / if/ lose / too / you Ito / eat / you.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. between / Friday/ 4 pm / a / and / on / meeting / 9 am / is / there.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. visit / London/ that/ summer/ uncle / Peter / next/ his/ he/ in / could/ wishes.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 32
I. Pick out the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the other words.
1. A. invention B. question C. information D. protection
2. A. channel B. charity C. challenge D. chaos
3. A. interact B. ask C. contact D. damage
4. A. remote B . control C. tomb D. both
5. A. publish B. popular C. documentary D. refuse
6. A. response B. promise C. realise D. base
7. A. sew B. few C. dew D. news
8. A. however B. show C. how D. cow
9. A. movie B. correct C. computer D. compose
10. A. advertise B. wonderful C. entertain D. internet
II. Choose the most suitable words in italics in each sentence.
1. Lets go to London next week, (shall we / won’t we) ?
2. You shouldn’t have told me, (did you / should you)?
3. Jim hasn't been waiting long, (was he / has he ) ?
4. You wont tell anyone about this, (do you/ will you) ?
5. You're not doing what I told you, (do you / are you) ?
6. Answer the phone for me, (will you / do now) ?
7. George can't drive a car, (can he / does she) ?
8. You’ve got to leave now, don’t you / haven’t you) ?
III. Put the verbs in brackets into the gerund or the infinitive.
1. He gave up (smoke)………………………………..
2. I suggest (hold) ...............................................another meeting next week.
3. I don't enjoy (go)…………………………….. to the dentist.
4. She wants (go) .............................................away for a few days.
5. The boys like (play)…………............................games but hate (do)......................................lessons.
6. He pretended (be) ...............................................sick.
7. We don't expect you (come) ..........................................to class late again.
8. I am looking forward to (see) ...........................................you.
IV. Rewrite each of the sentences
1. I'd like you to help me shut the door.
Would you mind .......................................................................................................................................
2. Please don't disturb me.
I don't want ...............................................................................................................................................
3. That meal was excellent!
What .........................................................................................................................................................
4. I phoned Mr. Browns company because I wanted to see him.
I wanted to see Mr. Btown .......................................................................................................................
5. He gets up early in [Link] and he's used to it.
He's used to...............................................................................................................................................
V. Fill in each gap with one suitable word.
faraway – designed – make – means – pictures – through – entertainment – in addition to
Television and computers (1)..........................quick access to information and entertainment. (2)
........................ are appealing to young audiences:(3) ..............they both have something for everyone, day
and (4)……….….Whether you want (5) ..................check the weather, the stock market. (6) ...................
the latest music hit, either TV or a (7)……...….connected to the Internet is the (8) ...................... of choice
for many people.
VI. Read the passage carefully and decide if each of the statements is true (T) or false (F).
NEWSPAPERS IN BRITAIN
 If you get on a bus or catch a train in Britain, especially during the morning or evening "rush
hour". when most people travel to and from work, you will see a lot of people with their heads in a
newspaper. More daily newspapers, national and regional, are sold in Britain than in most other deloped
countries. A lot of people buy a morning paper, an evening paper and a couple of Sunday papers so it is
not surprising to learn that national newspapers have a circulation of 15.8 million copies on weekdays and
17.9 million on Sundays. Papers are generally divided into "quality" papers which are serious with nu.
inlormative articles, and popular" papers known as tabloids, because their smaller size. Tabloids are less
serious and contain more human interest stories than news. In 1980s a new quality paper, The
Independent, and a new tabloid, Today, were introduced. Today had pictures and pages in colour and that
started a fashion: now most tabloids are in colour.
1. British people read a lot of newspapers.
2. People read more papers on Sundays.
3. People don't read ne\\Spapers Oil their way to work.
4. There is less news in a quality paper than in a tabloid.
5. The paper Today was the first to introduce colour pictures.
6. All papers are printed in black and white.
[Link] a question tag to each sentence.
1. Pam and Tim got married last year, ....................................?
2. I don't think John's very friendly, ................................?
3. David is bringing some wine, ...............................?
4. Mary owns a restaurant, ...........................?
5. You don't need me any more, ........................................ ?
6. Don't leave anything behind,....................................?
7. They've been to London,................................?
8. The ticket to London doesn't cost a lot,.………….......................?
VIII. Complete the sentences with an appropriate form of the words in brackets.
1. Radio was ...................................................by Marconi. (invent)
2. English is .........................................used in the world. (wide)
3. He left the company for a ............................................of reasons. (vary)
4. This country is paying attention to the ........................................ of tourism. (develop) .
5. ..........................................films shouldn't be made. (violence)
6. He spends 2 hours a day ....................................................the web. (suf')
IX. Make meaningful sentences from the sets of words and phrases provided.
1. TV programs/ show/ violence.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. You/enjoy / watch / action films?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. TV / bring / family / shared activity.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Mother/ hate/ watch / advertisement / TV?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Internet shopping / become / more popular,
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. E-mail technology / affecting/ way / we live / think.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 33
I. Choose the word whose underlined and bold part is pronounced differently:
1. A. advance B. amount C. campus D. access
2. A. dated B. dropped C. dressed D. impressed
3. A. telegraph B. persuade C. Internet D. website
II. Choose the best answer to complete each of the following sentences.
1. Remote controls are used to ..................with TV.
A. talk B. interact C. get D. speak
2. The ..................tell us what is happening in our city, in our country and in the world.
A. forecasts B. media C. advertisements D. television
3. The audience enjoyed the play so much that they..................for ten minutes.
A. booed B. screamed C. applauded D. handed
4. Thanks to the ..................of the internet, we can now get access to electric newspapers.
A. develop B. developing C. developed D. development
5. .................. videos is becoming a popular form of entertainment.
A. Watching B. Doing C. Taking D. Turning
6. Let's go to a different cinema. I'm not very ............on horror films.
A. keen B. interested C. impressed D. enthusiastic
7. I don't think this program is .................. for young children.
A. wonderful B. suitable C. worth D. keen
8. The Internet has..................developed and become part of our everyday life.
A. increased B. increasing C. increasingly D. increasedly
9. Are you ................. in going to the cinema with me this evening?
A. keen B. interested C. fond D. excited
10. Lan would like ...............a correspondent when she ..................up.
A. to be / grow B. being / grows C. to be / grows D. to be / grew
11. Lien suggests…………..dinner in a nice restaurant.
A. having B. have C. to have D. has
12. Nga is excited ................. the coming Hue festival.
A. in B. about C. at D. for
13. He went on ................. in spite of the heavy rain.
A. walk B. walked C. walking D. walks
14. What are you looking ..................?- A pen. It may be somewhere in this room.
A. at B. up C. on D. for
15. Watching TV gives us ..................after a hard working day.
A. entertain B. entertainment C. entertained D. entertains
16. Today, the Internet is..................used. We can see a lot of products advertised on it.
A. commercial B. commercialize C. commercially D. commerce
17. No one has read that news...................?
A. haven't they B. have they C. don't they D. do they
III. Use the correct form of the word to complete the following sentences
1. Most people are ..........................................in using the Internet. (INTEREST)
2. Thanks to the ...............................................of Internet, we can get access to different valuable
resources of the world.(DEVELOP)
3. Since the information revolution began……………………….................. has been quicker and easier.
(COMMUNICATE)
4. Most children enjoy watching ....................................................on TV. (ADVERTISE)
IV. Use the cues given to make complete sentences
1. We / need / you / retell / last piece of news / TV.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Lan / practice / listen / BBC News/ every day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I / finish / read / comic book / an hour ago.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. First color TV pictures / produce / 1926.
..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Use the verbs in brackets in the correct form to complete the following sentences
1. Most young students ................................interested in ....................................the Internet. (be / use)
2. I don't know how .....................................it. I ...............................it. (operate / never try)
3. ....................he ever ....................................the Internet before? (explore)
4. I prefer ........................TV to spending my spare time..............................on the Internet. (watch / chat)
VI. Rewrite the following sentences without changing their meanings
1. Lan is fond of watching this TV program.
Lan enjoys ................................................................................................................................................
2. Do you fancy going to the cinema?
Would you like .........................................................................................................................................
3. Getting information is very easy nowadays.
It's ............................................................................................................................................................
4. Have you read this article on the website?
You have ..................................................................................................................................................
5. S. Theater programs usually have lots of information.
There.........................................................................................................................................................
6. Tom is too young to go to the cinema by himself.
Tom isn't ..................................................................................................................................................
 practice 34
I. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the sentences.
1. The children prefer (watch)…………………..…to (read)………………………books.
2. The boys like (play)……………………..games but hate (do)……………………..
3. Would you like (go)……………………………..now or shall we wait till the end?
4. I can't find my favorite book. You (see)………………………….
5. We used (dream)…………………………… of a television set when we (be)………………….
6. Would you mind (show) how (send)……………………….e-mail?
II. Complete each of the following sentences with the correct tag.
1. Your brother doesn't like watching TV, ……………………..?
2. Let's listen to the radio,……………………?
3. Mary is reading a book in her room, …………………………?
4. His parents won't buy him the new game,………..……..……..?
5. You've just used the computer,………………………?
6. Turn off the television,……………………..?
7. There are many interesting programs tonight, ………..………………..?
8. I'm late for the party,…………………..?
9. Baird didn't produce the first TV picture before 1920,……………………..?
10. They never go to the theatre, ……………………….?
III. Choose one sentence that has the similar meaning to the original one.
1. Please lower volume from 11pm.
A. Switch off at 11.
B. Do not make a noise at midnight.
C. Reduce the noise after 11.
D. Switch off before midnight.
2. Ring 003377 to place an advertisement in this paper.
A. You can make telephone calls from here.
B. You can buy'advertisements here.
C. You can advertise if you ring this number.
D. You can write advertisements on this paper.
3. Do not adjust your picture. There is a technical fault.
A. There is something wrong at the TV station.
B. There is something wrong with the TV.
C. You should switch off your TV.
D. You should call an engineer.
4. When a program includes a "15 "film no person under fifteen years of age be admitted.
A. These programs are over 15 years old.
B. Anyone over 15 can see these films.
C. These programs were made for 15 years old.
D. Anyone under 15 must be with their parents.
5. Someone somewhere wants to hear from you.
A. You have forgotten to make a phone call.
B. Why not make a phone call?
C. Phone calls are cheaper now.
D. You have lost a phone number.
IV. Complete each space in the following sentences with the right form of an appropriate verb.
1. Could you ...............................on the TV, please? I want to ..........................the news.
2. Did you .................................that program on TV last night?
3. Ssh. I'm ...........................to the radio.
4. Have you ...............................this article? It's very good.
5. If you aren't watching the TV, could you ................................it off, please?
6. Stand still. I want to ..........................a photograph.
7. Can you set the video-recorder? I want to .............................this program.
8. I don't ...............................the Internet very often because I don't have much time.
9. You can ...............................with me by means of e-mail or chatting.
10. In the past, town criers ...................................the latest news as they were walking through streets.
V. Read the passage below and choose the best answer for each space.
There has been a revolution in the world of newspapers. Not many years (1)………., newspapers
were still being produced using techniques unchanged for (2) …….…hundred years. The journalists gave
their stories to a typist, who prepared them for an edit who passed them on (3)……… ….the printer.
The printer, who was a (4)…………skill man, set up the type. (5)………was then [Link] make the
pages. When the pages were complete, the printing machines could be (6)……………Nowadays what
(7)………..? The journalists type their stories into a compute. The (8) ………..checks their spelling,
plans the page, shapes the artiiles. When the pages are ready, another computer may control the printing.
(9)………….can be no doubt about it, producing a newspaper is an entirely different (10)………..now.
1. A. before B. after C. ago D. yet
2. A. a B. some C. an D. over
3. A. to B. by C. through D. with
4. A. hardly B. mostly C. partly D. very
5. A. They B. Which C. This D. All
6. A. switched B. started C. stopped D. moved
7. A. gives B. occurs C. goes D. happens
8. A. computer B. editor C. typist D. printer
9. A. It B. There C. You D. We
10. A. skill B. work C. management D. business
VI. Read the passage and decide whether each of the following statements is true (T) or false (F).
GLADIATORS
They're big. They're strong. They're tough. They're also the stars of one of the most popular
programs on TV at the moment. They are the Gladiators. At 5.40 every Saturday evening millions of
viewers of all ages switch on. For the next hour they watch four brave contenders - two men and two
women - take part in TVs most grueling competitions.
In each program the contenders have to compete against the Gladiators in six differerent events. If
they win they score points. If they lose they just get the bruises. The final event is the Eliminator. The
Gladiators take a rest here, because the contenders compete against each other. They have to race over
obstacles, such as nets, ladders and ropes. It's a most grueling end to a grueling competition. But it’s
great TV!
1. The Gladiators are small but very strong.
2. Gladiators is the most popular program on TV.
3. Only young people like the program.
4. The program is on at 5.40 every evening.
5. The program lasts for an hour.
6. All the contenders are men.
7. There are six events in each program.
8. if the contenders win in an event, they will get money.
9. The Gladiators don't take part in the Eliminator.
10. The Eliminator is the easiest event.
VII. Read the first sentence, and then complete the second sentence with the same meaning.
1. Reading newspapers in the morning gives him pleasure.
He enjoys ..................................................................................................................................................
2. They first printed "The Times" two hundred years ago.
 ―The Times" .............................................................................................................................................
3. Does your brother use the Internet every day?
Your brother .............................................................................................................................................
4. Please don't watch that film; it's very violent.
Please stop ................................................................................................................................................
5. Some newspapers have more pictures than texts.
There are ...................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Complete each of the following sentences about the advantages of the Internet.
1. Nowadays/ Internet / increasingly / develop / and/ become / part / our/ daily life.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. It / provide/ great benefits / millions / people / all / the world.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. First / all / Internet / be/ fast / convenient / way / us / get / information.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. We /communicate / friends/ relatives / means/ e-mail / chat.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Secondly / Internet / provide / us / unlimited source / entertainment.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. We / play games / listen / music / movies / Internet.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. Thirdly / we / use / Internet / as/ effective way / self-study.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. There / be / many / on-line lessons / on-line schools / us/ choose.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. conclusion/ internet/ be/ wonderful invention/ modern life.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. Nobody/ deny/ benefits/ internet/ our every day activities
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 35
I. Choose the best answer to complete the following sentences.
1. I don't want much sugar in my coffee. Just..................., please.
a. a few b. a little c. fewer d. less
2. He always goes to Viet Nam..................plane.
a. in b. on c. with d. by
3. It was...........a boring film that I left before the end.
a. such b. so c. very d. too
4. It took us an hour................to Nha Trang.
a. drive b. driving c. to drive d. drove
5. A..........programme is seen on the TV at the same time as it is happened.
a. direct b. favourite c. good d. live
6. What about...............to dinner with me?
a. come b. coming c. to come d. comes
7. We are............to know that you can do it successfully.
a. bored b. satisfied c. delighted d. popular
8. They are amused............the TV programme last night.
a. in b. at c. with d. about
II. Read the descriptions of some means of communication. What is the correct word
Descriptions Means of communication
1. a mean of sending message by the use of electric current. A. telephone
2. a system of sending sound, invented by Alexander Bell. B. radio
3. a mean of showing broadcast programmers with moving pictures and sounds. C. newspaper
4. a printed publication, containing news, ads, articles... D. telegraph
5. A mean of broadcasting programmers for people to listen to. E. television
III. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find and correct it.
1. There is something wrong with them, isn't it?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I don't mind to be interviewed in the street by market researcher.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Physics were my best subject at school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. What do We use the Internet about?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. The next stage in the develop of TV is interactive TV.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. I'll call you when I will have time.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. She asked me where did I go for my holiday.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. She has avoided to meet me for a few days.
..................................................................................................................................................................
IV. Complete the following passage with a suitable word.
means pictures coverage entertainment make
events designed through bring out in addition to
Television is one of man's most important (1)............of communication. It brings (2)...........and
sounds from around the world into millions of homes. A person with a television set can sit in his house
and watch the President (3).............speech or visit a foreign country. He can see a war being fought and
watch statement try to (4)..........peace. (5).......... Television, home viewers can see and learn about people,
places and things in faraway lands. Television even takes its viewers out of this world. It brings them
(6)..........Of American's astronauts explore outer space.
(7)..........all these things, television brings its viewers a steady stream of programs that are
(8).............to entertain. In fact, television provides many more (9).............Programs that any other kind.
The programs include action—packed dramas, light comedies, sporting (10)...........and motion pictures.
1. ............................................. 6. .............................................
2. ............................................. 7. .............................................
3. ............................................. 8. .............................................
4. ............................................. 9. .............................................
5. ............................................. 10. .............................................
V. Rewrite the sentences.
1. He hasn't smoked for three years.
He stopped ................................................................................................................................................
2. I think it would be a good idea to take the train.
I suggest....................................................................................................................................................
3. "Yes, I did drive too fast through the town," she said.
She admitted .............................................................................................................................................
4. You press this button to stop the machine.
If ...............................................................................................................................................................
5. It is a shame we don't have a video.
We wish ....................................................................................................................................................
6. Does your father use this computer every day?
Is this computer .......................................................................................................................................
7. Let's go camping next week.
Why don't .................................................................................................................................................
8. I fell asleep because the film was boring.
The film was so .......................................................................................................................................
VI. Choose the underlined word is pronounced differently from the rest.
1. a. low b. how c. snow d. slow
2. a. about b. around c. should d. sound
3. a. few b. new c. threw d. knew
4. a. camp b. lamp c. hat d. glass
5. a. reply b. candy c. sandy d. many
VII. Fill in each blank with a suitable preposition.
1. I've never traveled..........................air.
2. My friend is very good.......................English.
3. What is the matter..............................you? You look very angry.
4. She's interested........................learning English.
5. Thanks...........................television people can get the latest information.
6. Viewers can watch programs..........................different channels.
7. Viewers are able to ask questions..................the show.
8. People got the news....................................town criers.
9. What do you use the Internet...............................................?
10. Elizabeth is fond.........................using the Internet.
 practice 36
I. Choose the underlined word pronounced differently from the rest.
1. a. fans b. seas c works d. jobs
2. a. divided b. flied c. polluted d. wanted
3. a. row b. know c. plow d. now
4. a. impress b. equal c. prevent d. respond
5. a. access b. campus c. trash d. spray
II. Choose the suitable verbs with gerund form.
reading - -borrowing – visiting – smoking – coming – helping – watching - learning
1. At last I've decided to give up.......................................cigarettes.
2. I like........................................sport programs on TV.
3. In Vietnam, people love...........................................newspapers and magazines.
4. I spend most of time..................................................English.
5. S. Do you remember.................................the old village church?
6. Would you mind.............................................me to move this chair?
7. I'm looking forward to........................................back home.
8. I don't like............................money from my friends.
III. Make question tags.
1. Tom went to the seaside yesterday,.............................?
2. She likes listening to music,...................................?
3. There is an exam next week,..........................................?
4. This exercise is easy,................................................?
5. Nobody swept this street last night,.......................................?
6. Everything is ready,.....................................?
7. You can play badminton with me,...................................?
8. Let's have a picnic this week,.....................................?
9. We've read this novel,......................................?
10. I'm late,....................................?
IV. Rewrite the sentences.
1. She feels comfortable to watch TV.
Watching TV ............................................................................................................................................
2. It's useful to get access to the Internet.
Getting ......................................................................................................................................................
3. My father has bought a new computer.
A new computer ......................................................................................................................................
4. She has learnt English for three years.
She started ................................................................................................................................................
5. It's a pity. I can't get access to the Internet now.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
V. Read the following passage and answer the questions below.
Radar is an electronic device that can "see" great distances despite fog, rain, snow, clouds, and
darkness. It can find and accurately locate missiles, aircraft, ships, cities, rainstorms and mountains. Radar
uses radio waves instead of light waves, which the human eye uses in seeing. This makes it possible for
radar to locate many kinds of objects at far greater distances than the eye can see.
Today, networks of radar lookout stations guard the United States and Canada 24 hours a day
against long-range missiles and airplanes. Patrol planes and ships search the oceans with radar for hostile
ships and aircraft. Airports use radar to guide planes safely to earth in fog or storms. Ships use it to steer
clear of other vessels or icebergs. Radar helps weathermen warn of approaching hurricanes and tornadoes.
1. What is radar?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. What can radar find and accurately locate?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Can radar locate many kinds of objects at far greater distances than eye can see?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. What do patrol planes and ships search the oceans with radar for?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. What does radar help weathermen warn of?
..................................................................................................................................................................
VI. Rewrite the sentences
1. I have to work every Sunday.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
2. I started working in this factory in 2003.
I have .......................................................................................................................................................
3. She often takes her children to school.
Her children ..............................................................................................................................................
4. He used to go to work by bus.
He usually .................................................................................................................................................
5. "Who phoned you yesterday, Lan?" said he.
He asked ..................................................................................................................................................
6. This is the first time I have phoned her.
I haven't ....................................................................................................................................................
VII. Make all the changes and additions necessary to complete the sentences.
1. Pupils / not like / wear / uniforms / school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. when/ I/ 10 years / I / visit / Ha Noi / my parents.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. film / boring / so / we / go home / before / it / finish.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. He / wish / he / can / go / the countryside / next Sunday.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. friend / deny / lend / me / book.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. He / used / stay up / late / study / when / be / student.
..................................................................................................................................................................
VIII. Choose the best option in brackets to complete each of the following
Tonight I'm going to stay in and watch television. There is a film on that I want to see. It is
(1).............a policeman trying to find the man who killed his brother. I saw it last year (2).........the
cinema. It was on late at night and I fell asleep (3)..........the end so I can't remember (4).............
happened. I don't (5) .............watch much TV. There are too (6)...........stupid quiz shows and boring
programs about politics. I sometimes watch the news (7)...........I don't enjoy it. There is never
(8)..............good news – just wars and disasters. I don't think that there are (9)...........comedy programs.
They should put on more. They cheerme (10)...........and make me laugh. And, of course, I'd like to see
more exciting movies!.
1. a. about b. along c. around d. ago
2. a. at b. by c. to d. of
3. a. after b. behind c. with d. before
4. a. that b. what c. which d. who
5. a. possible b. possibly c. probably d. usually
6. a. many b. more c. much d. lot
7. a. because b. but c. if d. although
8. a. any b. less c. some d. many
9. a. enough b. extra c. fewer d. little
10. a. off b. of c. on d. up
IX. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capital.
1. Excuse me! Can you tell me some..............................................about the train? INFORM
2. My house is very................................................for the bus station. CONVENIENCE
3. My father is....................................................with my exam results. DISAPPOINT
4. What is the........................................of these books? DIFFERENT
5. What is the correct........................................of this word? PRONOUNCE,
X. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sen Find and correct it.
1. There is many students from different provinces in my class.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. She would like living in a big house.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Would you mind to show me your passport, sir?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. She worked very hard but she passed the exam easily.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. It's a month since I last have met her in Ha Noi.
..................................................................................................................................................................
XI. Read the passage and answer the following questions.
Television is the most popular form of entertainment in the Americp household. People of all
ages use this medium to entertain themselv for an average of four hours a day. Thus, television has had
tremendous influence on its viewers, especially children. Scientists no say that children can be adversely
affected by constantly watchin television. This is due to the fact that they participate less in physic
activities, spend less time reading and studying, and see a world violence that can affect their own
feelings of security.
1. Is television the most popular form of entertainment in the American household?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. How many hours a day do people of all ages spend watching television?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Who has television had a great influence on?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. How does television effect on children?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. How many hours a day do you spend watching television?
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 37
I. Choose the most suitable form of the words in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. These documents are not (access) to the public.
A. access B. accessible C. accessed D. accession
2. Don't worry. When she reaches (adult), she'll be quite different.
A. adult B. adults C. adulthood D. all are correct
3. His articles have created strong (argue) for months now.
A. argue B. argument C. arguments D. argumentative
4. All children in Vietnam can have the (benefit) of a good education.
A. benefit B. benefits C. beneficial D. all are correct
5. The deaf and mute cannot use the oral form of (communicate).
A. communicate B. communicative C. communicating D. communication
6. He is working as an air-traffic (control).
A. control B. controlling C. controller D. controllable
7. It was a (cost) project and we had to give it up.
A. cost B. costs C. costly D. both A & C
8. I think these changes are (deny).
A. deny B. denied C. denial D. deniable
9. Most people enjoy watching (document).
A. document B. documents C. documentary D. documentaries
10. We can depend on peace keeping (force).
A. force B. forces C. forced D. both A & C
11. Many people prefer to work for the (govern).
A. govern B. governs C. governing D. government
12. We should increase (interact) between different forces to protect the region.
A. interact B. interacting C. interactive D. interaction
13. His intelligence is rather (limit).
A. limit B. limits C. limited D. limitation
14. They solved the problem in a (purpose) way.
A. purpose B. purposes C. purposeful D. both A & C
15. She made no (respond).
A. respond B. responds C. response D. responded
16. The football match ended in (shout) of excitement.
A. shout B. shouts C. shouted D. both B & C
17. They enjoy wind (swf) in the afternoon.
A. surf B. suns C. surfing D. both A & C
18. She went for a little (wander) round the park .
A. wander B. wanderer C. wandering D. wandered
19. She attended a club for (teen).
A. teen B. teens C. teenage D. teenagers
20. Advertisers can persuade (consume) in many ways.
A. consumer B. consumers C. consuming D. consumption
II. Fill one suitable preposition in each blank to complete the following sentences.
1. Despite great efforts, the fire was still ..............................control.
2. She has a rather poor opinion ........................your written work.
3. He broke the vase .....................purpose.
4. .................... response ....................his question, she said nothing.
5. ................... this stage it is impossible to say anything about their plan.
6. Most of them enjoy playing games .................the internet.
7. The demonstration was finally brought ...................control.
8. He managed to keep control ....................his car on the ice.
9. We were .......................a photograph .....................the newspaper.
10. My dog was .............................an advertisement .............................TV.
11. I've seen that film ..............................video. Clint Eastwood's ......................it.
12. I read about it ...........................an article .......................a magazine.
13. He was ...............a play ...............the radio.
III. Choose the best answer.
1. It isn't very warm today...................?
A. isn't it B. is it C. is it not D. both A&C
2. You can cook...................?
A. can you B. can't you C. can not you D. both B&C
3. You've got a CD...................?
A. have you B. haven't you C. don't you D. all are correct
4. Everyone is ok. .................. ?
A. is he B. isn't he C. are they D. aren't they
5. Nobody can go...................?
A. can he B. can't he C. can they D. can't they
6. I am a silly person...................?
A. am not I B. am I not C. aren't I D. both B&C
7. These are the new students .................. ?
A. are these B. aren't these C. are they D. aren't they
8. That wasn't your first visit to China...................?
A. was that B. wasn't that C. was it D. wasn't it
9. Everything is ready...................?
A. is it B. isn't it C. are they D. aren't they
10. Nothing is perfect . ..................?
A. is it B. isn't it C. are they D. aren't they
11. Every day I spend two hours .................English.
A. practise B. to practise C. practising D both B & C
12. I don't mind .................if you're tired.
A. drive B. to drive C. driving D. drives
13. He likes .................part in sports, so he joins the football team of the school.
A. to take B. taking C. takes D. took
14. Children enjoy .................to ghost stories on Halloween night.
A. telling and listening B. tell and listen C. to tell and listen D. to tell and to listen
15. I hope you don't mind me .................so late at night.
A. telephoning B. to telephone C. telephone D. to have telephoned
16. It took three and a half hours .................to Singapore.
A. to fly B. flying C. to be flown D. fly
17. She enjoys ................., and she writes five pages every day.
A. writes B. write C. writing D. to write
18. She .................smoking two months ago.
A. stops B. stopped C. stopping D. stopped
19. I never feel like .................early on Monday morning.
A. getting up B. get up C. gets up D. to get up
20. He .................playing with his dog.
A. is loving B. loves C. was loving D. love
21. I expected them .................me a job.
A. offer B. offering C. to be offered D. to offer
22. I hate .................the dirty dishes after a meal.
 A. wash B. washing C. to wash D. to be washing
23. She doesn't like going .................in the sea in summer.
A. to swim B. swimming C. to be swimming D. swim
24. I can't stand .................on the underground when it is busy.
A. travel B. traveling C. to travel D. to be traveled
25. Linda practises .................every morning.
A. jog B. to jog C. jogging D. both B & C
IV. Use the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. I enjoy (walk) ............................................... in the rain.
2. Would you like (have)......................................something to eat?
3. I expect (see) .............................................a good film on TV this evening.
4. I hope (earn) ......................................................some money soon.
5. When did you finish (paint) ....................................................the kitchen?
6. I began (learn) .....................................English when I was seven.
7. Some people like (have)...............................................breakfast in bed, but I don't.
8. Don't forget (post) …………….......................my letter!
9. We've decided (get).............................................married in the spring.
10. When she saw how I was dressed, she started (laugh)......................................
11. What do you want (do) ...........................................tonight?
12. I'd like (go) ............................................to the theatre.
13. I love (listen) .........................................to live music.
14. She continued (talk) ........................................ during the whole meal.
15. He finished (speak) ..............................and sat down.
V. Choose one suitable word or phrase to fill each blank to complete the following passage.
The Internet has emerged as a medium for marketing and advertising (1)……..1994. The Internet
is (2)..............from conventional advertising media in several respects. First, consumers can (3)..............
information and (4)..............purchases and payments all through the Internet. No (5) ..............medium can
accomplish these marketing functions. Second, users can initiate a shopping process by (6)..............a web
site and then clicking on hyper-linked text for (7)..............information. (8)...............it has the capacity for
multimedia content. The multimedia nature of the Internet is suitable (9)..............high impact (10)..........
1. A. for B. since C. of D. in
2. A. differ B. difference C. different D. differently
3. A. call on B. meet C. turn out D. get
4. A. make B. sell C. buy D. manufacture
5. A. somç B. other C. others D. any
6. A. to visit B. visit C. visiting D. visited
7. A. more B. many C. most D. the most
8. A. Three B. Third C. Thirteen D. Thirty
9. A. on B. of C. for D. at
10. A. to advertise B. advertiser C. advertising D. advertise
VI. Find the mistake and correct it
1. I don't feel like to work ; what about going to a disco instead?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I left my door open. Why didn't you walk in? - I didn't like going in when you weren't there.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Most people prefer to spend money rather than earning it.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. I'd hate being beside a volcano when it starts erupting.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I don't like getting bills but when I get them I like paying them promptly.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 38
I. Make a cross on the correct answer A, B, C or D in the following sentences.
1. I don't like using the Internet because it has some……………..
A. benefits B. advantages C. limitations D. disadvantage
2. Cathy has three jobs, so she has a high…...
A. income B. fee C. bill D. money
3. The………..tell us what is happening in our city, in our country, and in the world.
A. communication B. advertisements C. media D. forecasts
4. You should watch the news every day. It's very…………..
A. informative B. time-consuming C. costly D. boring
5. No one can………………….the advantages of using computers. They help us do our work quickly
and efficiently.
A. refuse B. deny C. agree D. accept
6. Most children enjoy……………..advertisements on TV.
A. to watch B. watch C. to watching D. watching
7. Do you think too much time is spent …………………the Internet?
A. to use B. for use C. to using D. using
8. The first colour TV pictures………………….in 1928.
A. produced B. were produced C. is produced D. produce
9. The first printed newspaper…………in China.
A. appeared B. was appeared C. has appeared D. is appeared
10. Our lives……………….since the Internet was invented.
A. improve B. improved C have improved D. are improving
11. I lived deep in the country, without easy access…………medical facilities.
A. to B. towards C. for D. in
12. Email can be sent and received at any hour of the day,…………….
A. can they B. can it C. can't it D. can't they
13. Everyone has read the lastest news on the website,………….?
A. hasn't he B. haven't they C. don't they D. doesn't he
14. You must look up the web pages. The information on them is…………….
A. used B. useless C. useful D. unused
15. Internet users say that the Internet offers a wide variety of choices in………..
A. entertain B. entertaining C. entertaingly D. entertainment
II. WORD FORMS
1. Watching TV has become one of the most popular forms of…………………………………
(entertain)
2. Nowadays, the Internet is………………..………….used. We can see many products advertised on it.
(commerce)
3. I'm writing in response to your………………………….,which appeared in the magazine last week.
(advertise)
4. Research has shown that the most efficient form of………….…………………is on television.
(advertise)
5. Since the information revolution began,………………………..…………have become quicker and
easier. (communicate)
6. Do you surf the Internet for fun or………………………………? (educate)
7. Computers are becoming…………………….…………popular. They make everything faster and
more reliable. (increase)
8. I find this magazine……………………………….. It's full of rubbish. (inform)
9. Reading newspapers every day is an effective means of keeping up with the………………………
and………………………. news. (late/ globe)
10. A website is a place where you can create and read……………………………….on the Internet.
(inform)
11. Although that laptop is………………………….., I will buy it. (cost)
12. He was a town………………………….. He had to stand in markets and public spaces, shouting the
news to the residents of the town. (cry)
13. My borther would like to be a…………………….. He is studying at a……………………..shool.
(journal)
14. One…….……………………………that I can't live without is the Internet because it's much quicker
for me to get information. (invent)
15. Bill Gates, the………………………of the computer software, was barn in Seattle in 1955. (invent)
16. Because Hoe lives in a remote area, the Internet isn't…………………………………for her.
(availability)
17. Her novel is known to everyone. It is ………………………..read. (wide)
18. Can you tell me the…………………………of the room? I intend to buy a larger wardrobe. (wide)
19. You got this bad mark because your written assignment had sorne…………………………(limit)
20. There’s a lot of crime and…………………..….on TV today. The programmes are terrible! (violent)
21. I have had this computer for 10 years and now it isn't powerful. I want to have it…………………….
(grade)
22. We are living in a……………………………….advanced age, but there are Still plenty of people
who are computer……………………………… (tethnology/ literacy)
23. Most companies have……………………………….their production line. (computer)
24. Children living in flood-stricken areas may be educationally………………………….(advantage)
25. It was because this information was strictly………………………….that it
was………………………. to that woman, who has a big mouth. (confident / access)
III. PREPOSITIONS
1. Do men and women use the Internet…………………………different purposes?
2. Have you ever been to that chat room to chat………………………the Internet?
3. Bill Gates got his first million dollars……………….. software when he was 25.
4. Nowadays we can change channels…………………….the push of a button,
5. You can tune in to your favourite programmes …………….using the remote control.
6. This electrical appliance only works…………………………remote control.
7. People………………… all ages can watch this film.
8. The majority of young women prefer Korean films……………..Chinese ones.
9. They prefer surfing the Internet………………..information …………..reading books.
10. He is yawning. He is getting bored……………….this nature film.
11. Television has become popular……………..people all………………..the world.
12. I would like to recommend this book to you. It will be a valuable source……………… information.
13. Please respond……………………..question as quickly as possible.
14. She made no response……………….his ………………....call help.
15. ……………my opinion, action movies are often violent.
16. It is hard……………..people to get access…………………..the Internet at peak hours.
17. We live…………the countryside weekdays, but……………….weekends, we go to see our
grandparents……………….the city.
18. They succeeded……………..means …………….hard work.
19. The members disagreed strongly……………………idea.
20. Do you find the information from the Internet is very useful…………………..us?
21. These trees are extremely useful………………..giving shade from the sun.
22. These shoes are nice but they aren't useful…………………..the rainy season.
23. She is interested……………….listening………….the latest news.
24. Are there any advantages……………….learning a foreign language?
25. Have you read an article………………..the media yet? It is informative.
26. Will 7 p.m. be convenient…………..you? Have you got any plans………………. that time?
27. My paper focuses……………some of the differences………….Vietnamese and American cultures.
28. Thanks…………..the invention…………..the computer, we can enjoy ourselves from entertaining
games.
29. All the contestants have……………least five minutes before answering the question.
30. ………………some extent I agree………………..the plan. I'm not sure about some of the details.
IV. TAG QUESTIONS
1. Your name is Thanh, ?
2. Today is Sunday, ?
3. John doesn’t agree with me about the plan, ?
4. There’s a bus coming, ?
5. Everybody was saying their prayers in the church when I came in, ?
6. He makes a lot of mistakes in pronounciation, ?
7. The traffic was heavy yesterday, ?
8. Both men won’t surf the Internet for chat any more, ?
9. A lot of students don’t think studying grammar is interesting, ?
10. We haven’t done this homework yet, ?
11. Jack’s enrolled on this course, ?
12. Helen’s got clothes to wear on this important occasion, ?
13. The Smiths have got a computer, a CD player and two motorbikes, ?
14. The children have many computer games to play, ?
15. Your brother has the chance to speak English outside the classroom, ?
16. David and Kate aren't going to pay their school fees tomorrow, ?
17. There weren't any well-qualified teachers at this school, ?
18. This boy could use a computer at the age of 5, ?
19. My father put an advertisement in The Times to sell his house, ?
20. It is expensive for you to access the Internet, ?
21. Jim really shouldn't spend most of his time wandering on the Internet, ?
22. People don't know which website is useful to them, ?
23. Students have to wear uniforms in Vietnam, ?
24. Email is a good way for people to communicate, ?
25. The garbage can be taken out every day, ?
26. We must send this message by email, ?
27. You wouldn’t like another drink, ?
28. Vinh would rather listen to English programmes on the radio, ?
29. You had better not go out in the cold weather, ?
30. Ba ought to join her family on a day trip to her homwtown, ?
31. My sister might like writing email, ?
32. You should attend the opening ceremony, ?
33. You wouldn't mind helping me with this, ?
34. I needn't say anything to you about it, ?
35. Your aunt needs to grow rice on his farm, ?
36. This is Mr. Johnson, ?
37. That was Ann on the phone, ?
38. Those weren't your parents over there, ?
39. These are your cases here, ?
40. The Chinese invented paper in A.D.195, ?
41. The English don't like tea, ?
42. The rich usually live in big houses, ?
43. There won't be any good news for you, ?
44. Joe used tobea lot fatter than heisn, ?
45. There used to be too much noise in this neighborhood, ?
46. He has no chance of finding a cheap flat in the city centre, ?
47. He's never met you before, ?
48. They rarely went simming when they were your age, ?
49. Helen seldom smiles at me whenever she passes me in the street, ?
50. He hardly ever makes a mistake, ?
51. There's scarcely enough time for our project, ?
52. Cactuses need little water, ?
53. Unfriendly people have few friends, ?
54. It's unpleasant to be alone in a strange country, ?
55. It's no good, ?
56. No smoking is allowed in this compartment, ?
57. We carried no cash with us, ?
58. We have received no information yet, ?
59. Not many people understand his Ideas, ?
60. Something is wrong with Jane today, ?
61. Everything seems to be OK with you, Dad, ?
62. Nothing matters, ?
63. Nothing has been done about unemployment, ?
64. Neither of them offered to help me, ?
65. None of them wrote to him, ?
66. Nobody is going to the mosque, ?
67. Somebody has recognized you by your funny hat, ?
68. Everyone was impressed by her beauty, ?
69. One should always try to be friendly to the environment, ?
70. I'm not supposed to be here on time, ?
71. I'm expected to do well in my schooling, ?
72. Let's go out for a meal together one day, ?
73. Don't be late, ?
74. Help yourself to this soup, ?
75. Pass me the salt, ?
76. Don't forget to keep in touch with us, ?
77. Post this letter for me, ?
78. Have some more coffee, ?
79. Get out your books, ?
80. Have a nice holiday, ?
V. GERUNDS AND INFINITIVES
Put the verb in brackets in the correct form, infinitive or gerund.
1. Do chidlren like…………………………….(play) in a swimming pool?
2. I’d really like………….…..……(go) somewhere different for a drink.
3. Would you rather…………………………….(have) something to eat?
4. I very much enjoy………………(visit) places I've never been to before.
5. Ann loves…………………………….……..(cook), but she hates(do) the washing-up.
6. It is interesting………………………………………….(communicate) with friends by means
of………..…………………….…..(chat).
7. She wants…………………….(earn) more money, but she dislikes……………………(work) hard.
8. Generally speaking, I prefer………………….…(watch) TV to…………………… (spend) my free
time………………………..(chat) on the Internet.
9. I've never had occasion…………………………..…………(explore) the Internet before.
10. The Internet is a very fast and convenient way of…………………….. information. (get)
11. Pat turned off the CD player by…………………………(push) the stop button.
12. The purpose of the media is……………………(inform) the public of what is happening in the world.
13. At the moment, we are trying………………………(focus) on………………………………(improve)
our English……………………………………(communicate) with foreigners one day.
14. My Mom is interested in………………………….…….(manage) to get a high income for my family.
15. Print media like magazines and newspapers are used…………………………(transmit) news.
VI. WRITING
Use the suggested words to write full sentences to make a meaningful passage.
1. Vietnam, / most newspapers/ publish / every day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Most people / love/ read / them, / and so / I
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. The Tuoi Tre/ one/ favourite / newspaper / because/ it/ useful source/ information.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Yesterday / I / buy / one.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. There / so much / interesting/ entertaining / news/ that newspaper.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. Therefore /I / read / whole paper.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. In fact/ it/ relaxing / me/ read newspapers/ every day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 practice 39
I. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the following sentences.
1. Who told you of the news? The ..................may not be correct.
A. inform B. information C. informational D. informative
2. I have sent you a lot of letters but you have never been ................
A. responsively B. response C. respond D. responsive
3. She thinks chatting on the Internet is time....................
A. consume B. consumer C. consuming D. consumption
4. The cost of...................is very high in big cities.
A. live B. living C. lived D. life
5. We believe the new program will be .................to everyone.
A. beneficially B. benefic C. beneficial D. beneficiary
6. By learning English, you can get access to the world's
A. develop B. developing C. development D. developed
7. You can see a lot of commerce going .............in this commercial city.
A. in B. on C. to D. at
8. Can you tell me who ................this kind of machine?
A. invented B. invention C. inventor D. inventive
9. The next stage in the development of television is .................TV.
A. interact B. interaction C. interactive D. interactively
10. Remote controls are used to ...................with TV.
A. interact B. interaction C. interactive D. interactively
II. Complete each sentence with a word from the list.

consuming magazines - benefit - website - channels

available - the Internet - criers - computer - information
1. Kien Thuc Ngay Nay is one of the most popular……………………….
2. Nobody can deny the ....................................of the Internet in our life.
3. The Internet is .....................................in our city, so we can easily get access to i
4. ............................................ has developed and become part of our daily life.
5. I think that watching TV is time .................................................
6. We cansee many international programs on different ...................................
7. The internet is a very fast to get ......................................................
8. I don't like playing .......................................games.
9. I don't know which ..................................is useful for me.
10. The businessmen of ancient Egypt hired ..........................to shout about the things they wanted to sell.
III. Complete each sentence with the correct form of the verbs in the box.
look - make - write - say - meet - play – smoke – come – swim - see
1. Could you please stop ......................................so much noise?
2. She enjoys ............................................letters.
3. Why do you keep on ...............................at me like that?
4. ............................... is unhealthy, but a lot of people find it difficult to stop.
5. We're looking forward to .................................................you.
6. ............................................. every day is a good way of keeping fit.
7. I'm tired of..........................................to the same place every week.
8. She left without ..........................................goodbye.
9. Do you enjoy ..................................people from other countries.
10. She practices .......................................the piano 2 hours a day.
IV. Choose A, B, C or D to complete the followingfscntences.
1. Your teacher writes poems or stories, ................... she?
A. don't B. won't C. didn't D. doesn't
2. Going swimming in the summer is very interesting, ................. it?
A. is B. isn't C. are D. aren't
3. Let's dance together,....................? The party is so wonderful.
A. shall we B. shan't we C. will you D. won't you
4. Don't talk in class, ............. you? The teacher is explaining the lesson.
A. do B. don't C. will D. won't
5. He laughs a lot because ...............her funny face.
A. in B. at C. on D. of
6. I remember .............. her somewhere.
A. see B. seeing C. saw D. to see
7. Excuse me. Can I...................in this area?
A. smoke B. smoking C. smoked D. to smoke
8. We don't allow passengers ..................in this part of the building.
A. smoke B. smoking C. smoked D. to smoke
9. Don't forget ..................the letter for me! . I won't.
A. post B. posted C. posting D. to post
10. He thinks that................on the Internet is a waste of time.
A. chat B. chatting C. chatter D. to chat
V. Choose the correct form of the verb.
1. She must (start/starling/to start) the job as soon as possible.
2. I stopped (read/to read/ reading) my book and went to bed.
3. Let me (to pay / paying /pay) for the meal.
4. I asked my younger brother (buying/ buy/ to buy) some stamps.
5. Have you finished (writing/to write /write) that letter yet?
6. They enjoyed (play /playing / to play) football after school.
7. Tom used to (live/ living/ lived) in the house at the end of this street.
8. What (were you doing/are you doing/did you do) when I came to your office yesterday?
VI. Supply the correct form for the verbs in brackets.
1. It took me 2 hours ...........................................(do) this work.
2. When did you finish .................................................(paint) the kitchen?
3. I began ....................................................(learn) English when I was seven.
4. Some people like .........................................(have) breakfast in bed, but I don't.
5. Don't forget ........................................................... (post)my letter!
6. What do you want ..............................................(do) tonight?
7. I love..........................................(listen) to pop music.
8. She continued .............................................(talk) during the whole meal.
9. They spent all morning ..........................................(learn) the lessons.
10. I am fond-of ................................... (go) to the movie on Sundays.
VII. Complete the following sentences with the correct tag questions.
1. You don't like tea.....................?
2. Ann will be here soon........................?
3. Peter plays soccer very well.........................?
4. Her father goes to work at 6 AM......................?
5. This picture is yours......................?
6. They will go to HCMC next week.........................?
7. You don't use the Internet very often.............................?
8. He never goes to school late............................?
9. Let's go somewhere for a drink...............................?
10. Open the door..........................?
VIII. Read the passage carefully and then answer the questions below it.
The word "telephone" means hearing the sounds produced at a distance, just as we see distant
objects through a "telescope" or we see things happening miles away through "television". The telephone
was invented more than one hundred years ago by Alexander Graham Bell, an American. It is now very
extensively used everywhere. In Vietnam, most of the people have their own telephones in their homes. It
makes us possible to talk to our friends far away without all the way to their homes.
In actually working it appears to be simple. It has a transmitter into Md rh you speak and a
receiver at which you hear; and these two are now wnbined in the same small instrument, one at each end.
The two persons who want to speak have each an instrument. There is a connecting wire and dectric
battery by the side of each, or there is a common connecting station. k is the electric current that enables
the sound vibrations to be reproduced at the other end, and the person at the end hears the talk of his
friend. Its working is marvelous, though simple. Two persons can now carry on a conversation with each
other while both are lounging on their easy chairs. There is thus no need now to leave your house to talk
to a friend on any business. It saves time, trouble and expense.
* Questions:
1. What does the word "telephone" mean?
................................................................................................................................................................
2. Who invented the telephone?
................................................................................................................................................................
3. When was the telephone invented?
................................................................................................................................................................
4. Why do they like using the telephone?
................................................................................................................................................................
5. Do most of the Vietnamese have their own telephones in their homes?
................................................................................................................................................................
IX. Rewrite each of the sentences, beginning as shown, so that th meaning stays the same
1. People have used the Internet all over the world.
The Internet has .......................................................................................................................................
2. I think it would be a good idea to take the train.
I suggest....................................................................................................................................................
3. She went out, but she didn't say a word.
She went out without ................................................................................................................................
4. It is interesting to go out with friends at weekends.
Going out ..................................................................................................................................................
5. I often go to bed late.
I am used ..................................................................................................................................................
6. What about going to the cinema tonight?
Shall we ....................................................................................................................................................
7. "Why don't you go with me ?", he asked me
He asked me why .....................................................................................................................................
8. She enjoys going swimming.
She is interested in ....................................................................................................................................
9. Does he spend most of his free time playing video games?
Does it take ...............................................................................................................................................
10. Does it take you 3 hours to do this task?
Do you spend ............................................................................................................................................
X. Complete the snetences
1. I / be interested in/ learn English.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I/ would like/ information / your Institute.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I / want / improve / reading /writing.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Could you please / information / length of the courses and fees / beginners?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. I see / Institute's advertisement / Today's TV program.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. I / complete / spoken English test / necessary.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. I look forward / hear/ you.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 vocabulary 5

NOUN VERB ADJECTIVE ADVERB

Convenience: sự tiện lợi Convenient: tiện lợi Conveniently: 1 cách tiện lợi
Inconvenience: sự bất tiện Inconvenient: bất tiện Inconveniently: 1 cách bất tiện
Development: sự phát triển Develop: phát Developed: đã phát triển
triển Developing: đang phát
triển
Expense: tiền chi tiêu Spend: tiêu Expensive: đắt tiền Expensively: 1 cách tốn kém
xài Inexpensive: ít tốn kém Inexpensively: 1 cách ít tốn
kém
Invention: sự phát minh Invent: phát
Inventor: nhà phát minh minh
Popularity: sự phổ biến Popularize: Popular: phổ biến, được Popularly: 1 cách phổ biến
phổ biến ưa chuộng
Unpopular: 0 phổ biến
Variety: sự đa dạng, các loại Vary: khác Various: khác nhau Variously: 1 cách khác nhau
khác nhau nhau
View: cảnh vật, cách nhìn View: xem,
Viewer: người xem, khán giả nhìn
I. Complete the sentences with the correct form of the word:
1. There are ways of having a holiday. (vary)
2. We decided to leave early to avoid the of traveling the rush hour. (convenient)
3. If you want to save money, you should find a(n) hotel to stay in. (expensive)
4. He’s so in his office. In fact, all of his colleagues dislike him. (popular)
5. Their friendship f activities including swimming, sunbathing and hiking. (vary)
6. This TV program is attracting millions of (view)
7. There are some restaurants where you can eat less . (expensive)
8. His friendliness gained his among other teachers (popular)
9. The early years are very important to a child’s (develop)
10. The of television has brought great changes to the world of entertainment.
(invent)
11. John Loige Baird, a Scotman, is thought to be the of the TV. (invent)
II. Complete the sentences with the words given:
Access/ adults/ available/ by means of/ channel/ junk mail/ surfing
1. Some movies are made only for children, not for .
2. To change you just press these small buttons on the remote control.
3. Nowadays, more and more people communicate with each other email.
4. It’s not good for teenagers to spend much time the Internet every day.
5. You need a password to get to the computer system.
6. Spam, or , is advertising material that is sent to people who have not asked for it.
7. The Internet has been made in most parts of the country.
III. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from that of the others
1. A. purpose B. surfing C. suffer D. commerce
2. A. benefit B. education C. internet D. explore
3. A. costly B. mostly C. local D. remote
4. A. stage B. channel C. able D. latest
5. A. television B. information C. invention D. admission
 first semester TEST 1
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the others.
1. A. lake B. land C. Asian D. Malaysia
2. A. beaches B. goes C. watches D. activities
3. A. instruct B. instrument C. construct D. product
4. A. honest B. honour C. hour D. horse
5. A. again B. paint C. gain D. pair
6. A. walk B. tame C. tall D. hall
7. A. kites B. catches C. oranges D. buzzes
8. A. wealth B. cloth C. with D. breath
9. A. park B. card C. hard D. share
10. A. parents B. addition C. camp D. fashion
11. A. wear B. dear C. hear D. tear
12. A. parked B. visited C. mended D. hesitated
II. Complete the sentences with the appropriate form of the words in brackets
1. Hanoi is famous for its ............................................spots such as Mot Cot Pagoda (beautiful)
2. We like the countryside because it's very less .............................................and............................
(pollute - peace)
3. After a long delay the performance ..............................................started. (final)
4. You will be ..........................when the book becomes ........................................(inform - availability)
5. At a picnic, I'd wear ............................................clothes. (casualty)
6. English is .....................................used all over the world. (wide)
7. ......................................are able to ask questions about a show by ……………………….their remote
control. (view - use)
III. Complete the passage with the correct form of the verbs
cause tour tell not know
find make have teach accept
Helen Keller's deafness and blindness (0) was caused by a sever illness when she was a baby. Her
parents (1) .............what to do and they (2)................... it difficuli to control their growing daughter. One
day, they (3) .................about a brilliant young teacher name Anne Sullivan. She came to work with
Helen and, very firmly an patiently, (4) .................her that every object (5) ................. a name Eventually,
Helen (6) ................to college. After this, she (7) ...................the world helping people like herself. In
1962, the story o her life (8) ...................into a movie, The Miracle Worker.
IV. Fill in each gap with one appropriate preposition.
1. If I don't know the meaning of a word, I look it ...................in th dictionary..
2. Look ...................! That glass is going to fall!
3. What do you feel like doing tonight? I don't know. What's .................... TV?
4. I learned to drive ....................1990 ...................the age ................17
5. My cousin learned ....................the same as me, but I passed my test first.
V. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning ass the same
1. I began to play the piano 5 years ago.
I have ........................................................................................................................................................
2. You are tired because you often stay up late.
If you ........................................................................................................................................................
3. "Do you often watch TV programmes?"
John asked Daisy ......................................................................................................................................
4. "-Who can I ask about the history of computers?"
My brother wanted to know ....................................................................................................................
VI. Read the passage and answer the questions below it.
 Language, the way we express ourselves, is a vital part of learning. A baby learns his native
tongue naturally by hearing speech around him. If the speech he hears is rapid, not clear and never
directed at him, then he learns slowly and speaks badly. A child of two or three who can't make his
desires or put his thoughts into words will usually become angry. His relationships with others will get
worse. If the speech a baby hears around him clear, and his family talk to him, he will gain a satisfactory
command of bis native language directly and his language ability will be greater.
1. Is language a vital part of learning? Why or why not?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. How can a baby learn his native tongue?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. What will happen if the speech he hears is rapid, not clear and never directed at him.?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. In what case can a child gain a satisfactory command of his native language directly?
..................................................................................................................................................................
VII. Complete the questions with a correct tag
1. Vancouver is in Canada, ..............................?.
2. Youln't like hamburgers ......................................?
3. We had a good time..................................?
4. You can't use a computer....................................?
5. You Won't tell anyone. ................................?
6. You haven't met Jane,……………....................?
VIII. Put the verbs in brackets into the correct tense form.
1. I do not have a motorbike now. I wish I (have) ....................................one.
2. If you (swim) ..................................this afternoon. yoU shouldn't eat too much now.
3. They let us (park) ................. bicycles here but they won't allow us (park)..........................motorbikes.
4. Did you remember (buy) ............................................ a newspaper on the way home?
5. When I came home, he (watch) ..........................................television.
IX. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning stays the same
1. I can't take you to the airport because I don't have a car.
If ..............................................................................................................................................................
2. The botanist has just produced a new kind of plants. A new kind of plants
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. I’m sorry I can't speak English well.
I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
4. "I will leave here this month," said he.
He said ......................................................................................................................................................
5. The last time I played tennis was in 1990.
I haven't ....................................................................................................................................................
6. Someone is going to repair my TV set tomorrow.
My TV set is .............................................................................................................................................
7. Nam is sorry that his little sister isn't here with him now.
Nam wishes .............................................................................................................................................
8. Because I wanted to see Mr. Brown. I phoned his company.
I wanted to see Mr. Brown, ......................................................................................................................
9. "How can I operate this machine?" asked the man.
The man wanted to know .........................................................................................................................
X. Read the passage carefully and answer the questions below it
Indonesia is the biggest country in South East Asia and an important member of ASEAN. It is
made up of many islands in the South China Sea. In some places it is close to Singapore and Malaysia, in
others it is close to Australia.
 It has a tropical climate and it has many active volcanoes some of which cause a lot of damage
when they erupt.,Its population is the largest of all Asean countries. It has a population of more than 185
million people and more than 90 million live on the island of Java. The capital of Jakarta and other
important cities include: Jogjakarta, Medan and Surabaya. Because it has so many islands it has a very
long coastline and very few borders. In fact, its only border is on the island of Borneo betweenthe state of
Kalimantan and the Malaysian states of Sarawak and Sabah.
1. Where is Indonesia?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Is it made up of many islands in the South China Sea?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. What's its capital city? Where do most of its people live?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Why does it have so many islands?
..................................................................................................................................................................
III. A. Use the gerund or the infinitive form of the verbs in parentheses
If you ask me, I think people are just trying ([Link]) ..................................... other people when
they wear expensive clothes. It's a waste of money You can manage ([Link])......................................neat
and well-dressed mud less expensively if you avoid ([Link]) .................................clothing from th big
designers, There are too many serious problems in the world. would discourage people from (4.
spend)...................................money or luxuries like fancy clothes and encourage them to donate more of
their money to charities!
1. .............................................
2. .............................................
3. .............................................
4. .............................................
B. Put the verbs into the correct tense.
Rob Fellow comes from England. He ([Link]) .........................to Pari six months ago to learn
French. He ([Link]).........................learnin French, at school in London when he was eleven, so he
([Link])………………….it for nearly 10 years. He ([Link] take) ........................................an exam. If he
passes, he ([Link])...................................into the next class. He ([Link]) ..........................excited today
because his parents are coming tomorrow to stay with him for a few days.
1. .............................................
2. .............................................
3. .............................................
4. .............................................
5. .............................................
6. .............................................
 first semester TEST 2
I. Circle the right answer
1. Did you listen to the ..................news last night?
A. late B. lately C. later D. latest
2. They took a rest after a ..................day.
A. hard - working B. working hard C. hard-work D. work hard
3. She failed ..................she tried her best to study.
A. because B. despite C. since D. although
4. She ..................walk past my house.
A. was used to B. used C. used to D. got used to
5. My mother prefers ao dai ..................modern clothing.
A. more B. to C. better D. than
6. Mrs Lan arrived ..................London ..................5pm yesterday.
A. in / at B. at / at C. in / on D. at / on
7. I like wearing jeans because they cannot easily ...................
A. wear in B. wore in C. worn out D. wear out
8. We went to see a play .................."Hamlet" last night.
A. called B. was called C. calling D. calls
9. My pen pal Tim and I ..................at least once a month.
A. speak B. send C. correspond D. change
10. Don't forget to keep ..................touch with me, Nam!
A. at B. in C. on D. to
11. His good grades made his parents ..................happy.
A. feel B. feeling C. are feeling D. to feel
12. Our school uniform is different ..................theirs.
A. with B. to C. from D. B & C are correct
II. Complete the sentences with the right form of the words in brackets
1. "Is your headache better?" "No, it's ......................................" (BAD)
2. It's easier to study history if you can remember events ........................................ (EASY)
3. It was extremely ...................................of you to leave the bag on the bus. (CARE)
4. Do you have a ..............................................costume in your country? (NATION)
5. Fifty years ago, my hometown was small. Now it has turned into an ...................................city.
(INDUSTRY)
6. Islam is the .......................................religion of Malaysia. (OFFICE)
7. Do you have to pay any.............................charge for the use of the swimming pool? (ADD)
8. The old theatre of our city is being ..............................and ............................. (LARGE/MODERN)
9. ............................................. is based on shared interest. (FRIEND)
10. By practicing ................................you'll get a lot of .......................................experiences in speaking
English. (REGULAR / INTEREST)
III. Supply the right form of the verbs in brackets
1. My aunt advised me ...........................there alone but I ...........................her advice. (not go / not take)
2. Listen! Someone .....................................the door bell. It must ...................my friend Dick. (ring / be)
3. ………. you……………. your work? - Not yet. I'll stop……………… it in ten minutes. (finish / do)
4. It ....................a true fact that soccer .....................................throughout the world now. (be / play)
IV. Rewrite the following sentences as directed
1. Nobody has told me about the date of the meeting.
I.................................................................................................................................................................
2. He said, "Do you like this book?"
He asked ...................................................................................................................................................
3. I can't go hiking and climbing this weekend.
 I wish ........................................................................................................................................................
4. Was that new film seen by your sister?
Did ............................................................................................................................................................
5. When I was a child, I lived in the countryside.
I used ........................................................................................................................................................
6. Nhi said, "I am visiting Hoi An now."
Nhi said.....................................................................................................................................................
7. More and more people like wearing jeans because they are fashionable.
Why ..........................................................................................................................................................
8. He woke up so late that he didn't have time for breakfast.
He woke up too.........................................................................................................................................
V. Read the following passage carefully and do as directed
When the Richardson family came up to London, they spent every day in seeing as much as
possible. Mrs. Richardson was most interested in the shops, especially in Oxford Street and Kensington
Street and bought all sorts of things that she could not find in the shops in the north. The two children had
never been in London before, and were surprised at the crowds everywhere. They enjoyed traveling on
the London Underground and going down the moving stairs which led to the platforms. They found that
they had to be quick and get on the train or it would go off without them.
Notes:
- The London Underground: Tàu diên ngầm ở Luân Đôn
- moving stairs: bậc thang di động
- platform: sân ga, thềm ga
A. Write true (T) or false (F) for each of the sentences below
1. The children were very interested in the shops in London.
2. The shops in Oxford and Kensington Streets attracted Mrs. Richardson very much.
3. The Richardson family went out every day for sightseeing when they visited London.
4. This is the second time the Richardsons have gone to London.
B. Answer the questions below
1. What city were the Richardsons visiting?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. What were the children surprised at? Why?
..................................................................................................................................................................
..................................................................................................................................................................
VI. Complete the following sentences, using one of the following words. Two of the words aren't
used
minority - such - so - as - children - kept – are - beauty - inspiration - sights
1. The school children were ..............................excited about the coming Tet holidays that they
.........................talking about them.
2. When coming to the capital, Nam visited ........................scenic spots the West Lake, the Sword Lake,
the Botanical Gardens, etc.
3. The ...............................of the mountain was a great source of ..........................to the poets.
4. More schools need to be built for ............................of ethnic ......................
VII. Use the verbs in brackets in the correct form to complete the following sentences
1. I ......................................to the school library many times this month. (go)
2. She used ...........................European food when she lived in London. Now she is used to
...................................Asian food. (eat / eat)
3. The sad film made her ..............................(cry)
4. Look! That piece of meat .........................................by that dog. (eat)
5. Daisy spent all day ..........................a novel. (read)
6. Foods .........................from farms such as rice, chicken, beef and vegetables .......................farm
products. (come / call)
VIII. Read the following passage and then fill in the blank with suitable words.
Learning another language gives the learner the (1) ..............to step inside the mind and context of
that other culture. Without the ability to communicate and understand a culture on its own terms, true
access (2)………that culture is barred. Why is this important? In a world where nations and peoples are
ever more dependent upon on another to supply goods and services, solve political disputes, and ensure
international security; (3) ...........other cultures is paramount. Lack of intercultural sensitivity can lead to
(4) .............and misunderstandings, to an inability to cooperate, negotiate, and compromise, and perhaps
even to military confrontation. Intercultural understanding begins with individuals who (5) ...............
language abilities and who can thereby provide one's own nation or community (6) ...............an insider's
view into foreign cultures, who can understand foreign news sources, and give insights into other
perspectives on international situations and current events. For survival in the global community, every
nation needs such individuals. A person competent in other languages can bridge the gap between (7)
..............., contribute to international diplomacy, promote national security and world peace, and
successfully engage in (8) ...............trade.
1. A. able B. ability C. inability D. unable
2. A. on B. for C. to D. at
3. A. understand B. understands C. understandable D. understanding
4. A. trusty B. trust C. mistrust D. trustable
5. A. have B. had C. are having D. has
6. [Link] B. to C. with D. at
7. A. culture B. cultures C. cultural D. cultured
8. A. nation B. national C. international D. nationally
 first semester TEST 3
I. Choose the word having the underlined letters pronounced differently
1. A. shirts B. pens C. looks D. stamps
2. A. thanked B. served C. saved D. enioved
3. A. walked B. improved C. mixed [Link]
4. A. eraser B. conversation C. plant D. data
II. Choose the best answer
1. I can't give you a ride because my bike ...................
A. is repaired B. repaired C. is being repaired D. was repaired
2. Are you interested in ...................basket ball?
A. being played B. playing C. played D. play
3. He suffers ...................poor vision and hearing.
A. at B. in C. from D. over
4. Why don't you have your sister ...................you with those difficult exercises?
A. to help B. helps C. helped D. help
5. This is the first time I ...................Japanese food.
A. eat B. have eaten C. ate D. will eat
6. Who ...................the computers?
A. did invent B. invented C. invents D. is inventing
7. I...................to him for more than two months.
A. haven't spoken B. don't speak C. won't speak D. didn't speak
8. I would like you ...................here.
A. be B. being C. to be D. are
9. Mike got ...................quickly and then went to work.
A. dress B. dressing C. dressed D. being dressed
10. Did you succeed in ...................that hard examination?
A. passing B. to pass C. passed D. being passed
11. The woman asked the boy...................so loudly.
A. not talk B. not talking C. not talked D. not to talk
12. ...................books is a good habit.
A. Reading B. Talking C. Making D. Getting
13. ........................ terrible weather!
A. What B. What a C. How D. How a
14. After a lot of difficulties, he ........................to open the door.
A. succeeded B. managed C. obtained D. realized
15. " I will succeed . ............... a little help from my friend." He said.
A. to B. for C. with D. of
16. ........................ air is not good for ........................
A. Pollute / health B. Polluted / health
C. polluting / healthy D. Pollution / healthier
17. S. Conversation is one of the most ..............forms of entertainment.
A. enjoyable B. enjoying C. enjoyed D. enjoy
18. 1 haven't seen my classmates ........................we left school.
A. for B. since C. over D. during
19. How long ..................you ................for this company?
A. did / work B. do / work
C. have / worked D. will / be worked
20. Sue is my friend. She is a friend of ........................
A. me B. my C. mine D. I
21. Would you mind ........................this suitcase for me, please?
 A. carrying B. carry C. to carry D. carried
22. I began ..................English when I was a little girl.
A. to study B. studying C. study D. A&B are correct
23. Please stop ..................that! I can't stand it any more.
A. to do B. do C. doing D. did
24. What ..................of learning English do you find most difficult?
A. aspect B. kind C. method D. technique
III. Rewrite each sentence, beginning as shown, so that the meaning remains the same
1. "Don't go upstairs, children!" The mother said
The mother asked .....................................................................................................................................
2. My speech lasted longer than yours.
Your speech didn't ....................................................................................................................................
3. She gave him a ticket to the concert.
He .............................................................................................................................................................
4. We couldn't go swimming because of the bad weather.
The weather was too .................................................................................................................................
5. "I'm so sorry I'm late." Bill said.
Bill apologized .........................................................................................................................................
6. They went out in spite of the heavy rain.
Eventhough ...............................................................................................................................................
7. She cannot get into the habit of studying every morning.
She can't get used ....................................................................................................................................
8. They haven't visited this art gallery before.
This is .......................................................................................................................................................
IV. Correct the mistakes
1. Her teacher asked her to spend her time to do her homework.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. What type of clothing do you often wear on Tet?
..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Complete the following tag questions
1. Peter won't go to the movie tonight.................................?
2. You don't have to worry about the next exam.....................................?
3. Sue is going to buy a new apartment.....................................?
4. Everyone came to the meeting on time.................................?
VI. Read the following passage and then answer the questions below.
The Internet or the World Wide Web is indeed a wonderful and amazing addition in our lives.
The Internet can be known as a kind of global meeting place where people from all parts of the world can
come together. It is a service available on the computer, through which everything under the sun is now at
the fingertips of anyone who has access to the Internet.
To get 'online', meaning to connect to the Internet, you need to have:
A Computer: Computer equipment is a sizeable investment and thus you should select a
computer carefully. Before buying a computer, understand your needs and then choose one accordingly.
See that it comes with a warranty and that after sale service is available in case you need it.
Internet Service Provider: This is the software that you will require to get online. You can now
choose from a dial-up service or 24-hour broadband services. This is the service that will help you to
connect to the Internet and start your surfing experiences.
1. What can Internet be known as?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. What do you need to have to connect to the Internet?
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Does computer urten come with an after-sale service?
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. What are the two kinds of Internet Service Provider?
..................................................................................................................................................................
VII. Use the correct word form
1. Sorry about the mistakes, I ...................................... the instuctions you gave me. (UNDERSTAND)
2. She always listens ..........................................to what she is told. (ATTENTION)
3. It is much more ................................................to buy that motorbike. (ECONOMY)
4. My father is interested in listening the .............................news. (LATE)
VIII. Read the passage and choose the best option
The (1) .............dress for women in Vietnam is the costume that (2) .............."Ao Dai", literally
meaning Long Dress'. Early versions of the Ao Dai date back to 1744 when Lord Vu Vuong of the
Nguyen Dynasty decreed both men and women should wear an ensemble of trousers and a gown that (3)
................down the front. Nowadays, Ao Dai is a two-piece garment (4) ..............fabric, full-length dress
worn over loose silk trousers reaching all the way to the ground. The dress splits (5) .............a front and
back panel from the waist down. The dress length seems to be (6) .............shortening and today is usually
just below the knee. Women wear Ao Dai of (7) ........... colors, often with complicated patterns and
designs, in formal or work settings. Schoolgirls wear pure white, fully lined outfits symbolizing their (8)
...............
To the Vietnamese people, ao dai (9) ...............synonymous with grace, and beauty. Throughout
the many difficulties of Vietnam's history, the ao dai remained (10) ............in its symbolism and the
image it conjures in the hearts of all Vietnamese.
1. A. tradition B. traditional C. traditionally D. traditionalist
2. A. calls B. was called C. is called D. has called
3. A. button B. buttoned C. buttoning D. buttons
4. A. made of B. makes of C. making of D. make of
5. A. in B. into C. to D. towards
6. A. gradually B. gradual C. gradualism D. gradualness
7. A. variety B. various C. varied D. varies
8. A. pure B. purify C. purity D. purification
9. A. has always been B. is always C. will always be D. would always be
10. A. unchanging B. unchanged C. unchangeable D. unchangeably
 first semester TEST 4
I. Choose the underlined word is pronounced differently from the rest.
1. A. respond B. remote C. control D. notice
2. A. hobby B. deny C. poetry D. primary
3. A. comic B. campus C. income D. access
4. A. government B. moment C. comment D. development
5. A. know B. show C. plow D. flow
II. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets in the following sentences.
1. I (not see)…………………your brother recently.
- No. He (not be)…………….out of his room since he (buy)……………….new computer.
2. My children enjoy (allow)……………….… (stay)……………………late when there is something
special on TV.
3. When I (come)………………..see Mr. Robinson last night, he
(read)………….…………….newspaper and his two children (listen)…………………………….an
English song.
4. The ao dai (mention)…………..………………poems and songs for centuries, and nowadays they
(wear)…………….………… many Vietnamese women at work.
III. Fill each numbered blank with one suitable word to complete the passage.
most – with – much – more – used – have – other – buy – for - who/that
Nowadays, more and more people are changing the way they use their televisions. Some years
ago we (1)………..to turn on TV and watch whatever there was. But now we choose the programs we
watch (2)……….more carefully because we have many (3)………interesting things to do. One result of
this change is that we are also becoming (4)…………careful about the actual television set itself As we
watch fewer programs, we want to be sure that we will (5)…………a really good picture, with bright
color and clear sound. Because it will be switched off (6) ………of the time, we also want the television
to look good when we are not watching it. So when we (7)……….or rent we look at the outside to make
sure it is attractive and will look right (8)…………other furniture. Of course, we have to pay more
(9)………high quality. However, it seems that the number of people (10) ………….are content to do so is
increasing, and this should have a good result, because in the end all televisions will hay better quality.
1. ............................................. 6. .............................................
2. ............................................. 7. .............................................
3. ............................................. 8. .............................................
4. ............................................. 9. .............................................
5. ............................................. 10. .............................................
IV. There is a mistake in the four underlined parts of each sentence. Find and correct it.
1. Your friends went to your native village last weekend, weren't they?
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. I'd like to go out for dinner, but I don't feel like to eat out tonight.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. Lan wishes that she can go to Singapore to visit her pen pal.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. My brother didn't wear that uniform since he left school.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Nam asked Mai what can he do to help h.
..................................................................................................................................................................
V. Read the passage below and choose one correct answer for each question.
ATLANTIC COLLEGE
Last week I went to visit Atlantic College, an excellent private college in Wales. Unusually, it
gives young people much needed experience of life outside the classroom, as well as the opportunity to
study for their exams. The students, who are aged between 16 and 18 and come from all over the world,
spend the morning studying. In the afternoon they go out and do a really useful activity, such as helping
on the farm, looking after people with learning difficulties, or checking for pollution in rivers.
One of the great things about Atlantic College students is that they come from many different
social backgrounds and countries. As few can afford the fees of $20.000 over two years, grants are
available. A quarter of the students are British, and many of those can only attend because they receive
government help.
"I really admire the college for trying to encourage international standing among young people",
as Barbara Molenkamp, a student from the Netherlands, said. "You learn to live with people and respect
them, even the ones you don't like. During the summer holidays my mother couldn't believe how much
less I argued with my sister."
To sum up, Atlantic College gives its students an excellent education, using methods which really
seem to work.
1. What is the writer trying to do in the text?
A. Give an opinion about a particular student.
B. Give an opinion about a special type of education.
C. Describe the activities the students do in their free time.
D. Describe his own experience of education.
2. What can a reader find out from this text?
A. How to become a student at Atlantic College.
B. What kind of program Atlantic College offers.
C. What the British education system is like.
D. how to get along better with other people.
3. What is the writer's opinion of Atlantic College?
A. It doesn't allow students enough study time.
B. Its students are taught to like each other.
C. It doesn't give good value for money.
D. Its way of teaching is successful.
4. How has Barbara changed since being at Atlantic College?
A. She knows a lot about other countries.
B. She is more confident than her sister now.
C. She finds it easier to get on with other people.
D. She prefers her new friends to her family.
VI. Rewrite the sentences
E.g: Whose bag is this?
belong Who does this bag belong to?
1. They first introduced the new style of jeans in 2000, didn't they?
in
The new style of jeans was first ........................................................................................................... it?
2. She last wrote to me seven months ago.
to
She ................................................................................................................................ for seven months.
3. I’m sorry I’m not able to go with you.
wish
I............................................................................................................................................. go with you.
4. ―Are you leaving for Ha Noi tomorrow?" he said to me.
was
He asked me .............................................................................................. for Ha Noi the following day.
5. I’d rather read newspapers than watch TV.
to
I prefer ................................................................................................................................................ TV.
VII. Complete each sentence of the following letter
Dear Liz,
1. It/ be/ long time/ since/ I / last hear / you.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. you / like / come / stay / me / cottage / countryside?
 ..................................................................................................................................................................
3. You / your family / welcome / if/ want / visit / us.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. What about / come / the end/ next month?
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. Write/ let / me/ know/ if/ come.
..................................................................................................................................................................
Yours,
Mai.
VIII. Choose a word that has different stress pattern
1. A. purpose B. remote C. control D. respond
2. A. intermediate B. documentary C. psychedelic D. communicate
3. A. inspiration B. collection C. reputation D. limitation
4. A. scenery B. dormitory C. minority D. territory
5. A. interactive B. experience C. commercial D. linguistics
IX. Choose the best answer for each of the following sentences
1. They have never ....................any experience of living in the country.
A. had B. wished C. done D. made
2. Do you…………my turning the television on now?
A. want B. object C. mind D. disapprove
3. Take this road and you will ....................at the hotel in five minutes.
A. arrive B. come C. find D. reach
4. Wait ....................you get home before you unpack your parcel.
A. to B. until C. when D. after
5. They have to take that French course, .................... they?
A. haven't B. mustn't C. needn't D. don't
X. Fill in each blank with the correct form of the word in capitals
1. I watch the news every day because it's very…………………………. INFORM
2. The Internet is a very useful means of………………..…... COMMUNICATE
3. We can see many…………………………on TV every day. ADVERTISE
4. They live in a ………………………..area in the north-east of the country. MOUNTAIN
5. It's ………………………….of you to cheat in the exam. HONEST
6. The police are looking for a dangerous…………………………. CRIME
7. She receives a lot of …………………….………….from her friends. COURAGE
8. There are ……………………about wearing uniforms at school. ARGUE
9. The …………………………..situation in that country is getting worse and worse. ECONOMY
10. The Internet has …………………………………developed in every field. INCREASE
XI. Rewrite the sentences
1. Marconi invented radio about a hundred years ago. (was)
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. It’s a pity my father can't speak English. (only)
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. "Do these clothes belong to you?" said Liz to me. (if)
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. Did you usually wear jeans when you were young? (use)
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. We have never been to Viet's native village before. (time)
..................................................................................................................................................................
 first semester TEST 5
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest.
1. A. climate B. hike C. crier D. opinion
2. A. advance B. amount C. campus D. interactive
3. A. official [Link] C. commercial D. facial
4. A. edition B. intermediate C. benefit D. remote
5. A. wander B. article C. stage D. Islam
II. Choose most suitable form of the words in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. It takes three years to become (qualify).
A. qualifications B. qualification C. qualify D. qualified
2. Her parents were very satisfied with the (advance) of her learning.
A. advancement B. advancements C. advance D. advances
3. Students must have (access) to a good library.
A. access B. accessible C. accessed D. accession
4. They (exchange) angry words before the meeting but were finally persuaded to agree.
A. exchange B. exchangeable C. exchanging D. exchanged
5. The new regulations will be of great (benefit) to us all.
A. benefit B. benefits C. beneficial D. all are correct
6. (communicate) language teaching is a new trend today.
A. communicate B. communicative C. communicating D. communication
7. His application was turned down as he didn't have enough work (experience) for the job.
A. experiences B. experience C. experiencing D. all A, B & C
8. He is not only a famous (linguistic) but a translator as well.
A. linguistic B. linguistics C. linguist D. both A & C
9. The boss gave (order) for the work to be started immediately.
A. order B. orders C. orderly D. all A, B & C
10. Jogging (cost) us almost nothing.
A. cost B. costs C. costly D. both A & C
11. It can't be (deny) that she has a good voice.
A. deny B. denied C. denial D. deniable
12. Only the (govern) body of the school can make such a decision.
A. govern B. governs C. governing D. government
13. There's no (limit) on their imports.
A. limit B. limits C. limited D. limitation
14. The (consume) of petrol didn't go down when the prices were raised.
A. consume B. consumer C. consuming D. consumption
15. The audience reacted (violent).
A. violent B. violence C. violently D. both A & B
16. It is (wide) known that he is a famous novelist.
A. wide B. widely C. widen D. widened
17. The spy stole (secret) government documents.
A. secret B. secrets C. secretary D. secretarial
18. No ('wonder) you were late!
A. wonder B. wonders C. wonderful D. wonderfully
19. You have to read this (docu,nent) carefully before you write the outline of your essay.
A. document B. documents C. documentary D. documentaries
20. The play was a great (commerce) success.
A. commerce B. commercial C. commercially D. commercialism
III. Give the correct form of the verbs in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. The first train (leave) .....................the station a minute ago but the second just (leave)
.............................. the station.
2. Do you feel like (go) ............................to a film or would you rather (stay)……………….at home?
3. I liked (listen) ........................to folk music much better than (listen) .........................to pop music.
4. My father (be) ..........................to many countries in Europe.
5. Jane wishes she (never have) ..........................................such a bad day again.
6. Gina is too short. She always wishes she (he) ..............................taller.
7. She (clean) ……….....................three rooms now. There are two left.
IV. Fill each blank with one suitable preposition
1. Send your luggage on ..................advance.
2. The pilot has lost control ..................the plane and the passengers are now in.a state of panic.
3. Mary is interested in gardening. She can work in the garden ..................hours.
4. This new law has just been put ..................force.
5. Wed like to here your opinion ..................this problem.
6. She responded ..................my letter ..................a phone call.
7. She was angry because ..................being shouted ..................for no reason.
8. I am fond of gardening and growing a wide variety ..................flowers.
V. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. Self interest (govern) ..........................................................all his actions.
2. The (deposit) ...............................................will get some interest each month.
3. This is a beach (access) .........................................................only from the sea.
4. She's doing a (commerce) .............................................course at the local college.
5. The ancient merchants used to hire (cry) ..................................to go through the streets shouting and
singing about the things they had to sell.
6. He travelled (world) ………………............................
7. The Great Wall of China is among the great (wonder) .................................of the world.
8. He is 23 years old but his behavior is not particularly (adult) ..................................................
9. They have suffered from four (violence) ....................................storms in the last few month.
10. He came back after a (separate) ........................................of five years from his parents.
VI. Read the text carefully and then choose the correct answers.
Several companies that do business on the Internet computer system were electronically attacked.
The attackers sent huge amounts of useless e-mails to the Internet web sites of these companies. The
effect was to slow or stop the ability of the companies to do business normally. Such actions are known as
"denial of service " attacks. The companies say they may have lost millions of dollars because they were
not able to provide goods and services during the attacks. Most of the companies were able to solve the
problem in about three hours. The victims of the attacks included some of the largest and most successful
companies on the Internet. They include Yahoo!, E-bay, Amazon. Com and E-Trade, The United States
Federal Bureau of Investigation immediately began to investigate the electronic attacks. Government and
private computer - security experts started to search for electronic evidence left by those attackers. The
computer industry leaders have discussed the electronic attacks and the problem of computer crime.
They have also discussed ways to protect the Internet from future attacks According to the
leaders, computer crime is almost always an international problem and a person who is found guilty of
such a crime may be sentenced to prison for at least 10 years.
1. What happened to several companies that do business on the Internet compute system?
A. They went broke.
B. They were electronically attacked.
C. They stopped working because there was no power.
D. They closed because of financial problems.
2. What did the attackers do?
A. They sent a lot of information to the Internet Web sites.
B. They sent a lot of order to buy goods on the Internet.
C. They sent huge amounts of useless electronic mails to the Internet Websites.
D. They destroyed all the computers.
3. Most of the companies .....................
A. could not solve the problem.
B. had to pay a lot of money for the attackers.
C. had to close.
D. could solve the problem.
4. What have the computer industry leaders done?
A. They have discussed the electronic attacks.
B. They have discussed the problem of computer crime.
C. They have discussed ways to protect the Internet from future attacks.
D. All are correct.
5. According to these leaders..........................
A. computer crime is almost always an international problems.
B. we should stop using computer.
C. computer criminals should be well paid.
D. we can do nothing with computer crime.
VII. Rewrite the following sentences, keep their meaning unchanged.
1. As the wife has her own income, she doesn't depend on her husband. (so)
The wife....................................................................................................................................................
2. Your car will be serviced by our well-qualified mechanics.
You will ....................................................................................................................................................
3. Both children and adults enjoy watching cartoons. (not only…but also)
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. He forced me to put my hands up and quickly searched through my pockets.
I was .........................................................................................................................................................
5. The children don't like reading as much as watching TV.
The children prefer ..................................................................................................................................
VIII. Write complete sentences using the suggested words and phrases.
1. Nowadays/ many children / used to/ connect/ internet every day.
..................................................................................................................................................................
2. Get/ rich/ seem/ be her only purpose! life.
..................................................................................................................................................................
3. The bomb/ explode/ by remote control.
..................................................................................................................................................................
4. The baby/ reach/ talking stage/ and now she/ very lovely.
..................................................................................................................................................................
5. He come from/ remote village/ North east/ country.
..................................................................................................................................................................
6. She/ busy/ surf/ web/ at the moment.
..................................................................................................................................................................
7. Her mind seem/ be wandering/ and she/ not recognize us.
..................................................................................................................................................................
8. These/ viable eggs/ and we/ have some chickens soon.
..................................................................................................................................................................
9. The music/ too loud/ so we/ have to shout.
..................................................................................................................................................................
10. She do/ first stage/ trip/ train.
..................................................................................................................................................................
 first semester TEST 6
I. Choose the word whose underlined part is pronounced differently from the rest.
1. A. internet B. violent C. reputation D. well-qualified
2. A. teenager B. access C. relax D. champagne
3. A. stripe B. limitation C. publish D. deposit
4. A. costly B. purpose C. time-consuming D. comment
5. A. widely B. deny C. dormitory D. documentary
6. A. impress B. rivalry C. slit D. until
7. A. sale B. viable C. occasion D. fade
8. A. violent B. pagoda C. poetry D. locate
9. A. benefit B. website C. experience D. rest
10. A. scenery B. course C. communicate D. control
II. Circle the most suitable form of the words in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. A small (minor) voted against the motion.
A. minor B. minority C. minorites D. All A, B & C
2. The files were (access) everyday to keep them up to date.
A. access B. accessible C. accessed D. accession
3. Several (publish) are competing in the same market.
A. publishers B. publications C. publishing D. publishes
4. The Greens are (repute) to be very wealthy.
A. reputable B. reputation C. repute D. reputed
5. Who is responsible for the (locate) of the missing boat?
A. locate B. located C. location D. locating
6. Fresh air is(benefit) to our health.
A. benefit B. benefits C. beneficial D. All are correct
7. Gestures and eyes contacts also help us (communicate) more successfully.
A. communicate B. communicative C. communicating D. communication
8. She choose (publish) as a career.
A. publisher B. publication C. publishing D. publish
9. Most parents tend to choose schools with a fine (repute) for their children.
A. reputable B. reputation C. repute D. reputed
10. She can't afford the high (cost) of car repairs.
A. cost B. costs C. costly D. Both A & C
11. It can't be (deny) that we are wrong.
A. deny B. denied C. denial D. deniable
12. If we do not have strong (govern), things will be out of control.
A. govern B. governs C. governing D. government
13. He knows his (limit).
A. limit B. limits C. limited D. limitations
14. There are (wander) everywhere these days.
A. wander B. wanderer C. wanderers D. wandering
15. She's not yet out of her (teen).
A. teen B. teens C. teenage D. teenagers
16. Many people think advertising is time- (consume).
A. consume B. consumer C. consuming D. consumption
17. (violent) can not solve any problem.
A. Violent B. Violence C. Violently D. Both A & B
18. That road is being (wide).
A. wide B. widely C. widen D. widened
19. The child's skill is (wonder) for his age.
 A. wonder B. wonders C. wonderful D. wonderfully
20. We saw an interesting (document) on drug abuse on TV last night.
A. document B. documents C. documentary D. documentaries
III. Fill each blank with one suitable preposition.
1. She has spent all the morning wandering ..................the internet.
2. The only access ..................the farm house is across the field.
3. I've just read an interesting article ..................education ..................a famous high school teacher.
4. The car responds well ..................the controls.
5. We must promote commerce ..................neighboring countries.
6. He's a manager ..................wide experience ..................industry.
7. Don't you get tired ..................watching TV every night?
8. She's keen ..................playing with dolls.
IV. Use the correct form of the words in brackets to complete the following sentences.
1. They all listened attentively to the (cry) .........................................going along the street.
2. The (govern) ..............................................has just passed a new law on foreign investment.
3. New compounds can be formed by the (interact) .........................................of chemicals.
4. Don't exceed the speed (limit) ................................................in any case.
5. These are the (remote) ................................................parts of Asia.
6. (teen) ........................................are becoming more and more violent.
7. Open your mouth (wide) ............................
8. An (adult) ...........................................monkey is eating bananas in his cage.
9. Children see (violent) .......................................on TV every day.
10. The people of wide knowledge always have (advance) ....................................ideas.
V. Rewrite the following sentences, keep their meaning unchanged.
1. I was too furious so I couldn't control myself, and I hit him. (so.. .that)
I was .........................................................................................................................................................
2. Can't you control the child?
You can.....................................................................................................................................................
3. "I don't know anything about it." he said.
He denied..................................................................................................................................................
4. I always spend much more than I earn.
My income ................................................................................................................................................
5. What do they hold this meeting for?
What is......................................................................................................................................................
6. "It certainly wasn't me who stole the money!" she said.
She denied ...............................................................................................................................................
7. The thief forced her to hand over the money.
She was .....................................................................................................................................................
8. Did they understand the problem?
They hardly...............................................................................................................................................
9. The law of supply and demand governs the prices of goods.
The prices .................................................................................................................................................
10. "I can't hear properly!" she shouted.
She shouted...............................................................................................................................................